Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D01-377 - BOW LAKE TRANSFER STATION
BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION 18700 ORILLIA RD S D01 -377 City of '� ukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Parcel No.: 3523049037 Address: 18700 ORILLIA RD S TUKW Suite No: Contact Person: Name: RICHARD ABE Address: 753 9TH AVE N, SEATTLE, WA Contractor: Name: OWNER AFFIDAVIT IN FILE Address: , Contractor License No: DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Tenant: Name: BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION Address: 18700 ORILLIA ROAD SOUTH, TUKWILA, WA Owner: Name: KING COUNTY Address: REAL PROPERTY DIVISION, 500 KING CO ADMIN BLDG Permit Number: D01 -377 Issue Date: 01/22/2002 Permit Expires On: 07/21/2002 Expiration Date: Phone: Phone: 206 - 286 -1640 Phone: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: RENOVATE EXISTING EMPLOYEES LOCKER AND BREAK ROOMS. NEW STANDBY GENERATOR. NEW HOSE BIBBS AT TRAILER YARD. No sewer to site. Installing backflow prevention (WD125). No Tukwila PW issues. Value of Construction: $130,450.00 Fees Collected: $1,925.89 Type of Fire Protection: AFA Uniform Building Code Edition: 1997 Type of Construction: Occupancy per UBC: 0016 Public Works Activities: Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk/CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: N Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversize Load: N Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N Sewer Main Extension: N Private: Public: Storm Drainage: N Street Use: N Water Main Extension: N Water Meter: Channelization / Striping: doc: Devperm D01 -377 Private: ** Continued Next Page ** Public: Printed: 01 -23 -2002 "i4+9A: +%z %l'✓e'�'tY,`� •dt .to it %:nfi:id(X'C4�§ Permit Center Authorized Signature: Signature: Print Name: doc: Devperm City of u k w i1 a / -t, Tj— / – G, r ■7( D01 -377 Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Date: hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Date: / /3 ./(2.2., This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. Printed: 01 -22 -2002 :i. i.. :,, �;.,,_ d .Y_..:.:.<...:Fr....,.......�. ,; .;..y,, ::..., .�.. .. �. S ,'i •., -.•Y .S. .3y .,.YS,..'�.,..,2. _.d�3 {. ,. �tL, 1•Mk?5. ... ., ,. u,n,a_ :x...n ., 1•^ �1+ �.... 1.:.. F.r. aa; lrwS•., F�.: S,:. ySi, WS. v... r.. 1.. 1.c,..,.fiti��h:�:rri^,`��i1ih' hi'u;''wt' <i<�,..,,rr��,Y,� a : M1 a "d` `. 1'l�i:': ,',i".:. 1 " +n�..L: `efiF2`:`.�.S:fF'r.+Y:3bi. }.. ..:lh. `' "..L:.. doc: Conditions City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Parcel No.: 3523049037 Address: 18700 ORILUA RD S TUKW Suite No: Tenant: „ts+vacaawmwn PERMIT CONDITIONS D01 -377 Permit Number: D01 -377 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 11/30/2001 Issue Date: 01/22/2002 1: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: ** *FIRE EXTINGUISHERS * ** - UFC Article 10 and NFPA 10. 3: The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All. Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3- 1.1) 4: Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. 5: Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 106.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) 6: Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) 7: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 43, 4-4 and 4-4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4-4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not complete, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4-4) 8: * ** EXITS * ** - UFC Article 12 9: No point in an unsprinklered building may be more than 200 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1004.2.5.2.1) 10: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207 -1212) 11: Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) 12: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (UFC 1207.3) 13: When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 1003.2.8.2) 14: When two or more exits from a story are required and when two or more exits from a room or an area are required, exit signs shall be illuminated. (UBC 1003.2.8.4) 15: All exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 1 1/2 hours in case Printed: 01 -22 -2002 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 of primary power loss, the exit signs shall also be connected to an emergency electrical system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or an on site generator set, and the system shall be installed in accordance with the electrical code. (UBC 1003.2.8.5) 16: ** *FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS * ** - City Ordinance #1646 - NFPA 72 17: Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding automatic fire detectors. 18: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1900) (UFC 1001.3) 19: Fire Department lock boxes shall be provided for access to all fire alarm panels and sprinkler risers. The appropriate key(s) for access shall be placed in the lockbox. Lockbox order forms must be obtained from the Tukwila Fire Department. (City Ordinance #1900). 20: ** *ELECTRICAL * ** UFC Article 85 - NPFA 70 - NEC 21: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 22: An aisle to and working space shall be provided for each electrical panel. An aisle width not less than 24 inches shall provide access to the panel and 30 inches of working space shall be provided directly in front of the panel. (NEC 110- 16(a), NEC 110- 16(c)) 23: Each circuit breaker shall be legibly marked to indicate it's purpose. (NEC 110 -22) 24: * ** BUILDING CONSTRUCTION * ** - (UFC, UBC) 25: There shall be no enclosed usable space under stairways in an exit enclosure, not shall the open space under such stairways be used for any purpose. (UFC 1210.3) 26: Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from the street. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 901.4.4) 27: Accumulation of combustible waste material is prohibited during the demolition phase of this project. Remove and properly dispose of all waste material prior to the close of the working day and as often throughout the day as needed. 28: These plans were reviewed by Chief 53. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: Name: doc: Conditions / -- r1 / iv 6-, D01 -377 Date: / /d.).(e)c& Printed: 01 -22 -2002 Project Name /Tenant: ,1�.�K T �� f T - i� � - �rtP��T� Value of Construction: p 15d ► C / rm Site Address (include suite number) City State /Zip: 1 g1 (To rexw L . s Ti,r....uti u uk Its Tax Parcel Number: 352 0 4- c idn ^ l - n c, t Property O ner: ii.K�► l, - St . kr) i ij s Dtv I s tnt� Phone: 2 ) 214c. - 4k2 k Street Address: it, City State /Zip: Fax ll Contractor: Phone: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax it: Architect: I>4C-I Phone: (202PG., -1(1 Fax II: ' 2n e., 25s-‘, = ,- ) 163, bone: 1 Street Addres City State /Zip: '7 S � h "16. N . S � tt In 1 Engineer: i '1 We -. Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax II: C tact Person P lone: . . Street ddress: City State /Zip: l7� `'t k i 1s\ , , �t , l �i �S I�� Fax II: 1 - 7i)r„- 7_151,1- IC � Description of work to be done (please be specific): X.30 I.W.JC R.. Ac4,50 C32-7A- e- 0 5 \"--�� . W $7_ 5j(A J /..1C.,t -WL.cp`` ST Aiuj, 7 C -- r> . YMZD NSA) ROSS 155 S AT T M L Existing use: ❑ Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ School /College /University ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse El Hospital ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office Other nEa .E t {� Proposed use: ❑ Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ School /College /University Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office Other Building Square Feet: .� existing No. of Stories: / Area of construction (sq ft): -S4(�Q Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes M no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes J no Existing fire protection features: ❑ sprinklers au omatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) AIL Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes no Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 1 1 paper indicating quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets CITY OF TUKWI LA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project .,umber: Permit Number: Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. 01 3 .Y - 1 .- 7 APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE /CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews may be determined by the Public Works Department) ❑ Channelization /Striping El Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault)ll: ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: El El Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ ❑ Water Meter /Exempt it: Size(s): ❑ Water Meter /Permanent It Size(s): El Water Meter Temp it Size(s): ❑ Miscellaneous Size(s): 0 Fill Sewer Main Water Main Est. quantity: El Flood Control Zone ❑ Hauling ❑ Landscape Irrigation O Private 0 Public O Private 0 Public 0 Water Only cubic yds. Extension Extension 0 Deduct gal Schedule: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Date application accepted: 1/- as 4/ Date application expires: • Application taken by: (initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM II/30/00 ciprr,nii.doc BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature Date: I 1 ,L / / Print name Phone: Fa x Address --fb Ay& i ► h" _ Cit /State /Zi M: • ,: • d1 APPLICATIO MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE '. LOWING: n ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBL SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN » BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED B ❑ 1 G1 \ Complete Legal Description 7 6 Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing/grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H -9). r:it. Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled Z ~ • W J tJ O 0 U) • W W I-- w ❑ Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. • Q ❑ Vicinity Map showing location of site d P • 111 ❑ Z I — O Z w ❑ Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished U O- 0 H W L O Z o a c'k o ck Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. ❑ Construction details pc Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 999 Third Avenue, Suite 700, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ❑ ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect /engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PER JURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. 1 1/30/00 elperinil.Joc Ill 0 I— Z .. **! *f4 CITY OF TUKWILA, WA Reprinted: 11/30/01 14 :38 TRANSMIT TRANSMIT Numbers R0101504 Amount: 827.94 11/30/01 14 :35 Payment Method: CHECK Notation: KING COUNTY snit: SKS Permit No: D01 -377 Type: DEVPERM DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: 352304 -9037 Site Address: 18700 ORILLIA RD S Total Fees: 2,106.19 This Payment 827.94 Total ALL Pmts: 827.94 Balance: 1,278.25 Account Code Description Amount 000/345.830 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 827.94 1279 12/03 971A . TOTAL 027.94 Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Applicant: ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: doc: Receipt City of i ukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 2' II . . U : • UO �W=. .Jt—i CO LL: . W 0: Receipt No R020000081 Payment Amount: 4.50 ' � Initials: SKS Payment Date: 01/22/2002 04:00 PM U D° User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 H W` . ,Z H. Payee: KING COUNTY . 0. WW , P. p . TRANSACTION LIST: p N{ Method Description • "C1 F- 3523049037 18700 ORILLIA RD S TUKW Payment Cash Current Pmts Amount Type Description STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE RECEIPT Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: Account Code 000/386.904 4.50 Total: 4.50 717 3123 97i.0 'COML. D01 -377 ISSUED 11/30/2001 01/22/2002 UJ Wt H f 4.50 0 Lli Z ± o z i I x th ted: 01 -22 -2002 amity of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 RECEIPT Parcel No.: 3523049037 Permit Number: D01 -377 Address: 18700 ORILLIA RD S TUKW Status: ISSUED Suite No: Applied Date: 11/30/2001 Applicant: Issue Date: 01/22/2002 Receipt No.: R020000080 Payment Amount: 1,093.45 Initials: SKS Payment Date: 01/22/2002 03:57 PM User ID: 1165 Balance: $9.24 Payee: KING COUNTY TRANSACTION LIST: ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: doc: Receipt Current Pmts Amount BUILDING - NONRES Type Method Description Payment Check 388206 1,093.45 Description Account Code 000/322.100 1,093.45 Total: 1,093.45 01. /23 971.6 1111 AL f'r & d: { b1 -22 -2002 Pr ) j / c- ""l Type of Inspect Rddre s• fq 4), D called: alled: . Speda instructions: A Date wlatedy �' a.rA Requester: Phone: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 V Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /24. )S‘ Date: 1 '9-1 $47.00 REINSPECTIOIy EfEQUIRED: Prior to inspection, fee be pain at 6300 Southcenter Bl ++ vd.,,.Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: "hA!1d..iK: . .....7..........t .... (206)431 -3670 • !'x «�'�t4KiF.5�fiiH :R:r.' %S Stir. rte:.;' ivi !1':�'�til'tih�ik \FaC!"L:n`Sts� h% �i�L� 3iT +�'?•eti'd1:9.M:::+�k.:`�:i, - . a if :'�i1•��:/; Proje Type of Inspection: Address: Date called. , Special instructions: ..?("/ fd "2 Date want 1 a.m. • Requester: Phone: IT NO. tee INSPECTION NO. proved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: 60 (id , 40\ ee e e l hoe b ? t n - J 3 eg )--te / Lam' El $47.00 REINSPEC N FEE R E' Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: ' Date: f�. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval Z FZ-Z re 0 to 0 ' . W I , w 2 LL d I=-- _ Z W 0 2 p 0 I-- 11 0 U N ' 1 ~ Z v Prolef T Type J Address: D Date called: / Special instructions: D Date wante • a.m. rJ 2 p.m. Requester:, 7 / J /e t - E-L &t -craw Phone: �U e?7/ /.3 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 COMMENTS: Jt °A -) . /2tft-e-4? i7c Inspector: Approved per applicable codes. �.�..�•:isni:t�ir:+z� o"��.'��:� ::.:::' a^,:: �,` �: �: �'!�a`'�;.wls..`SM''S�;�; Corrections required prior to approval. El $47.00 EINSPECTION F E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Project: Type of Inspection: / /+ Address: Date calle , Special instructions: Date wan, / --_—, --- j / ... ` '' L' a.m p.m. Requester: Phone: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100,• Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. k' Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 2 1`- e -5-'5 1- -7 . � /74-1 $47.00 REINSPECTION . ' REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid n at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt. No: Date: x"t7 } 7` w� ..y •.,...}d,, c:ii!��i.l. ::a .a S`n Aig1:6 4�� sY.1lid�::�l�:.:r'a3: �. r G "N ERMIT NO. 206)431 -3670 v:.i?%'at .i., iy k:i'ri' P, ject: l5Ot t) /ak Ta thr S4 hide/ Ty e of I spection: - . uo a 1 �� �e ,/ Address: R d /eC70 Ors/4 Date c e / .Special instructions: Date wan d : a.m. 7 ao /0,:. Reques,erc`l r. T 1 in t Phone 6� ,27I -1342 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: • n s ect 47.00 REINSPECTION E REQUIRED.' Prior t inspection, fee must be paid t 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to sc edule reinspection. pt No: Date). R- ei Date: 'L• w'v¢ti'An Z . re W 6 JU- 0 to • W J H W 0 LL - d. uj 1- 0 Z 1— � • j ` U O N 0 I— 11J W '. I— , • U u_ f' tlJ ( 0 U O F " Z Pro'ect: ' 0 L.A. \ �--� A T pe of Inspection: • • Z t... L 'sow Address: £A Date called: - 7 --;,.3 - ° 1 '`7 Special instruc ions: Date wanted: a.m. "� —A, y'' p.m. Requester: a ' Phone: _ co G_ Z- l _13q-; COMMENTS: spectd : INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. c (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. n Corrections required prior to approval. 1 (u,01.--vv‘ t v 1 - O ( Date: ad 4 r r �► - $47 I0 REINSPECTION FEE R UIRED. Prior to in fiection, fee must be paid 600 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Vii✓; ^.w•. R qt 4 1 • �!5... .t':ir i..�'• >�* � hr Y '. ^ y �0�.{= '.em.�:s�;s�it. ✓i`:c�'.. _.y. >N�,a:�r,�?C P,�rppject: -- f � ► 3b L.4 ') L I r 42jfr Ty of In ection: ' - a h4/ fr2. .. . Address: I X 0 Adi , a_ M. „Date called: ). 7 ( 11 Speci I instructions: Date wanted: 7 .7 1 07 0 R nester• Phone: (7, (;) --7/ - 13 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit • , CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 t i ;30 ( -377 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. • COMMENTS: A .6i J%' 1 /11 C6 it 6 I'Le., C Q f i (4 /14.?(e - s� G1 r D 7 7' f) s 470, «. //S orrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: 7- El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: ti �;1 �.;....yxC,i�i;.i.'MS�.'. �. �fi'; %_ i.•.. � _�.', S � ..,...,..��.:Y+.ryllle : �. K ,�- �,:J.Y %..,.:c1i���..��i ",�., n: ,:t'. �J. '>��.T,�:. .A:b::i' ✓' .L.'.>...1.: ".,,A:,i:.a:. `�"w'�ira:'i,i4rs7ws,.r �Sr akF? 3 t{' ds.:;+ tA«; u�77t :ie�,;,i;}= ';a�,1�v4';s?'�; �1�,?id�,ilixt:`•.�:.�I.4`a�` Its` Nles' �D�' �:, fti��Ha. ".( �J.Sililt+ii�:'zKJ.at�wi:�z:>i3 Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Project Name Address Authorized Signature City of Tukwila Fire Department Needs shift inspection ,Al� ( r N r A- 7 G'1 /L /f' 7>! • Retain current inspection schedule Y Approved without correction notice Approved with correction . notice issued *4.t illMl4'i� iii►fiii�#A33 t "yLv+w)4 , :iii% vii•:;: .7 .j∎Z'iv-nt N:;n TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Permit No . : 7 7 FINALAPP.FRM T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 cZ C/ /U Date John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Suite # Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575 - 4404 • Fax• (206) 575 44139 COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 1 - 1 Catalog cut of Celotex Thermax Insulation 1 7/1/02 1 Copy of inspection report #1 1 For review and comment 1 ICBO Report #ER -3223 Return sets For your Use X For Approval Approved as noted Resubmit copies for distribution As requested No Exceptions Taken X Submit_copies for distribution X For review and comment Returned for Corrections Return sets For your Use Date: To: 7/24/2002 Mr. Dave Larsen City of Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, Washington 98188 Subject:Bowlake Transfer Station - Safety Improvements Permit Number: D01 -377 WE ARE SENDING YOU: FR I ATTACHED THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: Remarks: Thank you, Copies to: File, Matt Maling KCSW TRANSMITTAL FORM KPG, INC 753 9THA VENUE N. SEATTLE, WA 98109 PHONE: (206) 286 -1640 FAX: (206) 286 -1639 I understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of con- tractor's copy of approved plans acknowledged. Under separate over biprmlt N0. { 1 " I nN 1 Signed: Richard Abe FILE COPY Date 7C /4? Z • C_ Mr. Larsen, This is in response to inspection record number 1, comment 3 we are proposing to remove the existing foam insulation and replacing it with Themax insulation manufactured by Celotex Corporation. The product is ICBO approved for exposed wall and/or ceiling insulation. CITY Of TUKWI1A APPROVED JUL 292002 AS 1Y1IcU t11fLDre G DIVISION Oti• 577 - tt..�• . A44' :tt:l( 1, 4V.1.14110vetgaiworummio tot Construction Drawings Change Order Samples Specifications Copy of Letter X Shop Drawings As Noted Below Date: To: 7/24/2002 Mr. Dave Larsen City of Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, Washington 98188 Subject:Bowlake Transfer Station - Safety Improvements Permit Number: D01 -377 WE ARE SENDING YOU: FR I ATTACHED THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: Remarks: Thank you, Copies to: File, Matt Maling KCSW TRANSMITTAL FORM KPG, INC 753 9THA VENUE N. SEATTLE, WA 98109 PHONE: (206) 286 -1640 FAX: (206) 286 -1639 I understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of con- tractor's copy of approved plans acknowledged. Under separate over biprmlt N0. { 1 " I nN 1 Signed: Richard Abe FILE COPY Date 7C /4? Z • C_ Mr. Larsen, This is in response to inspection record number 1, comment 3 we are proposing to remove the existing foam insulation and replacing it with Themax insulation manufactured by Celotex Corporation. The product is ICBO approved for exposed wall and/or ceiling insulation. CITY Of TUKWI1A APPROVED JUL 292002 AS 1Y1IcU t11fLDre G DIVISION Oti• 577 - tt..�• . A44' :tt:l( 1, 4V.1.14110vetgaiworummio tot COMMENTS: ---1--p� A „ ` �� � UU / Type of I`o / I q....-- 1747744,4).1-2-7 Qpta ad . >` 4 .� --7 —',- 25.3" / ' /./ - D ate wanted• ..�• R nester:' 71 ` ! CkiC;l 5 � • / . 7 /1-7 ; /_' r ,.7? j -' f C t i 3 R � 4-7-7 ') (--,1-,..,, , 6. /./, t „,„--1.- - 1 / 0 _ . .7 SL 70< (e,/ef//c 7 )-7 �he ---1--p� A „ ` �� � UU / Type of I`o / I Address: IN700 IO Qpta ad . Date c . 711162. Special instructions: - D ate wanted• ..�• R nester:' 71 ` ! CkiC;l hone: I ?Dr') ..Z1 i J 3 . INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 . . 1 1 Approved per applicable codes. orrec 'It ons required prior to approval. Inspector: $47.00 REINSPECTION ZEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Date: �InPI Vin CITY Of TUKWILA APPROVED JUL 2 9 2002 i frJ fo ch571 w.s .w.an�.r.« ww w....`a.....v. inn, wx+m�rv.Rna+ =.,raf3ra- ratrwtrra : tai* t�+ d�+kTt%d`'ISCk�i�`t',5�"•��'�, re 2 6 JU' 0 N 0'. LL W0 J u. Q' D a F— _ z � O z F— LU uf O I— UJ II U V N , 0 z • EVALUATION REPORT Copyright © 1999 ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. ICBO Evaluation Service Inc. 5360 WORKMAN MILL ROAD • WHITTIER, CALIFORNIA 90601 -2299 A subsidiary corporation of the International Conference of Building Officials Filing Category: INSULATION (128) THERMAX INSULATION BOARDS CELOTEX CORPORATION POST OFFICE BOX 31602 TAMPA, FLORIDA 33631 -3602 c� d BAY INSULATION DIVISION OF BAY INDUS ribn�5 POST OFFICE BOX 9229 2929 WALKER DRIVE GREEN BAY, WISCONSIN 54308 -9229 1.0 SUBJECT Thermax Insulation Boards. 2.0 DESCRIPTION 2.1 General: s "t 0'0 1.2 Thermax insulation boards are aluminum - foil -faced polyiso- cyanurate foam plastic boards reinforced with glass fibers for use as nonstructural insulation boards. The products are available in thicknesses ranging from 1 /2 inch through 4 inches (12.7 mm through 108 mm), with standard 16 -, 24- and 48 -inch (406, 610 and 1219 mm) widths and various lengths. The foam core has an approximate density of 2 pcf (32 kg /m a flame- spread rating of 25 or less and a maximum smoke - developed rating of 450 or less. The Thermax insula- tion boards are also sold under the trade name Bay Max and are described in Table 1. Facers are as described in Table 1. 2.2 Installation: The insulation boards may be installed in walls and ceilings of combustible construction as follows: in wall cavities, in ceil- ing assemblies, on the inside or outside faces of exterior wood- or steel- framed walls, concrete or masonry walls, on the inside or outside of basement walls, in attics and crawl spaces in accordance with Section 2.3 of this report, and in fire- resistive construction in accordance with Sections 2.4 and 2.5. On buildings required to be of noncombustible construc- tion, the insulation boards may be installed on the interior face of concrete or masonry walls and concrete ceilings, and in concrete or masonry construction complying with Section 2602.4, Exception 3, of the code. The thermal barrier required in Section 2602.4 of the code is not required for insulation boards a maximum of 3 inches (76 mm) thick, installed on walls or ceilings, based on suc- cessful completion of room corner tests in accordance with UBC Standard 26 -3. Insulation boards thicker than 3 inches (76 mm) must be separated from the interior with a thermal barrier, as required in Section 2602.4 of the code. A vapor barrier may be required by the building official. The boards are installed on the interior or exterior of walls and ceilings with wood or steel framing (including girts and purlins) and to the interior face of concrete or masonry walls Evaluation reports ofICBO Evaluation Service, Inc., arc issued solely to provide information to Class A members ofICBO, utilizing the code upon which the report is based Evaluation reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed nor as an endorsement or recommen- dation for use of the subject report. This report is based upon independent tests or other technical data submitted by the applicant. The ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc., technical staff has reviewed the test resultsandiorotherdata, butdoesnorpossesstestfaci litiestostakeaninde c dent verification. There is no warranty by ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc., express or irnplied, as to an 'Finding" or other ma r. y ro rcdbrth eport. This disclaimer includes. but is not linthed to, merchantability. Page 1 of 2 -t 7.ra"i M ER -3223 Reissued March 1, 1999 and ceilings with suitable fasteners such as 3 /8- inch - diame- ter -head (9.5 mm) galvanized roofing nails, 1- inch -crown (25.4 mm) No. 16 gage wire staples, /4- inch - diameter (6.4 mm) stove bolts with 1 -inch- diameter (38 mm) steel wash- ers, or self- tapping screws, and spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center across the board width and of sufficient length to penetrate framing a minimum of 3 /4 inch (19.1 mm) or through the structural sheathing, whichever is Tess. The boards are attached with the long dimension either parallel or perpen- icular to framing members which are spaced a maximum of 24 inches (406 mm) on center. Vertical insulation board joints must be on a framing member. The boards must be installed in accordance with Celotex Corporation application instruc- tions. When installed without a thermal barrier, and where it is necessary to protect the insulation from damage, covering materials must meet the interior finish requirements of the code. The insulation boards are considered nonstructural sheath- ing. Structural sheathing or wall covering over the insulation board must be structurally adequate to resist the required hor- izontal forces perpendicular to the wall. All walls must be braced in accordance with Section 2326.11.3 of the code. Insulation boards shall not be used as a nailing base. All nailing shall be made through the boards into the wall framing or structural sheathing as required by the siding manufactur- er's instructions or the code. Portland cement plaster on metal lath may be applied in compliance with Chapter 25 of the code over maximum - 1 inch -thick (38 mm) insulation boards, provided the fas- teners are proportionally longer and minimum penetrations into framing members or backing comply with the code. A weather - resistive barrier complying with Section 1402.1 of the code is required and, when applied over wood -based sheathing, must comply with Section 2506.4 of the code. 2.3 Special Uses: Under the following conditions, the products may be installed on walls or ceilings of attics or crawl spaces with no covering applied to the boards: 1. Entry to the attic or crawl space is only to service utilities. 2. There are no interconnected basement or attic areas. 3. Air in the attic or crawl space is not circulated to other parts of the building. 4. A vapor barrier is installed on the floor of the crawl space. 5. Ventilation complying with Sections 2317.7 and 1505 of the code is provided. 6. Insulation boards are a maximum of 3 inches (76 mm) thick. 1 -- 7 NOMINAL THICKNESS (inches) R•VALUE AT 75'F MEAN TEMPERATURE (ft. -hr: °FIBtu) "2 3.6 1 7.2 .- 2 14.4 3 21.6 4 28.8 4 30.0 PRODUCT FACER Thermax Boards Bay Max Boards Side "A" Side "B" Thermax Sheathing Bay Max Sheathing 1 -mil reflective foil 1 -mil foil Thcrmax Heavy Duty Plus Insulation/Finish Board Bay Max HDP 16.5 -mil white embossed coated aluminum sheet, laminated to 1 -mil plain foil 1 -mil foil Thermax Heavy Duty Insulation/Finish Board Bay Max HD 4 -mil white embossed foil 1.25 -mil foil Thermax Light Duty Insulation/Finish Board Bay Max LD 1.25 -mil white embossed foil 1.25 -mil foil Thcrmax Ag -Therm Insulation/Finish Board N/A 1.25 -mil white embossed foil 1 -mil foil Thcrmax Metal Building Board Bay Max MB L25 -mil embossed reflective foil 1.25 -mil foil t For SI: 1 mil = 0.0254 mm. (`f1Y Gk" Page 2 of 2 ER -3223 2.4 Two -hour Masonry Bearing Wall: Thermax Sheathing is applied directly to the interior face of concrete block walls with vertical 1 /4- inch -wide (6.4 mm) beads of Macco Liquid Nails Adhesive at 16 inches (406 mm) on center [minimum four beads per 4- foot -wide (1219 mm) board]. Minimum - /8- inch -thick (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum wallboard is attached to vertical nominal 1 -by -2 fire- retardant- treated wood strips spaced at 24 inches (610 mm) on center using 6d common nails at 8 inches (203 mm) on center. The wood strips are located on the face of maximum -2 -inch- thick (57 mm) Thermax Sheathing and are attached to the concrete block with 4- inch -long (102 mm), 3 /16 -inch (4.8 mm) Tapcon concrete fasteners at 24 inches (610 mm) on center. 2.5 One -hour Wood Stud Bearing Wall: The wall consists of wood studs spaced at 16 inches (406 mm) on center with protection on the exterior face as set forth in Item 18 -1.1 of Table 7 -B of the Uniform Building CodeTM. The interior face consists of maximum-1-inch-thick (25.4 mm) Celotex Thermax Sheathing, applied vertically and attached to studs using 1 -inch (38 mm), No. 11 gage, galvanized roofing nails at 8 inches (203 mm) on center along the board perimeter and 12 inches (305 mm) on center at intermediate studs. Five- eighth- inch -thick (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum wall- board is then applied with 10d smooth common nails at 8 inch- es (203 mm) on center along the perimeter and at intermedi- ate studs. Joints are treated with reinforcing tape and joint compound. Friction -fitted glass -fiber batts with a 1 -pcf (16 kg /m density completely fill the stud cavities. Allowable wall loads may not exceed the more restrictive of the following: 1. 2,300 pounds (10.23 kN) per stud. 2. Design stress of 0.78 F', , up to a maximum l /d of 33. 2.6 Thermal Resistance: Stabilized thermal- resistance values (R- values) are shown in Table 2. 2.7 Identification: All insulation boards are identified by the product name, the R -value and the evaluation report number (ICBO ES N/A = Not available. 4.0 FINDINGS 4.6 The products are manufactured at the Celotex Cor- poration plants located in Pennsauken, New Jersey; Charleston, Illinois; Texarkana, Arkansas; and Tracy, California, under a quality control pro- gram with inspections by ETL Testing Laborato- ries, Inc. / lntertek Testing Services (NER- QA219). This report is subject to re- examination in one year. TABLE 1 AND BAY MAX INSULATION BOARDS ER- 3223). End caps, packaging and labels also state the above and bear the label of the quality control agency (ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc. /Intertek Testing Services). 3.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED Data in accordance with the ICBO ES Acceptance Criteria for Foam Plastic Insulation (AC12), dated January 1996; reports of room corner, flame - spread, fire- resistance and thermal -re- sistance tests; and product brochures. That the Thermax insulation boards described in this re- port comply with the 1997 Uniform Building CodeTM, subject to the following conditions: 4.1 The boards are identified and installed in accord- ance with this report and the manufacturer's in- structions. 4.2 A thermal barrier is not required for boards a maxi- mum of 3 inches (76 mm) thick as noted in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 of this report. 4.3 The wall covering provides necessary structural resistance to wind and seismic forces in spanning between wall- framing members. 4.4 Walls are braced in accordance with Section 2326.11.3 of the code. 4.5 The local building official may require a vapor barri- er to be installed. TABLE 2- STABILIZED THERMAL RESISTANCE VALUES FOR INSULATION BOARDS For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, t °F = 9 /5t °C + 32, 1 ft. hr. - °FBtu = 0.176 110 m'- -K/\V. . <tu�5:fl� a4 G poi -377 Smm Drawing# ;f . I ti CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS OWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACT No. C13159C KPG, Inc. 753 9 AVENUE N SEATTLE, WA 98109 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIIA NOV 302001 PERMIT CENTER iV377 KING COUNTY DEPT. OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS NUMBER TITLE Table of Contents DIVISION 0 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 01040 01060 01062 01070 01090 01300 01320 01500 01505 01550 01560 01736 DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02200 02222 02510 02511 02620 02720 02730 DIVISION 3 - 03300 Summary of Work Coordination and Meetings Regulatory Requirements and Standards Permits Abbreviations Reference Standards Submittals Progress Schedules and Reports Construction Facilities Construction Waste Management Access Roads Environmental Controls Selective Demolition Earthwork Building Demolition Water Distribution Systems Asphalt Concrete Paving Curbs and Gutters Storm Sewerage Sanitary Sewer System CONCRETE DIVISION 4 - MASONRY No work this Division DIVISION 5 — METALS No work this Division C13159C Cast -In -Place Concrete TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -1 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS KING COUNTY DEPT. OF IN JRAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06074 Preservative (Pressure) Treatment 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry and Millwork re 2 ug J o0 07211 • Batt, Blanket, and Rigid Insulation . co o 07900 Joint Sealers r w = ; J I- DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS t w 0 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames r ga J ` U. Q. 08520 Aluminum Windows D. a 08710 Finish Hardware „ _ • � z �. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES w w: 0 ; ' F. =U . O . LU U � z DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 09110 Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems 09130 Acoustical Suspension System 09250 Gypsum Board 09310 Ceramic Tile 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09652 Resilient Base & Accessories 09900 Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10100 Visual Display Boards DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT No work this Division DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12324 Manufactured Casework 12492 Horizontal Louver Blinds DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13126 Temporary Trailer DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS C13159C TOC -2 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS t_J KING COUNTY DEPT. OF NAIURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS No work this Division DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 Mechanical, General 15020 Air Balancing 15250 Insulation 15410 Water Piping Systems 15420 Soils, Waste and Vent Piping System 15450 Plumbing Fixtures 15650 Refrigeration System 15760 Electric Heaters 15800 HVAC Systems 15840 Ductwork 15860 Duct Accessories 15880 Air Filtering Equipment 15900 Controls DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16111 Raceways 16120 Conductors and Cables 16400 Service and Distribution 16495 Automatic Transfer System 16500 Lighting 16605 Standby Engine Generator System C13159C END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS • TOC -3 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS o .ii >,..� 1 i PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section provides an overview of the extent of the work to be performed under this Contract. Detailed requirements and extent of work are stated in the applicable specification sections and shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment, taxes, licenses, permits, inspection fees, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution, and completion of the Work under this contract. 1.02 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE 1. Examples: a. Aggregate: ASTIVI C33 b. Adhesive: Spread with notched trowel. SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Portions of the Specifications are written in imperative and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" shall be included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1.03 WORK OF THIS CONTRACT A. The work under this Project No. C13159C, Bowlake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements is located over an old landfill site, which includes site and utility work, new scalehouse foundation walls and walkway slab. The work includes but is not limited to: C13159C 1. Provide and install a two (2) temporary 10' x 35' truck platform scale. 2. Provide and install a temporary 12' x 42' modified office trailer for KCSW employee facility use. 3. Demolition: a. Removal of existing Scalehouse structure, b. Removal of scalehouse walkway concrete slabs. c. Removal of interior partitions, windows and doors. d. Removal of pavements and curbing as required to construct improvements. e. Removal of landscape material as necessary to construct improvements. 4. Site work and utilities: a. Pavement and pavement markings. b. Water system and Yard Hydrant assemblies. c. • Storm drain piping and connection to existing facilities. d. Sanitary sewer connection to existing facilities. e. Temporary sediment and erosion control features. 5. Including but not limited to, Concrete foundations, concrete walls, and slabs on grade. 6. Steel Fabrication and removable grating. 7. Exterior and interior gypsum wall partitions, H.M. door, aluminum window units, quarry tile flooring, casework, suspended acoustical and gypsum board ceilings. 8. HVAC system. 9. Provide and install back -up generator, including switch panels and conduit. 10. Temporary electrical service and lighting. 11. Temporary telephone service. 12. Temporary construction fencing. 01010 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs C13159C B. Existing Transfer Station Operation: King County will continue to operate the Bowlake Transfer Station throughout the construction period. The Transfer Station and scale operation includes the use of the existing entrance gates indicated on the drawings. The Contractors work must not interfere with operation of the Transfer Station, Tollbooth and inbound /outbound traffic. Contractor shall coordinate with the Transfer Station personnel on all phases of the construction to assure proper operation. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. Work provided by King County: 1. King County will install a temporary Scalehouse trailer. 2. King County will install portions of the scale system computer hardware and software. 3. . Utility fees for work performed by other utilities listed in this Section will be paid by King County Solid Waste Division. The utilities are to bill King County SWD directly for their fees. Temporary utilities, including but not limited to, electric, telephone, sanitary, water, etc. shall be paid for by the Contractor. 4. The Building Permit will be paid for and secured by King County Solid Waste Division. The Contractor shall cooperate with King County in securing this permit, and fully comply with all conditions of the permit. Other permits required for the work are the responsibility of the Contractor. PART 2 - MATERIALS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 01010 -2 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs a- W • iu� m' • J 0 0 W = J W LL . W 0. u. to • 0 H= Z I— 0`. z �-. (/) • • 10. ~ O' Xz Z • SECTION 01040 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies the procedures for coordination, preconstruction conference and progress meetings. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the Contract installation of interdependent construction elements. B. Coordinate work described in various Specification sections installing and connecting to utilities. C. Coordinate work with the Engineer for services as described in Section 01010. D. Coordinate completion and clean up of work described in various Specification sections in preparation for substantial completion. E. Coordinate with Owner on work to be completed by Owner or materials furnished by Owner. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Prior to beginning construction, a meeting of representatives of the Contractor, the Engineer and other affected agencies will be held. The purpose of the meeting is to establish lines of authority and communication and identify duties and responsibilities of the parties. Discussion will cover specific Contract plans, specifications, unusual conditions, schedules of completion, equal employment regulations, King County Solid Waste (KCSW) requirements and other pertinent features of the Contract. Written notification of such a pending preconstruction conference will be made. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS C13159C A. Time 01040 - to assure efficient and orderly sequence of having interdependent responsibilities for 1. Engineer will schedule and administer progress meetings at the project site at bi- weekly, (i.e. every other week), intervals and will prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies to Contractor, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 2. With the Engineer's approval, the Contractor may call for project meetings for the purpose of coordinating, expediting, and scheduling the work of the Project. B. Persons to Attend 1. The Owner's representative, the Engineer, and his /her designated Consultants. 2. The Contractor and any subcontractors, suppliers, or vendors whose presence is necessary or requested. C. The Proceedings 1. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Engineer at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements '.: �d< 2Cr,...::" i;.>: isrisa..::';;>:". r'. cwij; dt�,.: i�:+ ��,+: c4 !rn+.:k'��i ?liiii;�k^': �#�i!;iG�a �!`•F',', .;.t€EwSLd.n,NF;,4a:: PART 2- PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3- EXECUTION Not used. C13159C 2. The proceedings of these meetings will be recorded by the Engineer, and the Contractor will be furnished a reasonable number of copies for his/her use and for the use of various subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors involved. 3. The progress meeting minutes will be used as a method of documenting how issues are resolved. Each meeting will begin with a review of the minutes from the previous meeting. Any misunderstandings or errors in the minutes must be brought up at that time. Otherwise, the minutes will be on record as being an accurate account of the work in progress and the resolution of issues. END OF SECTION 01040 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements j • J PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES C13159C SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS A. All construction work shall be in strict accordance with the most recently adopted publications of the City of Tukwila and King County DDES applicable building and zoning codes, municipal codes and ordinances, as well as applicable state and federal standards and regulations, and those of related utility districts, and other entities governing the work. 1.02 STANDARDS BY REFERENCE A. Any material and /or procedure specified by reference to the number, symbol, or title of a specific standard such as a commercial standard, Federal specification, a trade association standard, technical society standard, or other similar standard, shall comply with the requirements of the latest revision thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto, in effect on the date of Invitation for Bids, except as limited to type, class or grade, or modified in such reference. The standards referred to, except as modified in the Specifications, shall have full force and effect as though printed in the Specifications. 1.03 PRECEDENCE OF STANDARDS A. In the event of conflict between standards, codes, and /or regulations, the more stringent standard shall apply, unless determined otherwise by the authorities having jurisdiction. B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at once when such conflicts are discovered. The Engineer shall give the Contractor direction on how to proceed, after consulting with appropriate authorities as necessary to arrive at a decision acceptable to those having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. • END OFSECTION 01060 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements IV Ilk. g -J U: 0 O' 0 ; W = . J � w O ; ur Q' • , H Z I— la • w w; O N: o1 w w H 1— O; ui Z O Z 1.04 POSTING PERMITS A. Post permits at the site of the work. 1.05 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY A. Comply with all property restoration requirements contained in permits and agreements to complete the work. • PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes the Contract applicable permits. 1.02 PERMITS C13159C SECTION 01062 PERMITS A. Keep fully informed of all local ordinances, as well as state and federal laws, which in any manner affect the work herein specified. At all times comply with said ordinances, laws, and regulations, and protect and indemnify King County and its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of such laws, ordinances, or regulations. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspection fees necessary for prosecution and completion of the work unless otherwise specified. B. King County will provide and pay for the City of Tukwila and King County DDES Building Permits. C. The Contractor shall comply with all conditions attached to applicable City, County, Federal, State, and Local permits. D. The Contractor shall obtain all other permits required to perform the work. Some of the permits include, but may not be limited to, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing permits, ancillary fire permit. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the proper authority information required for the issuance of such permits and shall pay costs thereof, including agency inspections unless specifically provided otherwise in the Contract Documents. Provide a copy of each such permit to the Engineer. 1.03 PERMITS OBTAINED AFTER BID SUBMITTAL A. If, after the bid submittal date, King County obtains any permits which require changes to the work hereunder and thereby cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, the performance of the work, submit information sufficient for the Engineer to determine the extent of the effects on the cost and /or schedule. If the Engineer agrees the cost and /or schedule will be affected by such changes, such effects will be handled in accordance with Section 00700, General Conditions. The Engineer will provide Contractor with a copy of any such permits. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable terms and conditions contained in such permits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 01062-1 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs C13159C A AB AC ACB ACP AD APPROX ASSY ATS AVE B or BOT BFP BI BLD BO BOC BRKT BVC C CB CC CCP CFM CHKR CI CIP CJ CL CLR CMP CMU CO COL COM CONC CONN COR At Above Anchor Bolts Asphalt Concrete Automatic Circuit Breaker Asphalt Concrete Pavement Algebraic Difference Approximately Assembly Automatic Transfer Switch Avenue Bottom Backflow Preventer Black Iron Building Bottom of Bottom of Concrete Bracket Begin Vertical Curve Conduit, Channel Catch Basin Center to Center Cement Concrete Pavement Cubic Feet per Minute Checkered Cast Iron Cast In Place Construction Joint Centerline Clear Corrugated Metal Pipe Concrete Masonry Units Cleanout Column Commercial Concrete Connect Corner SECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS 01070 -1 CTRSK CW D DF DI DIAM, DIA DO DPR DT DWG DWLS E EA ECC ED EF EJ EL,ELEV EQ SP ESC ETM EVC EW EXH EXIST FCA FD FF FFE FH FIN FIN GR FL FLR FLT FM FOR FOS FP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY This Section includes abbreviations. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS Miscellaneous abbreviations and acronyms used in the Specifications and Contract Drawings are defined below: ABBREVIATIONS Countersink Cold Water Drain Drinking Fountain Ductile Iron Diameter Ditto Damper Double Tee Drawing Dowels East Exhaust Air or Each Eccentric Equipment Drain Exhaust Fan or Each Face Expansion Joint Elevation Equally Spaced Erosion Sedimentation Control Elapsed Time Meter End Vertical Curve Each Way Exhaust Existing Flanged Coupling Adapter Floor Drain Finished Floor Finished Floor Elevation Fire Hydrant Finished Finished Grade Flange Floor Filter Force Main Fuel Oil Return Fuel Oil Supply Fireproof King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements FS FT FTG G GA GALV GFCI GND GV GWB HB HDPE HH HM HORIZ HW HWT ID IE IN INFO ISR JAN JT K KCC KCRS L LAV LB LCK LF LG LL LLH LLV LT LVR MAN MAX MFGR,MFR MCC MCP MH MIN MISC MJ MON MSL MTD N NAT NIC C13159C Float Switch, Far Side Foot or Feet Footing Grating Gauge, Gage Galvanized Ground Fault Circuit Interrupt Ground Gate Valve Gypsum Wall Board Hose Bibb High Density Polyethylene Hand Hole Hollow Metal Horizontal Hot Water Hot Water Tank Inside Diameter Invert Elevation Inches Information Intrinsically Safe Relay Janitor Joint Curve Coefficient King County Code King Cnty Road Standards Length, Angle Lavatory Pound Locker Linear Feet Loading Live Load Long Leg Horizontal Long Leg Vertical Left, Light Louver Manufacturer Maximum Manufacturer Motor Control Center Motor Circuit Protector Manhole Minimum Miscellaneous Mechanical Joint Monument Mean Sea Level Mounted North Natural Not in Contract 01070 -2 NO NOM NS NTS 0 OC OD OH OL OPNG OPP OPS PBS PC PE PI PIV PL PLAS PRV PSF PSI PT PVC PVI PW R RA RECP RED REF REINF REQ'D RGS RM ROW or R/W RSTRM RT S SA SCH SCV SD SE SEC, SECT SHR SIM SJ SOG SP SQ Number Nominal Near Site Not to Scale Round, Diameter, or Phase On Center Outside Diameter Overhead Overload Opening Opposite Operations Push Button Station Point of Curvature Polyethylene, Photo Electric Point of Intersection Post Indicator Valve Plate or Place Plaster Pressure Reducing Valve Pound(s) Per Square Foot Pound(s) Per Square Inch Point of Tangency Polyvinyl Chloride or Point of Vertical Curvature Point of Vertical Intersection Potable Water Radius, Range, or Rise Return Air Receptacle Reducer Reference Reinforced, Reinforcement, or Reinforcing Required Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit Room Right -of -Way Restroom Right South, Sanitary Supply Air Schedule Sectional Control Valve Shoulder Drain Southeast Section Shower Similar Contraction Joint Slab on Grade Spare Square King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements - r SR SS SST ST STA STD SUPT SW T T &B THK TO TOC TS TTB TVSS TYP UG UH UL UP PART 2- MATERIALS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. C131590 State Route Sanitary Sewer Stainless Steel Street Station Standard Support Spray Water Tangent, Top, Township, or Tread Top and Bottom Thick Top of Top of Concrete Tube Steel Telephone Terminal Board Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor Typical Underground Unit Heater Underwriters Laboratory Utility Pole UR V V AC V DC VC VERT VEST VNR VPI VTR W W/ W/O WC WD WP WS WSDOT 01070 -3 WWF XFMR YD END OF SECTION Urinal Vent Volts Alternating Current Volts Direct Current Vertical Curve Vertical Vestibule Veneer Vertical Point of Intersection Vent Thru Roof West or Water With Without Water Closet Wood Weatherproof Waterstop Washington State Department of Transportation Welded Wire Fabric Transformer Yard Drain King County Solid Waste Division Bowiake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or work specified by association, trade, or federal standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are required by applicable codes or specified herein. B. Comply with issue of reference standard which is current at date of receipt of bids. C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in a reference document. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W., Suite 249 Washington, DC 20001 ACI • ACIL ADA Americans with Disabilities Act - ACPA. American Concrete Pipe Association 8300 Boone Blvd., Suite 400 Vienna, VA 22180 AEIC C13159C Aluminum Association 900 19 St., NW, Suite 300 Washington, DC 20006 American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Detroit, MI 48219 SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS American Architectural Manufacturers Association 2700 River Rd., Suite 118 Des Plaines, I L 60018 American Council of Independent Laboratories 1725 K St., NW Washington, DC 20006 Association of Edison Illuminating Companies 600 N. 18th Street P.O. Box 2641 Birmingham, AL 35291 -0992 AFBMA Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association 1101 Connecticut Avenue NW, Ste. 700 Washington, DC 20036 01090 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs AHA American Hardboard Association 520 N. Hicks Rd. Palatine, IL 60067 Al AITC American Lumber Standards Committee P.O. Box 210 Germantown, MD 201374 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association (Formerly Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.) 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights, IL 60004 -1893 ASC C13159C Asphalt Institute Research Park Drive P.O. Box 14052 Lexington, KY 40512 -4052 American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Ave., NW Washington, DC 20006 American Institute of Steel Construction 1 E. Wacker Drive, Ste. 3100 Chicago, IL 60601 -2001 American Iron and Steel Institute 1101 17th Street NW Washington, DC 20036 -4700 American Institute of Timber Construction 7012 S. Revere Pky., Ste. 140 Englewood, CO 80112 American National Standards Institute, Inc. 11 W. 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 American Plywood Association 7011 S. 19th Street P.O. Box 11700 Tacoma, WA 98411 -0700 American Petroleum Institute 1220 L. Street NW Washington, DC 20005 Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 4301 N. Fairfax Drive, No. 425 Arlington, VA 22203 Acoustical Society of America 500 Sunnyside Blvd. Woodbury, NY 11797 Adhesive and Sealant Council 01090 -2 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs 0-� V O. CO • w,. w II J H'. Q u w o' • � d I-w _. • 0: • z II • U p, ;0 ( a. • w w • • tr — u_0: • • 11.1 on! UN H =� O H. • z ASCII ASPE ASSE CRD C13159C 1627 K Street, NW, Suite 1000 Washington, DC 20006 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 1015 15th Street NW, Ste. 600 Washington, DC 20005 American Standard Code for Information Interchange American National Standards Institute, Inc. 11 W. 42nd Street, I '3th Floor New York, NY 10036 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 1971 Tullie Circle, NE Atlanta, GA 30329 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 American Society of Plumbing Engineers 3617 Thousand Oaks Blvd., Suite 210 Westlake, CA 91362 American Society of Sanitary Engineering P.O. Box 40362 Bay Village, OH 44140 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 -1187 AWS American Welding Society 550 Lejeune Road NW P.O.. Box 351040 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 BOLA Building Officials and Code Administrators International 4051 W. Flossmoor Road Country Club Hills, IL 60478 -5795 CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 1499 Chain Bridge Road, Suite 203 McLean, VA 22101 CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America, Inc. (Formerly: Electric Overhead Crane Institute) 8720 Red Oak Blvd., Ste. 201 Charlotte, NC 28217 Corps of Engineers Specification 01090 -3 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs U O . cn Nw W I : W O: 2 LL Q; = d; E- Z 2 Da D O ; O N` w w_ I-- • tL Z U z.: CRSI CSA EJMA EPA : HEI C13159C P.O. Box 3755 Seattle, WA 98124 -2255 (206) 764 -3750 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173 Canadian Standards Association 178 Rexdale Boulevard Rexdale, Ontario, M9W IR3, Canada CWHSSA Contract Work Hours & Safety Standards Act Department of Laborj'WH office of Contracting 200 Constitution Avenue NW Washington, DC 20210 Edison Electric Institute 701 Pennsylvania Avenue NW Washington, DC 20004 -2696 Electronic Industries Association 2001 Pennsylvania Avenue NW Washington, DC 200D6 -1813 Expansion Joint Manufacturer's Association 25 N. Broadway Tarrytown, NY 10591 United States Environmental Protection Agency 1200 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 FEDSPEC Federal Specifications, General Services Administration Specification and Consumer Information Distribution Branch 470 E. L'Enfant Plaza SW Washington, DC 20407 FEDSTDS Federal Standards (see FEDSPECS) Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (Formerly Factory Mutual System) 1151 Boston - Providence Turnpike P.O. Box 9102 Norwood, MA 02062 Heat Exchange Institute 1300 Sumner Avenue Cleveland, OH 4411 IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials 20001 Walnut Drive S. 01090 -4 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs �'a!r % „ >t�i:i�,i:. .,Gf ;'d.... ...�K ,p:.ru.�r;:, .. „5'!•0... ��, .. r • I '•J ICEA IEEE MSS C13159C Walnut, CA 91789 -2825 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5360 South Workman Mill Road Whittier, CA 90601 Insulated Cable Engineers Association P.O. Box 440 South Yarmouth, MA 02664 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society Of North America 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 KCSWDM King County Surface Water Design Manual King County Department of Public Works 700 -5 1 h Avenue, Suite 2200 Seattle, WA 98104 MCAA Mechanical Contractors Association of America 1385 Piccard Dr. Rockville, MID 20832 MILSPEC Military Specifications Naval Publications and Forms Center 700 Robbins Avenue, Bldg. 4D Philadelphia, PA 19111 -5094 Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry 127 Park St., NE Vienna, VA 22180 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 11 S. Lasalle Street, 1131te. 1400 Chicago, IL 60603 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P.O. Box 218340 Houston, TX 77218 NAPA National Asphalt Pavement Association Calvert Building, Suite 620 6811 Kenilworth Ave. Riverdale, MD 20737 NEC National Electric Code (NFPA 70) See NFPA NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 2101 L. Street NW Washington, DC 200:37 01090 -5 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs NESC National Electric Safety Code See IEEE NESHAP NIOSH National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants do Armina Nolan 1200 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health 4676 Columbia Parkway Cincinnati, OH 45226 NFPA National Fluid Power Association 3333 North Mayfair Road Milwaukee, WI 53222 -321 NFPA National Forest Products Association (Formerly: National Lumber Manufacturers Association) 1250 Connecticut Avenue NW, Ste. 200 Washington, DC 20036 C13159C NFPA National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269 -9101 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority 1055 W. Hastings St., Suite 260 Vancouver, British Columbia Canada V6E 2E9 NPCA National Paint and Coating Association 1500 Rhode Island Ave., NW Washington, DC 20005 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act U.S. Department of Labor - Occupational and Health Administration 1111 Third Avenue, Ste. 715 Seattle, WA 98101 -3212 PCA PDI PEI Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077 Plumbing and Drainage Institute c/o Sol Baker 1106 W. 77 th St., South Dr. Indianapolis, IN 46260 Porcelain Enamel Institute 1101 Connecticut Ave., NW, Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036 PSAPCA Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency 110 Union Street, Ste. 500 Seattle, WA 98101 0 -6 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs 6 O 0 W 0 w I. 1- : w 0 g a; H _ •. z �..? H 0 U.1 Lu o 'O = w w '. u. = V z U w O ~' SAE C13159C SAMA SAMA Group of Associations (Formerly Scientific Apparatus Makers Association) 225 Reinekers, Ste. 625 Alexandria, VA 22314 SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress, International 900 Montclair Road Birmingham, AL 352,13 SMACNA Society of Automotive Engineers 400 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15096 -0001 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. 4201 Lafayette Center Drive Chantilly, VA 22021 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturer's Association 25 N. Broadway Tarrytown, NY 10591 UBC Uniform Building Code Published by ICBO UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 6006:2 UMC Uniform Mechanical Code Published by ICBO UPC Uniform Plumbing Code Published by IAPMO USBR Bureau of Reclamation, U.S, Department of Interior Engineering and Research Center P.O. Box 25007 Denver, CO 80225 -0007 WAC Washington Administrative Code Washington State Secretary of State Olympia, WA 98504 WISHA WRI Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act Department of Labor and Industries 300 West Harrison Street, Room 201 Seattle, WA 98119 Wire Reinforcement Institute 1760 Reston Parkway, Suite 403 Reston, VA 22090 01090 -7 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used C13159C WSC Water Systems Council 600 S. Federal St., Suite 400 Chicago, IL 60605 WSDOT Washington State Dept. of Transportation & American Public Works Association, APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Pre - Contract Administration Transportation Bldg; 3D -20 Olympia, WA 98504 -5201 Western Wood Products Association (Formerly: West Coast Lumbermen's Association) 522 SW 5th Avenue Portland, OR 97204 -:2122 END OF SECTION . 01090 -8 King County Solid Waste Division Houghton Transfer Station Scalehouse and Infrastructure Repairs i .1 3 Noir PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the work, including: C13159C 1. Project Schedule and Work Plan. 2. Product Data. 3. Samples. SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 0 and 1 sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: 1. Permits. 2. Application for payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of Subcontractors. C. The Contractor's construction schedule is included in Section 01030 "Contract Time and Sequence." D. Inspection and test reports are included in Section 01400 "Quality Control Services." 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that requires sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. B. The County reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for re- submittals. 1. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The County will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. If a subsequent submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. 3. Allow two weeks for reprocessing of each submittal. 4. No extension of contract time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Engineer sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. 01300 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Iz'71c. li443 6, ';:0 v D. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. 1. Include the following information on the label or title block for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. c. Counties contract number. d. Name and address of County contact number. e. Name and address of Contractor. f. Name and address of subcontractor. g. Name and address of supplier. h. Name of Manufacturer. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. E. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to County using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be rejected and not returned. 1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractors certification that the information complies with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Sequentially number the submittal forms. Re- submittals to have original number with sequential alphabetic suffixes. 3. Transmit or deliver submittals to: 1.03 PRODUCT DATA KPG, Inc. 753 9th Avenue North Seattle, Washington 98109 Attn: Houghton Project Manager A. Collect Product Data into a single complete submittal for each element of construction or system (i.e., concrete work, mechanical work, electrical work, etc.,). Product Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in- diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings ". 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed Recommendations. b. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency label and seals. 1.04 KING COUNTY'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action and return is required or requested, the Engineer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. C13159C King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 01300 -2 - -, 4. e On JU O 0 co 0 W I N u_ w O ga -J u_ Q I C� W I— 0 Z I— U 0. O 52 0 I— w • uj I— r - i— l l O . W Z . O N . O Z B. Changes for extra work incurred by the Engineer in reviewing're- submittals subsequent to the first re- submittal will be deducted by the Engineer from amounts payable to the Contractor. C. Action Stamp: The Engineer will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self - explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken: 1. "No Exceptions taken" indicates the submittal has been reviewed and appears to be in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor may proceed with construction shown on the submittal. D. Review of conformance with design concepts and compliance with Contract Documents does not require Engineer to review features solely related to construction or all dimensions, quantities, and other data. Contractor shall not rely on Engineer's approval as a verification or check of all such items in the submittal or of satisfactory and safe installation and construction. Contractor shall verify all fabrication and installation requirements, quantities, and dimensions. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. C13159C 1. The Engineer will separately track and accumulate all such extra work and report the amounts to the Contractor on a monthly basis. The amounts reported will be deducted from the next monthly progress payment submitted by the Contractor. 2. The Contractor may request copies of Engineer's documentation of the cost of the Extra Work, but the amounts are not subject to negotiation or reduction. 2. "Note Markings" indicates submittal appears to be in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with the exception of noted corrections. Contractor shall incorporate the corrections noted and may proceed with construction shown on the submittal. No re- submittal is required. 3. "Comments attached" indicates submittal appears to be in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with the exception of noted corrections attached on a separate sheet. Contractor shall incorporate the corrections noted and may proceed with construction shown on the submittal. No re- submittal is required. 4. "Revise and resubmit" indicates submittal does not appear to be in conformance with the Contract Documents. Engineers comments will be noted on the submittal or in a separate letter. Contractor shall recheck, make necessary revisions, and resubmit. a. Do not permit submittals marked "Revise and resubmit" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where work is in progress. END OF SECTION 01300 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements s, I { PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies requirements and procedures for the Contractor in preparing construction schedules. The purpose of the construction schedule shall be to ensure adequate planning and execution of the work by the Contractor, to establish the standard against which satisfactory completion of the project shall be judged, to assist the Engineer in monitoring progress, and to assess the impact of Change Orders on the construction schedule. The Contractor shall utilize a computer software program such as Primavera or Suretrak Software or approved equal in the development of the construction schedule. 1.02 SUBMITTALS C13159C A. The following submittals shall, as a minimum, be provided in accordance with other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Draft construction schedule SECTION 01320 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS a. Submit for review at preconstruction meeting. Include material and equipment procurement and construction work. Clearly indicate major milestones and the time(s) for completion which are required to be met under the terms of the Contract. Include a time - scaled bar chart and a draft schedule of values. Construction schedule a. Submit within 5 days of the effective date of Notice to Proceed. Include a time - scaled bar chart, schedule of values and cash flow projection. 3 Submittal schedule a. Submit within 5 days of the effective date of Notice to Proceed. Indicate required submittals. 4. Weekly progress reports a. Submit no later than Wednesday noon. 5. Monthly report: Submit with monthly progress payment request. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. Time scaled bar chart based on the construction schedule prepared on 11 -inch x 17 -inch sheets. Band by activities, indicated in the schedule of values, or as approved by the Engineer. B. Activities 1. Show on construction bar charts at there early start and finish period. C. In preparing the schedule of values, break up the work into construction activities such that the duration of each activity shall not exceed 15 working days and construction activity values not to exceed $10,000 unless approved by the Engineer. Non - construction activities (submittals, fabrication, etc.) may have durations in excess of 15 working days. 01320 - King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z re U O 0 : rn WI s J H WO W Q. = W z �. F- 0 z I-.. w lii 2 o C.) co ' O — O )— w • W : WZ co H = , O F.. Z C13159C D. Include the following major activities in the schedule. Further break down the activities as required herein and as required by the Contractor to schedule the work: 1. Setup of temporary scales and Owner provide temporary scalehouse. 2. Temporary employee trailer. 3. Foundation for scalehouse. 4. Delivery date required for Owner provided scalehouse. 5. Removal of temporary scales. • E. Include work to be completed by others including the Owner and utilities. F. Submittal and procurement activities shall include preparation and submittal of shop drawings, product data, samples, fabrication, delivery, and as -built drawings. G. Dates indicated on the schedule by the Contractor shall not be binding on the Engineer. H. Failure of the Contractor to include an element of work required for the performance of this Contract shall not excuse the Contractor from completing the work as described in the Contract Documents. I. Provide a list of the holidays and non -work days applicable to the schedule. J. Include in the schedule submittals and milestone dates as specified in other sections of the Contract Documents. 2.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a balanced schedule of values. At a minimum, break up the work into units corresponding to each Section of Division 2 of the Specifications and the activities identified in the construction schedule. The total value of the activities shall equal the Contract amount. Overhead and profit shall be prorated to the activities. Activity values shall be rounded to the nearest dollar. B. The value to be allocated to the mobilization activity shall not exceed 5 percent of the initial contract amount. C. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the schedule of values is unbalanced, the Contractor will be required to present documentation substantiating the cost allocations of those activities believed to be unbalanced. .. -) 2.03 WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT A. Include a narrative report describing the work accomplished the preceding week. The completion of major milestones and activities shall be identified along with deliveries of materials and equipment. Problems occurring during the week should be stated in this report. B. Include a 2 -week look -ahead schedule showing what work the Contractor anticipates working on. This schedule shall provide greater detail than the project time - scaled bar chart. 2.04 MONTHLY REPORT A. Include an updated construction bar chart, schedule of values, cash flow projection and narrative summary. B. Include a narrative summary that briefly describes the progress of the project. The report shall describe how the project is progressing towards its completion. It shall identify milestones completed, major equipment deliveries and problems arising during the month. The report shall project the work anticipated during the coming month, including major deliveries and submittals. 01320 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements t.4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. GENERAL C13159C A. Provide a "status" construction schedule and narrative summary so the Engineer may use them as a basis for determining the Contractor's compliance with the Specification requirements regarding progress payments, contract time extensions, change order prices and impacts, and the overall progress of the work. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of this Section will be a cause for delay in the review and acceptance of the progress payment requests. 3.02 UPDATES A. If actual progress on the critical path items is observed to deviate from the construction schedule by 1 week behind or 1 week ahead, update and submit a revised construction schedule. In the case of the work being behind schedule, Submit, along with the revised construction schedule, a written plan for completing the work within the milestone and contract times. B. If the Contractor desires to make changes in the construction schedule logic, submit those revisions, along with a written statement and rationale to the Engineer for review. The form and methods employed by the Contractor to make the revised construction schedule shall be the same as for the original schedule. C. Requests for extensions in time resulting from changes issued by the Owner shall be accompanied by a narrative report explaining the impacts and costs associated with the extension. This request shall be submitted in accordance with Section 00700, General Conditions. D. On approval of a change order by King County, the approved change shall be reflected in both time and value in the next submission of progress reports and schedule updates. Contract time extensions and schedule revisions shall be incorporated into the monthly updated construction schedule and schedule of values. • END OF SECTION 01320 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1.01 SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.02 TEMPORARY POWER 1.03 TEMPORARY HEATING 1.04 TEMPORARY VENTILATION 1.05 TELEPHONE SERVICE C13159C SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. This Section specifies the procedures for temporary facilities during construction including temporary utilities: electricity, lighting, heating, ventilation, telephone service, water, scale and sanitary facilities; temporary controls: barriers, fencing, protection of work, and security; and construction facilities: parking, progress cleaning, project signage, and offices. The temporary scalehouse will be provided by King County. A. Make arrangements for additional power requirements, as needed, with the electrical utility for power takeoff points, voltage and phasing requirements, transformers and metering and pay resulting costs and fees. A. Provide temporary heating of the buildings and enclosures as necessary to protect work and material against damage by dampness and cold and to facilitate completion of the work. Supply the equipment and materials required —for temporary heating. A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gasses. A. Provide, for Contractor's own use, telephone service at the construction site office. Radiotelephone service is acceptable as a substitute for telephone service. The Contractor shall pay these telephone costs. 1.06 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide necessary water and special connections to a water supply as necessary to complete the work. 1.07 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide toilet and wash -up facilities for the work force at the site. Comply with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations pertaining to the public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. 1.08 TEMPORARY TRUCK PLATFORM SCALE A. Provide and install two Low Profile above ground Portable Truck Scale, Unitec Corporation Model No. 26035- 10LPPV -S or approved equal: 1. Capacity: 50 tons. 2. Concentrated load capacity: 66,000 tons. 3. Load Cells: Sensortronics model 65058, six double -ended shear beam 50 Kips load cells. 4. Load cell summing card: Controlweigh model 4LC. 5. Platform size: 35' -0" X 10' -0 ". 6. Weighbridge Steel: Complete bill of fabricated steel, with all necessary main girders, proper cross member supports and steel diamond plate decking. 01500 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1.10.1 SIGNS C13159C 7. Base Frame: The scale shall incorporate a base frame in which the load cells and weighbridge are mounted to make the scale self contained and portable. 8. Bulkhead: Integral steel bulkhead. 9. Provide and install all cabling from load cell to the temporary scalehouse (provided by King County) ready for connection, King County Solid Waste (KCSW) will make the final connection at the scalehouse. Refer to the civil drawings for the site plan to determine the required length of cabling, coordinate with KCSW for termination of cabling at the temporary scalehouse. B. Scale Manufacturer shall coordinate his work with Owner's scale equipment representative. All questions regarding the Owner furnished portion of the scale system shall be directed to: Mr. Bert deHaan King County Solid Waste Division Cedar Hills Landfill (206) 296 -4490 C. After successful testing the scale manufacture shall obtain a Weight and Measures Certificate by the State of Washington Office of Weights and Measures. 1.09BARRIERS A. Provide temporary 6' -0° chain link fencing barriers and gates to the extent as shown on the drawings to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities from damage during construction and demolition operations. A. Project Identification Sign: 1. One project identification sign shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be subject to the review of the Engineer and the approval of Owner. 2. Erect the project identification sign on the site where directed approximately 4 ft x 8 ft in size, of 3/4 inch plywood with suitable frame, moldings, and supports. Use Douglas Fir Overlaid Plywood, Grade B -B high density, exterior, good two sides, complying with PS -1. The sign shall be primed and given two coats of approved white paint. Lettering shall be black of an approved type, size, and layout as directed by the Engineer. Sign shall contain the name of the Project, Owner, Engineer, Contractor, and such other reasonable information as the Engineer or Owner may require. 3. Maintain in good condition for life of project. B. Commercial or advertising signs shall not be allowed on the site. 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities, as necessary, to protect the work and existing facilities from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of its equipment and materials on the site. 1.12 PROTECTION OF NEW WORK AND EXISTING PROPERTY A. Protect existing structures, property, cultivated or planted areas and other surface improvements from damage and provide bracing, shoring or other. work necessary for such protection. B. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in the Specification and drawings. 01500 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements r� C. Repair or replace damaged structures, work, materials or equipment to a condition equal to or better than prior to the damage at no additional cost to King County. Repair and /or replacement shall be approved by the Engineer. 1.13 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. Contractor shall conduct its work as to not interfere with the transfer station operations, traffic and public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. 1.14 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas and keep areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. C13159C B. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site immediately upon such materials becoming unfit for use in the work. In the event that this material is not removed, King County reserves the right to have the • material removed and the expense charged to the Contractor. No waste material, debris and rubbish accrued from this work will be allowed to be deposited at this site, except for buried refuse encountered during foundation work. C. Prevent dirt and dust from escaping trucks departing the site by covering dusty loads, washing trucks tires before leaving the site, or other methods as applicable and approved by the Engineer. D. Provide street cleaning of truck haul routes between the site and the roadways on a daily basis or as needed to keep the haul routes clean. In the event that the haul routes need cleaning as caused by the Contractor's operations and the Contractor has not kept them clean, King County reserves the right to have the haul routes cleaned and the expense charged to the Contractor. 1.15 CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE A. During the performance of this Contract, maintain a suitable field office on the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of the representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions or other communication or articles. Office shall include as a minimum a telephone, separate FAX line and FAX machine, and photocopier. B. Communications given to the representative or delivered at the site office in the Contractor's absence shall be deemed to have been delivered to Contractor. C. Copies of the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents shall be kept at the site office and available for use at all times. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION 01500 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01505 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT C13159C A. The Owner desires that this Project shall generate the least amount of waste possible and that processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors shall be employed. B. Of the inevitable waste that is generated, as many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled. C. With these goals, the Contractor shall develop, for the Engineer's review, a Waste Management Plan for this Project. D. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with Contractor's disposal. 1.02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. Draft Waste Management Plan: Within seven working days after effective date of Notice to Proceed, or prior to any waste removal, whichever occurs sooner, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the Draft Waste Management Plan to the Engineer. 1. The Draft Plan should contain the following: a. A list of each material proposed to be salvaged, reused or recycled during the course of the Project. b. Estimated quantities for each waste stream. c. Separation requirements. d. On -site storage method for each waste stream. e. Transportation method for each waste stream. f. Destination of each waste stream. g. Estimated tip fee or rebate for each material. 2. The list of these materials is to include, at a minimum: 3. Include the names for each subcontractor who will transport solid or hazardous waste from the site and the name of the Receiving Facility that will accept waste for disposal. B. The following resources are available from the King County Solid Waste Division Construction, Demolition and Land clearing (CDL) Program. These materials may be used for development of the Waste Management Plan. In addition, the Contractor may request specific technical assistance from the CDL program in the development of the Waste Management Plan, for on -site contractor and subcontractor training, and on -site inspections. 1. Contractors Guide to Handling Waste published by the King County Solid Waste Division" lists area haulers and processors available for recycling CDL materials. a. Cardboard b. Clean dimensional wood c. Concrete d. Asphalt e. Metals from banding, ductwork, piping, rebar, steel, iron, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. f. Excavated soils. g. Excavated landfill refuse. 01505 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C 2. A series of one page fact sheets published by the Business and Industry Recycling Venture which provide easy to use tools for setting up job site recycling. 3. The "Recycling Plus" Best Practices Manual for job site recycling, which provides detailed information and work sheets for setting up job site recycling. 4. Case Studies that exemplify how jobsite recycling has been successful on other projects. 5. Final Waste Management Plan: Once the Owner has determined which of the recycling options addressed in the above draft Waste Management Plan are acceptable, the Contractor shall submit, within 14 working days, a Final Waste Management Plan. C. The Final Waste Management Plan shall contain the following: 1. Analysis of the proposed jobsite wastes to be generated, including types and quantities. 2. A list of all materials from the Project that will be separated for reuse, salvage, or recycling. 3. Separation and storage requirements for each waste type: A description of the means by which any waste materials identified in paragraph 2 above will be protected from contamination, and a description of the means employed in recycling the above materials consistent with requirements for acceptance by designated facilities. 4. Recycling Vendor: Name of the recycling processor for each material, and estimated tip fees or rebate. 5: Receiving Facilities: The name of the Receiving Facilities intended for receipt of nonrecycled CDL materials, the applicable tipping fees, and the projected cost of disposing of all project waste. 6. Transportation: A description of the means of transportation of the recyclable or waste materials and the approximate cost of transportation. Include the names of haulers. 7. Meetings: A description of information to be addressed at project meetings regarding training and updates on waste management requirements. 1.03 MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: The Contractor shall designate an on -site party (or parties) responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan for the Project. The Owner will provide staff to assist in this training and to make periodic site visits. B. Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to the Job Site Supervisor, each Subcontractor, the Owner and the Engineer. C. The Contractor shall provide on -site instruction of appropriate separation, handling separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the Project. D. Separation Facilities: The Contractor shall layout and label a specific area to facilitate separation of materials for potential recycling, salvage, reuse and return. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. E. Hazardous Wastes: Hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored, and disposed of according to local regulations. 01505-2 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements t„4 Z 4 4. • W O 0 N J = H CO u, w 0. • = u- a. to � = a I- w Z �. ZO w 2 U � O �. w ui I— U. H tii U N O F " Z 1 F. Submission of Progress Reports: The Contractor shall submit with each Progress Report a summary of � ; w. Waste generated at the Project. The Summary shall be submitted on a form acceptable to the Owner and shall contain the following information: 1. For each material recycled, reused, or salvaged from the Project, the amount (in tons or cubic yards), the date removed from the jobsite, the receiving party, the transportation cost, the amount of any money paid or received for the recycled or salvaged material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling the material. Attach manifests, weight tickets receipts and /or invoices. 2. The amount (in tons or cubic yard or material) of material Iandfilled from the Project, the location of the Receiving Facility, the total amount of tip fees paid at the landfill, and the total disposal cost. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipt, and invoices. PART2- PRODUCTS NOT USED. PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED. C13159C END OF SECTION 01505-3 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROUTE SECTION 01550 ACCESS ROADS A. The Contractor shall use the construction access route shown on the drawings for hauling materials, equipment or imported products without creating traffic congestion and shall submit its construction traffic flow scheme to the Engineer for approval within 7 calendar days after the effective date of Notice to Proceed. The incoming haul route and the outgoing haul route shall be through the existing recycle gates. Access to and from the Transfer station tunnels shall be coordinated with KCSWD and Transfer station personnel. The Contractor shall follow and not interrupt the traffic flow pattern at the Transfer Station. Submittals shall be according to Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 1.02 PUBLIC ACCESS AND HAUL ROADS A. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and regulations. All streets in the construction area used by Contractor's trucks or any other equipment hauling material to and from the area whether within the contract limits or adjacent thereto shall be kept clean by the Contractor. B. When hauling is done over highways, County or State roadways, the loads shall be trimmed and the vehicle shelf areas shall be cleaned after each loading and dumping. The loads shall be watered after trimming to minimize dust as necessary. Vehicle tires shall be cleaned as necessary to minimize tracking of soils onto roadways. Spills from vehicles shall be immediately cleaned. C. Where the Contractor's haul operations cause material to be deposited on public roads, the Contractor shall have the material removed with a power broom as soon as practicable, but no later than the end of that working day. If deemed necessary by the Engineer or the road agency, the Contractor shall clean the area using a power washing truck. D. Any damage to roadway surfaces from the direct or indirect result of the Contractor's operation shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the responsible agency and the Owner. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary street use ermits in connection with Contractor's operations. 1.03 ACCESS TO WORK SITE F. Access to work will be from existing streets. The Contractor shall make arrangements not to create traffic congestion, due to increased construction traffic. r , PART 2 - MATERIALS NOT USED. PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED. C13159C END OF SECTION 01550 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements r �= { , } 3.02 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 3.04 CONTROL OF WATER C13159C SECTION 01560 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01560 -1 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies temporary environmental controls required to be maintained during construction. PART2- PRODUCTS NOT USED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TEMPORARY DAMS A. Except in time of emergency, earth dams are not acceptable at catch basin openings, local depressions, or elsewhere. Temporary dams of sand bags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary to protect the work, provided their use does not create a hazard or nuisance to the public. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. A. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, and other contaminants into the atmosphere that violate the regulations of legally constituted authorities. Minimize dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water, or other means. The use of water, in amounts resulting in mud on public streets, is not acceptable as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. 3.03 NOISE CONTROL A. Limits are based on the King County and the City of Tukwilla Noise Ordinance. B. Construction involving noisy operations shall be restricted to comply with Section 01060, Regulatory Requirements and Standards. C. Comply with local controls and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances, which apply to work performed pursuant to the Contract. D. Each internal combustion engine, used on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler. E. Noise levels for scrapers, pavers, graders and trucks shall not exceed 90 dBA at 50 feet as measured under the noisiest operating conditions. For other equipment, noise levels shall not exceed 85 dBA. Equipment that cannot meet these levels shall be quieted by use of improved exhaust mufflers or other means. All noise levels shall comply with the King County Noise Ordinance. A. Temporary Pumping and Drainage: 1. Keep the work area free from surface water as required to permit continuous progress of and to prevent adverse effects on soils during construction. Removing and replacing soils loosened by failure to comply with the cautions required in these Specifications shall be at Contractor's expense. The Contractor's operation shall be conducted in such a manner as to prevent sediment from reaching the storm system. 2. Have on hand pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for ordinary emergencies, including power outages and flooding. Have available competent workers for the King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements continuous operation of the water control system. Do not shut down dewatering systems between shifts, on holidays and weekends, nor during work stoppages. 3. Dewater and dispose of water in a manner that will not cause injury to public and private property. 4. Control groundwater to prevent softening of bottoms of excavations, or formation of "quick" conditions or "boils ". 5. Design and operate dewatering system that will not remove natural soils. 6. Keep excavations free of water during excavation, construction of structures, installation of pipelines, placing of structures, backfill, and placing and curing of concrete. 7. Control surface water runoff to prevent entry and collection in excavation. 8. Draw down static water level a minimum of 2 -feet below bottom of excavations to maintain the undisturbed state of foundation soils and allow placement and compaction of fill and backfill materials and required density. 9. Install and operate dewatering system so that groundwater level outside excavations is not lowered to an extent that will damage or endanger adjacent structures or property. 10. Do not use open or cased pumps as primary dewatering means for excavations more than 3 feet below the static water level. Locate open or cased sumps outside of excavation limits. 11. Release static water level in a manner to maintain the undisturbed state of natural soils; prevent disturbance of compacted backfill; and prevent flotation or movement of structures and pipelines. 12. Do not obstruct ditches; provide means for free flow of surface water. 13. Provide methods to remove and dispose of surplus water, mud, silt, or other runoff pumped from excavations or from sluicing or other operations without causing erosion. 14. Do not wash the interior, exterior or appurtenances of concrete trucks on -site. 15. Do not allow water used for washing vehicles, equipment and construction material such as concrete to enter storm drains, streams, groundwater, wetlands or other waters of the State unless separation of contaminants is accomplished prior to discharge. 3.05 OIL SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL A. General C13159C 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for prevention, containment, and cleanup of spilling of oil, fuel, and other petroleum products used in the Contractor's operations. All such prevention, containment, and cleanup costs shall be borne by the Contractor. 2. The Contractor is advised that discharge of oil from equipment or facilities into state waters or onto adjacent land is not permitted under state water quality regulations. 3. The Contractor shall, at a minimum, take the following measures regarding oil spill prevention, containment, and cleanup: 4. Fuel hoses, lubrication equipment, hydraulically operated equipment, oil drums, and other equipment and facilities shall be inspected regularly for drips, leaks or signs of damage, and shall be maintained and stored properly to prevent spills. Proper security shall be maintained to discourage vandalism. 5. All land based oil and projects storage tanks shall be diked or located so as to prevent spills from escaping to the water. Diking and subsoils shall be lined with impervious material to prevent oil from seeping through the ground and dikes. 01560 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements JYdF.. Jx`:nd .t3 .fund. 4 z W . 6 O 0 rn ' (o -I H N U. W O • }} J - a = W 1— _ Z 1- 1— O Z H. W uj Do ' O N W to • U .Z W (r- _ - O ~ Z 6. All visible floating oils shall be immediately contained with booms, dikes, or other appropriate means and removed from the water prior to discharge into state waters. All visible oils on land shall be immediately contained using dikes, or other appropriate means and removed using sand, ground clay, sawdust, or other absorbent material, which shall then be properly disposed of by the Contractor. Waste materials shall be temporarily stored in drums or other Teak -proof containers after cleanup and during transport to disposal. 7. In the event of any oil or product discharges into public waters, or onto land with a potential for entry into public waters, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the following agencies at their listed 24 -hour response numbers: WA Dept. of Emergency Management. 800 - 258 -5990 National Response Center 800 - 424 -8802 Maintain on the job site the following materials: Oil-absorbent pads or bulk material. END OF SECTION 01560 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements i Li I C13159C PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 01736 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Selective demolition required by the Existing Employee Facility & Demolition, Tipping Level Plans, & Demolition Notes and Legend and Existing Employee Facility Reflected Ceiling & Demolition Plans & Existing Elevations on the Drawings. B. Existing interior work, surfaces, and finishes to be removed /salvaged as indicated. C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry for patching of existing plywood. 2. Section 09250, Gypsum Board for patching of existing gypsum board. 3. Section 09310, Ceramic Tile for patching of existing quarry tile surfaces. 4. Divisions 15 and 16, Mechanical /Electrical respectively. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A: Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: Demolition procedures and operational sequence for review and acceptance by Engineer. Include: 1. Permits and notices authorizing selective building demolition, and: 2. Permits for transport and disposal of debris as required. The above • are paid for by the Contractor. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Contractor's Qualifications: To be "Specialist" as defined /06074. B. Special Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063. a. Health and Utility Departments. b. Comply with all applicable governing requirements and regulations. C. Meeting/Walk -Thru: Contractor shall attend a meeting with parties involved in demolition work prior to project beginning. At this time Contractor shall conduct a mandatory walk -thru of the existing building to review compliance with scope of demolition work by others inferred in contract documents, necessary cutting and additional selective demolition required. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Existing facilities will be moved to temporary mobile building facility as specified in Section 13122 and continue their present functions during selective demolition. B. Schedule selective demolition in accordance with Construction Schedule /01320. 01736-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements %u.::�:uu • aYxsn z: ?; °.,?. :;;:,iLa .i&,'r:,r l *.s6ti�,l: �r ✓` tC; `... Dtu'rit;SS4.4.Wid t4 w J 0, U 0; W = 1— N W w }} cn tL = w Z F-• H Z I— LL/ ul 2 0 0 'O O IF- wW L I O. .. Z • w O F " Z C. Protection: 1. Erect barriers, fences, overhead protection, walkways, guard rails, chutes, shoring and the like to protect personnel and construction to remain in place; and utilities remaining intact. See Section 01500. Comply with applicable all State and local agency requirements. E. F. C13159C 2. Construct temporary enclosures as required to limit dust to lowest practicable level. 3. Take care not to damage existing construction. 4. Coordinate with utilities to maintain required construction clearances to overhead and underground services. D. Maintain security of existing building mechanical and electrical systems at all times. Securely close and lock entries. When work is to be accomplished during other than normal working • hours, notify Owner minimum of one week in advance. Protect portion of electrical service/panel for use as temporary power if necessary. Coordinate with electrical subcontractor. Objectionable Noises: Conform with all local governing requirements regarding Noise Control. Maintain Traffic and the following: 1. Ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, alleys, sidewalks, and adjacent facilities. 2. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, driveways or passageways without • permission from the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. If required by governing authorities, provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SALVAGE A. Salvage to Owner: Salvage and relocate existing refrigerator, storage cabinets, and locker units for reuse in temporary trailer/13126. When permanent construction is complete, relocate items from temporary trailer into remodeled Transfer Station. See drawings to confirm items to be salvaged. B. To Contractor: All other salvage becomes your property. Remove from site at your expense. PART 3- EXECUTION • 3.01 EXAMINATION • A. Verify selective demolition may safely and appropriately begin. B. Obtain required permits and permission from local governing authorities and Owner prior to commencing work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection of existing structure: 1. Protect remaining work from damage. 01736-2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements fl , t t ± a 1 klk C13159C 2. Do not interfere with neighboring buildings and activities. a. Protect adjacent structures and facilities from damage. . 3. Cooperate with Owner in maintaining continuous operations of adjacent facilities. 4. Perform demolition by methods that will protect persons, existing materials, structures, and the like. 5. Arrange for, and verify termination of utility services encountered. Include removing meters and capping lines, as applicable. Do not shut off or cap utilities without prior notice and receipt of approval from Owner. Coordinate work with other applicable Sections. B. Exterminate any vermin and rodents. 3.03 INSPECTION A. After completion of removals, notify Engineer for visual inspection of exposed components. 3.04 EXISTING CONCRETE REMOVAL A. Carefully saw cut into existing structure. Work to be performed by experts in this line of work. 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Remove items scheduled to be salvaged for Owner and place in designated area. B. Demolish in accordance with demolition procedures submitted to and accepted by Engineer. C. General - Comply with following where indicated: 1. See drawings for items to be demolished. 2. Electrical Removal: Cut back conduit remaining after removal of light fixtures, outlets, or switches to ceiling structure line or wall structure to allow for installation of new finish materials. 3. Mechanical Removal: a. Pipes: Remove any pipes designated for selective demolition to ceiling structure line or within wall structure to allow for installation of new finish materials. b. HVAC Equipment: Remove existing equipment as indicated or specified taking care not to damage items to be re -used. c. HVAC Ductwork: Remove existing ductwork as indicated or specified taking care not to damage items to be re -used. Remove existing interior surfaces, finishes, walls, doors, ceilings, floors, windows, frames, exposed trim, accessories and appurtenances, framing, and structure as required to be removed as indicated. 5. Contractor to take suitable precautions to protect from asbestos, lead paint, and other hazardous materials. 6. Repair any damage to adjacent structures and work of this Contract that is not temporary. 01736 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3.06 DISPOSAL A. Remove demolition debris from the site daily, unless otherwise directed; do not allow accumulations inside or outside the building. 3.07 DAMAGED WORK A. Repair or replace entirely, as required by Engineer, any portion of work damaged during demolition. C13159C Do not store or burn materials on site. Transport demolition /debris off -site and legally dispose of. Remove excess unused salvage materials, if so directed. Maintain hauling routes clean and free of any debris resulting from work of this Section. END OF SECTION 01736-4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Offii n • C13159C PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK 2. Building Construction: 1. Preparing Finished Grade: Excavation, filling, and backfilling, including compaction, to establish the required finished elevations and grades shown on the Drawings. a. Excavation and backfilling for building foundations and slabs, including compaction of subgrade and all fill /backfill materials placed. 3. Road Construction: Excavation and filling to achieve the subgrade elevations indicated on the Plans; importing, placing and compacting of crushed surfacing for construction of the new roadworks. 4. Utility Systems: Excavation and backfill for underground utility systems, including importing and placing Bedding Material for Pipe and specified trench backfill materials. 5. Procurement of Soil Materials: Procure materials from off-site sources to meet the requirements for the soil materials specified in Part 2 of this section. 6. Stockpiling: Temporary stockpiling of materials for Contractor's use in this project. 7. Spoiling: Spoiling of unsuitable or excess materials at on -site. See also Section 01505 "Construction Waste Management." 8. Topsoil: Procure and place topsoil as indicated on the Plans. 9. Removal and disposal of refuse and debris. See also Section 01505 "Construction Waste Management." 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation consists of removal of material of whatever nature encountered to subgrade and trench bottom elevations indicated except for the excavation of refuse which is defined separately. B. Refuse Excavation consists of the removal of existing landfill refuse encountered to subgrade and trench bottom elevations indicated. C. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade and trench bottom elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be at Contractor's expense. 1. Under future structures, backfill and compact as specified for fill material placed in locations to receive future structures. 2. In locations other than those above, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Engineer. 02200 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Z tY W 2 ` J U 00 N O W = J I— . N W W 0 gQ = a I W z i = -. � O Z i-- W 0 ' O - O I - W • w r - 9 - - O UN H � 0 1.03 Cl 3159C D. Unsuitable Foundation Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade and trench bottom elevations, notify Engineer, who will make an inspection of conditions. If Engineer determines that bearing materials at required subgrade elevations are unsuitable, continue excavation until suitable bearing materials are encountered and replace with suitable material as directed by Engineer. E. Existing Grade: The grade as it exists at the start of the Work before any earthwork has been undertaken. F. Structure: Buildings, foundations, slabs, tanks, curbs, or other man -made stationary features occurring above or below ground surface. G. Oversize Material: Rocks and stones greater than 6 inches in their largest dimension. H. Processing: Crushing, screening, washing, blending, amending and supplementing soil materials as necessary to produce materials meeting the requirements of these Specifications. Subbase: Fill /Backfill material placed and compacted under roadways as part of road construction. J. Acceptable Material: Material that meets the requirements of Soil Materials as defined herein. SUBMITTALS A. Erosion Control Plan: The contractor shall submit an Erosion Control Plan for approval by the Engineer in accordance with the Plans. B. Documentation: Submit copies of Contractor's source quality control documentation, including sieve analysis, and in the case of topsoil, soil classification and organic content. C. Provide documentation that materials are obtained from a State certified material source and that each material complies with or exceeds specified requirement. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of Division 2 of the Standard Specifications, as supplemented by the Plans and these Special Provisions. B. Contractor shall be responsible for daily quality control and analysis at Contractor's off -site material sources to insure that the materials produced /furnished comply with the gradations and other material specifications specified hereinafter. Contractor shall employ a qualified testing and inspection agency to provide the necessary quality control testing at the source. Contractor shall maintain and submit accurate records of all source quality control testing for which Contractor is responsible. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Data in subsurface investigation reports (Section 01036) was used for the basis of the design and are provided to the Contractor for information only. Conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. The Engineer will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data by Contractor. 02200 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 71 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with the Engineer and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 2 Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. a. Provide minimum of 48 -hour notice to Engineer and utility owner, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. 3. Coordinate with utility companies for shutoff of services if lines are active. C. Use of Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. D. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. E. Immediately repair at Contractor's cost all damage caused by construction work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. Aggregates for Crushed Surfacing: Manufactured aggregates meeting the requirements of Standard Specifications 9- 03.9(3). B. Gravel Borrow: Natural or processed granular material meeting the requirements of Standard Specifications 9- 03.14. C. Gravel Backfill for Walls: Granular material meeting the requirements of Standard Specifications 9- 03.12(2). D. Gravel Backfill for Drains: Per the requirements of Standard Specifications 9- 03.12(4) E. Bedding Material for Rigid (Ductile Iron and Concrete) Pipe: Crushed, partially crushed or naturally occurring granular material meeting the requirements of Standard Specifications 9- 03.15. C13159C 1. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be performed by Contractor, at the Contractor's option; however, no change in the Contract Sum will be authorized for such additional exploration. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. The Contractor shall employ and pay for a utility locating service to perform this work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. 1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 02200 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements I Controlled Density Fill (CDF): Per the requirements of Standard Specifications 2- 09.3(1). J. Sand: Clean, hard, durable particles meeting the requirements of Standard Specifications 9.- 03.1(2). K. Topsoil: Shall be thoroughly mixed, 3 -way mix consisting of the following: 1. 50% sandy loam, sandy clay loam, or loam (defined by USDA soil classification) 2. 35% sand 3. 25% composted plant waste or sludge PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION C13159C F. Bedding Material for Flexible Pipe and Conduit: A clean sand /gravel mixture meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03.16 of the Standard Specifications. G. Fill /Backfill: Suitable native excavated materials, as determined by the Engineer, shall be used to achieve the required subgrade elevations indicated on the Plans. The following size limitations shall apply to suitable native excavated materials: 1. Fills /backfills under and around structures and pavements and in all utility trench backfill regardless of location, not larger than 6 inches in the largest dimension. H. Import Fill Material: Shall meet the requirements for Gravel Borrow as specified herein. If inadequate quantities of suitable excavated material exist on -site to achieve subgrade elevations, as determined by the Engineer, "Import Fill Material (Gravel Borrow)" shall be used in lieu of native materials. Payment for the necessary quantity of import fill material will be per the actual tonnage required at the unit price bid for "Import Fill Material (Gravel Borrow) ", as defined in the bid proposal. Payment will only be made for import fill materials which are authorized by the Engineer. A. Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered except in the case of refuse excavation. B. Refuse Excavation includes the excavation of existing landfill refuse to the subgrade elevations and trench bottoms indicated on the Plans. Refuse may be disposed of at the Bow Lake Transfer Station as specified herein. Only encountered refuse may be disposed onsite. All other construction waste must be taken offsite. See Section 01505 "Construction Waste Management regarding proper waste disposal." C. Utility System Excavations: 1. Excavate for utility systems in accordance with applicable sections of Division 7 of the Standard Specifications, as supplemented by the utility general notes included on the Plans. 3.02 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS A. General: Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. 02200 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ,.. >>.�..t.'.�.» : i, :ti,u...itiz�'x.4;n :•�+r.G., ,Sties: ±fur $rdi ' , ru, t. Ftan. a�- .. ;y:s,�.G::Y�'e:SC�"e'nS.�. 4k.l:a..uikC w re w 6 JU: 00 rn0 w J H � w wO a . to F I. Z F- O Z F- o ' • � O O F- ' w H H W Z • to z v 3.04 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other components necessary to convey water away from excavations and protect exposed subgrade from water damage. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rainwater and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 3. Obey all applicable codes and regulations regarding the handling and proper disposal of contaminated surface runoff and subsurface drainage collected and controlled during construction. 3.05 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill where required. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. 2. Construct stockpiles in accordance with the Standard Specifications 3- 02.2(5) and 3- 02.2(6). C13159C B. The requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA) shall apply to all excavation, trenching and ditching operations on this project. All trenches over 4 feet in depth shall be shored in compliance with the applicable Federal and State Regulations. C. The shoring plans shall be prepared or reviewed by a registered professional engineer. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer shall be responsible for approval of the Contractor's excavation and shoring plans. D. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. GRADING A. Grading consists of redistribution of new and on -site material, including all types of materials encountered, when establishing the required finished grades, elevations and other surface features indicated. a. All stockpiles shall be located within the construction limits of the project, unless authorized by the Engineer.' b. Do not construct stockpiles with side slopes steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal. c. Provide erosion control fences and runoff control features around stockpiles to control runoff and prevent loss of materials and contamination of surface water. 02200 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3. Dispose of excess excavated soil material and materials not acceptable for use as backfill or fill offsite. 4. Excavated refuse shall be disposed of at the Bow Lake Transfer Station as follows: a. The Contractor shall coordinate with encountered refuse disposal with the Transfer Station Operator. b. Excavated refuse shall be loaded, hauled, and weighed at the temporary scales by the Contractor. 3.06 FOUNDATION EXCAVATION A. Cut surface under foundations to elevations indicated on the plans. If unsuitable foundation material is present, excavate to suitable material. C13159C 1. If more than 2 feet of unsuitable foundation material is present, excavate to suitable material and fill with controlled density fill to desired grade. 3.07 EXCAVATION FOR PAVEMENTS A. Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross- sections, elevations and grades as indicated. 3.08 TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR PIPES AND CONDUIT A. Excavate trenches to uniform width, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room and a minimum of 6 to 9 inches of clearance on both sides of pipe or conduit. B. Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required to establish indicated slope and invert elevations and to support bottom of pipe or conduit on specified bedding layer. 3.09 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface. Any wood fragments larger than two inches in dimension found in the soil shall be removed. The subgrade shall be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning filling operations B. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand - operated tampers. C. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. D. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, or conduit to required elevations. Prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping, or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift. E. Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification indicated below. Correct improperly compacted areas or lifts as directed by Engineer if soil density tests indicate inadequate compaction. 02200 - 6 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • 3.10 GRADING C13159C 1. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact material to not less than the following percentages of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557: a. All surfaces of native, undisturbed soil which are exposed through excavation and /or grading, which are to receive subsequent layers of fill, backfill, or gravel base, and which underlie critical structures such as buildings, retaining walls, and utility lines or are within 2 feet of the bottom surface of road pavement shall be proof - rolled and compacted to 95% maximum density using heavy, vibratory compaction equipment of not less than 10 tons weight. b. Fills and backfills which underlie critical structures such as buildings, retaining walls, and utility lines or which are within 2 feet of the bottom surface of road pavement shall be compacted to 95% maximum density using heavy, vibratory compaction equipment of not less than 10 tons weight. c. Fills and backfills which underlie paved roads and are more than 2 feet below the bottom surface of the road pavements shall be compacted to 90% maximum density using heavy, vibratory compaction equipment of not less than 10 tons weight. d. Fills and backfills in non - critical areas shall be compacted to 90% maximum density. e. Fills and backfills behind retaining walls and within 5 feet lateral distance from the walls shall be compacted to 90% maximum density using small, hand - operated tampers and 4 -inch material lifts. Beyond the 5 -foot lateral distance heavy, vibratory compaction equipment may be used with care. f. If more than 30% (by dry weight) of fill/backfill material is greater than 3/4 -inch in largest dimension, compact in 8 -inch maximum lifts using a minimum of 4 passes with heavy, vibratory compaction equipment of not less than 10 tons weight. g. Roadway subgrade and surfacing shall be compacted to 95% maximum density. h. Pipe bedding shall be compacted to 90% maximum density. 2. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in minimum quantity as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. a. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that has become too saturated and spongy due to rain and /or construction traffic. b. Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction. Assist drying by disking, harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. c. If directed by the Engineer, a working surface shall be constructed if the subgrade is found to be unstable and will not support construction traffic. Initially, the unstable subgrade shall be overexcavated 12 inches and covered with a layer of geotextile fabric. A working surface consisting of 12 inches of sand or gravel shall be placed on top of the geotextile fabric. Placement of the geotextile and construction of the working surface should be observed by the Engineer. A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated, or between such points and existing grades. B. Tolerances: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 2 inches. 02200 - 7 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C C. Thickness of completed layers of Gravel Borrow, Crushed Surfacing, and Pipe Bedding shall not vary by more than 10% from the design thickness indicated. D. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum density for each area classification. 3.11 PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE A. General: Subbase course consists of placing fill /backfill material, in layers of specified thickness, over the prepared subgrade to support subsequent pavement construction. 1. Refer to Division 5 of the Standard Specifications for paving requirements. B. Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross - slope of subbase course. C. Placing: Place fill /backfill material on prepared existing grade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to indicated cross - section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting subbase material during placement operations. 1. When compacted fill /backfill is 8 inches thick or less, place material in a single layer. When more than 8 inches thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 8 inches or less than 3 inches in thickness when compacted. 3.12 EROSION CONTROL A. Provide erosion control methods in accordance with requirements indicated on the Plans. B. The Contractor shall submit a "Temporary Erosion /Sedimentation Control Plan" to the Engineer for approval 5 days before beginning the project. C. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer, install erosion control measures before starting any earth- disturbing work. 3.13 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. C. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction under this contract or due to settling or adverse weather, scarify surface, add backfill material, reshape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. 3.14 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR REFUSE EXCAVATION A. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State, and local safety codes, ordinances, and regulations, including the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Division of Industrial Safety, State of Washington, and other such safety measures as may be required by the above mentioned regulatory agencies whenever any work is being done in the refuse - filled area. 02200 - 8 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Z ' �w .J 0 O 0 t4 0 J _-. w u) I1- w 0 • Q '. H= Z F . � Z IIJ • N O F_ Z LI- w z 0 ~` Z C13159C n 02200 - 9 B. Prior to activity that could expose existing refuse and /or expose workers to dangerous levels of landfill gas, the following equipment shall be provided at the location of the activity by the Contractor: 1. Hard hats and work gloves for all personnel 2. First Aid kit 3. Fire Extinguishers 4. No Smoking signs 5. Acid vapor masks for all personnel 6. Parachute type harnesses (two), safety lines, and suitable safety retrieval system 7. Two self- contained breathing apparatuses (if required by Contractor's operation or to comply with safety regulations) 8. Methane /Oxygen indicator 9. Hydrogen sulfide indicator 10. Barricades 11. Ladders 12. Suitable cover plate for excavations to remain open at the end of each work day 13. Fans with hoses for forced air ventilation C. The Contractor shall comply with the following items for work associated with excavation of encountered refuse. 1. One person provided by the Contractor, to be present at all times during the construction where refuse may be exposed or whenever any work is being done beneath the cap liner, shall be designated to assure observance of the safety procedures. This person shall be trained in the use of all the recommended safety equipment. 2. SMOKING IS PROHIBITED AT THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. NO OPEN FLAMES WILL BE ALLOWED ON THE SITE. 3. No worker shall be allowed to work alone at any time in, or immediately near, an excavation area. Another worker shall be present, outside the possible effects of landfill gas. 4. As determined by the Engineer or as required during excavation and construction, the work area shall be monitored for levels of methane, oxygen, carbon monoxide, and hydrogen sulfide. All tests shall be performed by the Contractor, and at the Contractor's expense. Test results shall be logged by the Contractor and copies made available to the Engineer. 5. No worker shall handle excavated refuse without wearing suitable work gloves. 6. Engines and motorized equipment used in the presence of exposed refuse and /or landfill gas shall be equipped with a vertical exhaust at least five feet above grade and /or with a spark arrestor. King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements u.,ci�.iti'b• '"" va:' i' tbv ..`:.:U,:�ir2.driYtd ".t`�a:.'r •5�:�:,h� s�.'",•^.l., ltrLfK'a'ar.'�a:SG�+i°�Ga�d'i�F �';:l.tk.'r.�<' ii J U U0 WI u- . w O g Q -. D w : _. z �. r— 0 . Z F— 0 E w u. 0 .. 2 w � : z C13159C n 7. Motors utilized in the presence of exposed refuse and /or landfill gas shall be explosion proof. 8. No welding shall be permitted in or immediately near the area, unless suitable safety precautions are taken. 9. No excavation greater than 12" deep shall be left open overnight unless securely covered in an acceptable manner as determined by the Engineer. 10. All refuse excavated during construction activities shall be disposed of at a legal point of disposal. The Contractor shall coordinate disposal of excavated refuse with Transfer Station Operators. Refuse may be temporarily stockpiled if covered with a 6" layer of earth or a minimum 30 mil thick flexible membrane liner, provided local health authorities approve. Location and length of stockpiling shall be as determined by the Engineer. 11. Soil shall be stockpiled adjacent to operations in areas of exposed refuse for fire fighting purposes. 12. All personnel must wear hard hats when working in the presence of an overhead danger. Flag persons must wear hard hats. 13. Where workers are required to enter any excavation refuse in present or a confined space, and other precautions are not in place to ensure worker's safety, at least two self - contained breathing apparatuses shall be provided at the site for emergency purposes. Workmen shall not be permitted to enter excavations where there is an oxygen deficiency or a combustible mixture of methane, without taking precautionary measures. 14. A minimum of two (2) fire extinguishers of adequate size and type will be within easy access of the working area. 15..Start -up and shutdown of equipment shall not be done in areas of exposed refuse. 16. When constructing and /or working in a manhole, vault, or other subgrade enclosure in and /or adjacent to the landfill site, there shall be two people present at all times. The interior atmosphere shall be tested for the presence of oxygen, hydrogen sulfide, carbon monoxide, and methane gas by the Contractor. The person entering shall wear a parachute type safety harness and be attached to a suitable safety retrieval system. Self - contained breathing apparatuses shall be available for use if required by the situation or to comply with safety rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Forced air ventilation fans shall be used to provide a fresh air stream. In addition, the Contractor shall comply with the confined space entry regulations of WISHA. 17. IN ADDITION TO CONFORMING TO THE SAFETY RULES AND REGULATIONS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED OF THE PRESENCE OF METHANE AND OTHER HAZARDOUS GAS EMANATING FROM THE NATURAL DECOMPOSITION OF REFUSE BURIED AT, OR NEAR, THE JOB SITE AND SHALL TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF WORKERS AND THE PUBLIC.1- 11.8(3)SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR TRENCHING AND PIPE INSTALLATION IN LANDFILLS. END OF SECTION 02200 -10 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z W ; 0 co 0: w= J U— w O 2 J 0 0 3► . H = I— 0 z Ih — la D 0 0 N 0 w 2 � O .. • z PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 02222 BUILDING DEMOLITION A. Building demolition required as indicated on drawings - "Existing Partial Site & Demolition Plan, Legend and Notes ". Demolish existing scale house and foundation. Existing platform scales and scale foundation to remain. B. Remove debris as indicated and required. C. Disconnecting, capping, or sealing, and removing site utilities. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: Demolition procedures and operational sequence for review and acceptance by Engineer. Include dates for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services and the following: C13159C 1. permits and notices authorizing building demolition, and 2. permits for transport and disposal of debris as required 3. proposed dust control measures 4. proposed noise control measures. The above are paid for by the Contractor. Proposed Environmental Protection, Dust Control, and Noise Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operations. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Contractor's Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed demolition work similar to that indicated for this project. B. Special Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063. a. Health and Utility Departments. b. Comply with all applicable governing requirements and regulations. Standards: Comply with ANSI A16.6 - Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition, and NFPA 241 - Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection: 1. Erect temporary barriers, overhead protection, walkways, chutes, shoring and the like to protect personnel and construction to remain in place; and utilities remaining intact. 02222-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2. Take care n_, to damage earth and structures on adjacei., ,iroperties. B. Objectionable Noises: Conform with all local governing requirements regarding Noise Control. C. Maintain Traffic and the following: 1. Ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, sidewalks, and adjacent facilities. 2. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, driveways or passageways without permission from the Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. If required by governing authorities, provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. D. Building to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of Work. E. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be demolished. F. Asbestos: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the course of this Contract. If any materials suspected of containing asbestos are encountered, do not disturb the materials. Immediately notify the Engineer and Owner. Asbestos will be removed by Owner before start of Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SALVAGE A. Salvage to Owner: No salvage. B. To Contractor: All other salvage becomes your property. Remove from site at your expense. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify demolition may safely and appropriately begin. B. Obtain required permits and permission from local governing authorities and Owner prior to commencing work. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving structures to be demolished. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. B. Maintain street drains and sewers open for free drainage. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent demolition operations. B. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routs around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. C. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. C13159C 02222-2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Armypot :1; 3.04 TEMPORARY PROTECTION A. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated. 1. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 2. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 3. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around building demolition area and to and from occupied portions of adjacent buildings and structures. z tl ug 2 m 4. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt v p migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise from occupied portions of adjacent , U) 0 buildings. N w w I 3.05 POLLUTION CONTROLS n w w 0 A. Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust g i5 and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. Do not create � < hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution, when using water. Sn a I- B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and z H areas. O z E-- C. Clean adjacent buildings and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition w w operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of demolition. U 3. 05 DEMOLITION o z w A. Building Demolition: Demolish buildings completely and remove from the site. Use methods ■' F v— . required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: ' O ui z 1. Demolish concrete in small sections. co O 2 . Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid ? . free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. C13159C 3. Break up and remove concrete and asphalt slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain. 4. Below -Grade Construction: Completely remove below -grade construction, including scalehouse foundation walls and existing footings. 5. Filling Below -Grade Areas: Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting from demolition of building and pavements with soil materials according to requirements of Engineer. 6. Remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 7. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On -site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 8. Small buildings may be removed intact when permitted by Engineer and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 02222 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements rje iw5v� 7uC�RN,,.. ati'r:.$`^::yruis,i'�.$lt�i"Si su i3 1144' . ,4 .k4<:+,4W10;4 3.06 DISPOSAL A. Remove demolition debris from the site daily, unless otherwise directed; do not allow accumulations of debris. C13159C 9. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by demolition operations. Do not store materials on site. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. Transport demolition /debris off -site and legally dispose of. Maintain hauling routes clean and free of any debris resulting from work of this Section. DAMAGED WORK Repair or replace entirely, as required by Engineer, any portion of work damaged during demolition or as required by other parties (adjacent property owners). End of Section 02222 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • • A. Section includes but is not limited to water distribution piping, fittings, valves, and appurtenances. • C13159C PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 02510 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01505 — Construction Waste Management 2. Section 01560 — Environmental Controls 3. Section 02200 - Earthwork 4. Section 02511 — Asphalt Paving 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for water distribution piping and appurtenances. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Environmental Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of local environmental agency regulations pertaining to water distribution systems, including King County Health Department. B. All work shall be in accordance with Sections 7 -09, 7 -10, 7 -11, 7 -12, 7 -14, and 7 -15 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications, latest edition, except as modified herein. C. Utility Compliance: Comply with Highline Water District Developer Standards for Water Systems, latest edition. D. Contractor shall coordinate with Highline Water District for all necessary inspections and approval of the completed system. 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate with grading plan and installation of temporary erosion and sedimentation control (TESC) plan. .B. Coordinate with other utility work and paving improvements. C. Coordinate with construction and implementation of temporary scale facility. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPE A. General: All materials shall be in accordance with Highline Water District Standards. B. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe under 4 inches shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 2241. Pipe material shall be PVC 1120, PVC 1220, or PVC 2120, and shall have minimum wall King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 02730 - 1 2.02 C13159C thickness equal or greater than a standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 21. Pipe shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation Seal for use to transport potable water. Pipe shall be considered flexible conduit. Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3139 using a restrained rubber gasket meeting the requirements of ASTM F 477. C. Copper tubing shall be annealed, seamless, and conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88M, Type K. D. Polyethylene tubing shall meet the requirements of AWWA C901. Tubing shall be high molecular mass with a 200 psi rating. Tubing used for % inch and 1 inch shall be either SIDR 7 (iron pipe size) or SDR 9 (copper tube size). Tubing used for 1 -1/2 inches and 2inches shall be SDR 9 (copper tube size). E. Water mains to be installed shall be ductile iron pipe for all sizes, unless specifically noted otherwise. F. The ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151 Standards, except the minimum nominal thickness shall be Class 52. G. Grade of iron shall be 60- 42 -10. The pipe shall be cement -lined to a minimum thickness of one - sixteenth (1/16) inch meeting NSF standards for potable water and the exterior shall be coated with an asphaltic coating. H. Each length shall be plainly marked with the manufacturer's identification, year cast, thickness, class of pipe and weight. The pipe shall be furnished with mechanical joint or push -on joint, conforming to AWWA C111 Standards, except where otherwise noted as calling for flanged joints. Restrained joint pipe, where shown on the Plans, shall be push -on joint pipe with "Field Lok" gaskets or TR FLEX as furnished by US Pipe, or approved equal. . The pipe manufacturer shall certify in writing that the inspection and all tests of the specified standards for both pipe and gaskets being supplied for this project have been made and that the results thereof comply with the requirements of the Standard. K. Joints shall be "made -up" in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Standard joint material, including rubber ring gaskets shall be furnished with the pipe. Materials shall be suitable for the specified pipe sizes and pressures. The pipe joint utilized shall be the patented "Tyton" joint. FITTINGS A. All fittings shall be short- bodied, ductile iron complying with applicable AWWA C110 or C153 Standards. All fittings shall be cement -lined and either mechanical joint or flanged, as indicated on the Plans. B. Fittings in sections shown on the Plans requiring restrained joints shall be mechanical joint fittings with a mechanical joint restraint device. The mechanical joint restraint device shall have a working pressure of at least 250 psi with a minimum safety factor of 2:1 and shall be EBAA Iron, Inc. MEGALUG, Romac Industries, Inc., Grip Ring Pipe Restrainer or approved equal. C. Fittings for PVC pipe under 4 inches shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 2466. 02730 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • 2.03 VALVES C13159C A. All valves sixteen (16) inch and smaller shall be resilient seated ductile iron gate valves except where shown on the Plans. The valve manufacturer shall certify in writing that the inspection and all tests of the specified standards for the valves being supplied for this project have been made and that the results thereof comply with the requirements of the Standard. B. Resilient- Seated Gate Valves: 1. The gate valves shall be resilient seated ductile iron body valves with non - rising stems (NRS) opening counterclockwise and equipped with a two (2) inch square operating nut. Valves shall meet the full requirements of the AVVWA C509 Standards. The valves shall have double "0" ring stem seals which shall withstand the test pressure without leakage. Valves shall be rated at 250 pounds per square inch (psi), minimum working pressure and furnished with either flanged and /or mechanical joints as shown on the Plans. All surfaces, interior and exterior, shall be epoxy - coated, acceptable for potable water. 2. Valves shall be Mueller, M &H, Clow, American Flow Control Series 2500 or U.S. Pipe. C. Butterfly Valves: 1. The butterfly valves shall be either mechanical joint or flanged ductile iron body valves equipped with a two (2) inch square operating nut and shall be of the tight closing, rubber seat type. Valves shall meet the full requirements of AVWVA C504 -87 Standards, Class 150 -B except the valve shall be able to withstand 200 psi differential pressure without leakage. 2. Butterfly valves shall be Henry Pratt Company "Groundhog ", "Dresser '450 ", or "Mueller Lineseal III ". D. Backflow. Prevention Check Valves 1. Check valves shall be 1 -inch double check assembly type with threaded end connections (ANSI B2.1). Valves shall meet the requirements of ANSI /AVVWA C510 -92. Valves shall have a hydrostatic test pressure of 350 psi and a maximum working pressure rated at 175 psi. 2.04 TAPPING TEES AND TAPPING VALVES A. The tapping sleeves shall be rated for a working pressure of 250 psi minimum and furnished complete with joint accessories. Tapping sleeves shall be constructed in two sections for ease of installation and shall be assembled around the main without interrupting service. B. ' Fabricated steel style sleeves shall be fusion bonded coated, acceptable for potable water, and shall be manufactured by Romac, Smith Bar, or approved equal. C. Tapping valves shall be resilient- seated ductile iron body gate valves provided with a standard mechanical joint outlet for use with ductile iron pipe and shall have oversized seat rings to permit entry of the tapping machine cutters. In all other respects, the tapping valves shall conform to the resilient seat gate valves herein specified with regards to operation and materials. 2.05 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Service lines for domestic service shall be Type "K" one (1) inch (minimum size) copper service lines meeting the ASTM Specifications B- 88 -47. Larger service lines shall be of the type and style as designated in the Standard Details and shown on the Plans. King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 02730 - 3 W . u6 UO cn L W O; ga • -j u. < Nom Z d . W W . • F I— O . Z I— w O N . O [~ uj o W Z 0 P z C13159C B. Corporation stops and the single meter shut -off valves shall be "Mueller" of the type and style noted on the Standard Details or approved equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPE A. Water Distribution Pipe General: Install water distribution system in accordance with Highline Water District Standards. B. Except where necessary, in making connections with other lines and unless authorized by the District, pipes shall be laid with bells facing in the direction of laying and for lines on an appreciable slope, the bells shall face upwards. C. All pipe shall be carefully checked on delivery as well as before placing in the trench. Pipe shall be carefully bedded, joined and protected. It shall be laid to the line and grade established and at all times the interior kept free from dirt, gravel, and all other foreign matter. The open ends shall be plugged and secured at any time pipe laying is not in progress. D. Water mains shall be laid on a uniform grade and the Contractor shall anticipate those places where additional depth is required to avoid certain utilities, and adjust the pipeline profile accordingly to maintain uniform grade. E. Prior to making permanent connections to the existing system, the new water main including service lines shall have passed a pressure test, been adequately flushed, and finally passed the required bacteriological test. 3.02 FITTINGS A. Fittings shall be adequately "blocked" with poured -in -place concrete, within wooden forms shaped to establish a firm minimum bearing area, against an undisturbed earth wall as shown in the Highline Water District Standard Details. Timber blocking will not be permitted. The concrete thrust blocks must be in place at least twenty -four (24) hours before beginning the pressure test, to allow the concrete to "set ". The strength of the concrete shall be 2,000 psi minimum. B. All valves and all fittings requiring a concrete block shall first be covered with four (4) mil Visqueen plastic sheets, before concrete is poured. The concrete shall not cover joints, bolt heads or nuts. C. All bolts shall be coated with Armite Anti -Seize Compound No. 609, or equal, prior to installation. D. Before cutting existing pipes, the Contractor shall measure the pipe outside diameter to determine if pipe was manufactured to a diameter which is different than presently specified in ANSI /AWWA Standards, and if required, the Contractor shall furnish alternate or additional fittings more compatible with the pipe outside diameter. E. All connections to ductile or cast iron pipe shall be with ductile iron mechanical joint sleeves except as shown on the Plans for mechanical joint tees, valves, etc. F. All connections to pipe other than cast or ductile iron shall be with Romac, Smith - Blair, Dresser or Ford flexible couplings. The couplings shall have long middle rings and shall have a fusion - bonded epoxy coating. Coupling gaskets shall be Grade 60. The bolts and nuts shall be high strength, low alloy steel or electro- galvanized mild steel. 02730 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Z IY f"W 6> J U U O CO 0 WI LL w O H ON ,0 w w O : W Z 0 =• O I— : Z 3.03 VALVES C13159C G. All joints in the pipe, fittings, valves, flexible couplings, and sleeves, shall be fully seated with small clearances allowed for pipe expansion. Where flexible couplings and sleeves are called for, the space between pipe ends shall not exceed one - quarter (1/4) inch. H. When the space between pipe ends is excessive, a short section of pipe may be inserted as a spacer ring to limit such pipe movement within the coupling or sleeve, to obtain the one - quarter (1/4) inch limitation stipulated herein. A. All valves shall be set with the operating stems vertical. The axis of the valve box shall be common with the projected axis of the valve operating stem. The tops of the adjustable valve boxes shall be set to the existing or established grade, whichever is applicable. B. All valves with operating nuts located more than 3' -0" below finished grade shall be equipped with extension stems to bring the operating nut to within 2' -0" of the finished grade. C. The extension stem of the length required to meet field conditions shall be a manufactured unit with a 1 -inch diameter mild steel rod. At the top of the extension stem there shall be a two (2) inch standard operating nut complete with a centering flange. D. The flared end of the valve box shall be set at the bottom elevation of the two (2) inch operating nut to allow space for rocks to be moved laterally from the operation nut. E. The valve box shall be placed over the valve or valve operator in such a manner that the valve box does not transmit shock or stress loads to the valve. The casting shall not rest directly upon the body of the valve or upon the water main. F. Markers shall be placed at the edge of the right -of -way opposite the valve and set so as to leave thirty -six (36) inches of the post exposed above grade. The size of the valve and the distance in feet and inches to the valve shall be noted with decals, typically designed for use on fiberglass boats, placed on the face of the post, using letters approximately two (2) inches high. Each post shall include the following decal: "Caution Water Valve, Before Digging, Call 1- 800 -424 -5555, Utility Underground Location Center ". 3.04 TAPPING TEES AND TAPPING VALVES A. The tapping sleeve and valve shall be pressure tested to 200 psi (water) prior to tapping the main. B. The installation of the tapping sleeves and valves and the tapping of water mains shall be performed in compliance with the manufacturers specifications. 3.05 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Included as a part of the service connection shall be the furnishing and installation of the 1 inch double check valve assembly and containment box set at ground level as shown on the plan drawings. B. Service lines between the main and the building connection shall be placed at a trench depth sufficient to maintain 30 inches cover over the top of the service line for its full length, taking into consideration the final finished grade of the proposed final finished grade of any storm ditches. 02730 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z a • O O ND u) N LL w 0 w ?. co d r~ _ . Z t`- Z !— ui 0 O — 0 fr W w . H 0 LI O z U = v 3.06 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST C13159C A. The water mains shall be hydrostatically tested before being placed in service. Water for testing must be obtained by the Contractor by arrangement with the District. A positive displacement type pump shall be furnished by the Contractor for the testing. Feed for the pump shall be from a clean container, wherein the actual amount of "makeup" water can be measured. B. Upon completion of sections of the pipe installation, the water main shall be pressure tested in segments of 1,000 lineal feet or less. The test pressure shall be either 200 pounds per square inch, or twice the system pressure, using the greater value, and shall maintain the test for a period of not less than two (2) hours. C. Pressure testing against existing valves shall not be permitted unless authorized by the District. D. The Contractor shall provide temporary plugs, caps and blocking as required to pressure test and disinfect the new water main prior to making connections to the existing system. E. F. Concrete thrust blocking for fittings shall be in place and the concrete "set" sufficiently to withstand the test pressure before starting the test. All pressure tests shall be made with the hydrant auxiliary gate valves open and pressure against the hydrant valve. After this basic pipe line test has been completed, each valve shall be tested including the hydrant auxiliary valve by closing each in turn and relieving the pressure beyond. This test of the valves will be acceptable if there is no immediate loss of pressure on the gauge when the pressure comes against the valve being checked. The Contractor shall verify and assure that the pressure differential across the valve does not exceed the rated working pressure of the valve. G. Prior to calling for the District to witness the pressure test, the Contractor shall first perform a satisfactory pressure test. The allowable leakage rate per thousand feet of each size pipeline is as follows: 6" 0.64 8" 0.85 10" 1.06 12" 1.28 16" 1.70 H. Any leakage caused by defective workmanship or materials shall be repaired, and the line shall again be tested to full compliance. 3.07 DISINFECTION OF WATER MAINS A. Water mains and appurtenances shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA C651 before being placed in service. Water for disinfection must be obtained by the Contractor by arrangement with the District. Allowable Leakage Pipe Size Gal. per Hour per 1,000 Ft. @ 200 psi 02730 - 6 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements w J 00: ■ N W , J SQw w J. u- < _ d � w z z � ▪ 0' z I- O • N' ;0 W • W . u — 0 lu i z, 0— 0 Z C13159C n B. The method of placing calcium hypochlorite granules in the water main as it is being installed is acceptable if the pipe and appurtenances are kept clean and dry during construction. C. The calcium hypochlorite granules contain approximately 65% available chlorine by weight. The minimum amount of calcium hypochlorite granules placed at the beginning and in each 500 feet of pipe is as follows: Pipe Size Calcium Hypochlorite Granules w 6" 1.0 oz. 6 E 8" 2.0 oz. o 12" 4.0 oz. N w 16" and larger 8.0 oz. , -I I- D. When the line is completed and ready to disinfect, water shall be allowed to flow in slowly, w O until it appears at the far end of the line so as not to displace the disinfecting agent. The g system shall then be allowed to stand for at least twenty -four (24) hours. The line shall then i Q be flushed through the fire hydrants until a test shows no more than 0.2 parts per million of co a available chlorine. H _ . E. In all instances, the Contractor shall utilize a state approved double check valve type backflow . r`- 0 . prevention device to protect the potable water supply while filling, flushing and disinfecting the w f— w particular water main. g n DO F. In the process of chlorinating newly laid water pipe, all valves, fire hydrants and other 0 N appurtenances shall be operated while the pipeline is filled with the chlorinating agent. 0 H . ww G. The Contractor is herein advised that prior to making any restoration or permanent � H connections to the existing water mains the Contractor shall first demonstrate to the District — 0 that the new water main has adequately passed a pressure test, been adequately flushed, ILLi Z and finally passed the required bacteriological test. 0 w H. In all disinfection processes, the Contractor shall take particular care in flushing and wasting z ... the chlorinated water from the mains to assure that the flushed and chlorinated water does no physical or environmental damage to property, streams, storm sewers or any waterways. The Contractor shall discharge to the sanitary sewer or, if sanitary sewers are not available, chemically or otherwise treat the chlorinated water to neutralize the chlorine residual to prevent damage to the affected environment, particularly aquatic and fish life of receiving streams. I. Before placing the lines in service, a satisfactory bacteriological report or approval shall be received from a State approved laboratory on samples collected from representative points in the new system. The District shall collect all samples for the bacteriological tests. However, the Contractor shall notify the District requesting collection of samples two (2) days in advance, and schedule on days wherein samples can be conveniently processed by a State Department of health approved laboratory. If any of the pipeline materials are replaced thereafter, then that section shall again be disinfected and tested for bacteriological count. J. If disinfection of mains by the above methods prove unsatisfactory and the lab report indicates any type of bacteria count, then the Contractor shall rechlorinate using other methods in accordance with AWWA C691, approved by the District. 02730 - 7 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements `.w3 '. :fuAfl:ixl C13159C 3.08 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEMS A. All cut -in connections to the existing system shall be made after a successful pressure test of the new main has been witnessed by the District and after a purity test has been satisfactorily evidenced. B. Where it is necessary to shut -off the existing (or new) mains to make a connection, the Contractor shall notify the District seventy -two (72) hours or three (3) working days in advance of such shut -off, and the District will shut -off the mains. Connections shall be performed between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. only. No cut -in connections or connections of new piping to the existing piping shall be scheduled for Fridays or Mondays. Once the water has been shut -off, the Contractor shall diligently pursue the connection to completion, so that the time required for the shut -off may be held to a minimum. The District will notify customers in the area of the scheduled shut -off. C. The required connections shall not be started until all of the materials, equipment and labor necessary to properly complete the work are assembled on the site. All connections shall be completed the same day they are started. The Contractor shall time its operations so that water will not be shut -off overnight or over weekends or holidays. D. The location, type and size of existing facilities have been determined from available records and are approximate. It is anticipated that connections to these existing facilities may be made, in general, as shown on the Plans, except where adjustments are required for vertical and horizontal alignment. E. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the exact location and ascertain the type and size of the existing facilities prior to starting work on each connection and to provide any alternatives as required to complete the connection detail. F. Connections to existing facilities shall be made with the use of fittings, valves, flexible couplings, solid sleeves, shackling and other miscellaneous fittings, including thrust blocks as shown on the Plans and with additional pipe or fittings as approved by the District. G. Where connections are made to existing facilities and it is impractical to use the methods described herein to disinfect the section between the existing water main and the point of installation of the new water main (valve or temporarily plugged line) the Contractor shall clean and swab the pipe, fittings and valves with a minimum five (5) percent chlorinated solution immediately before making said connection and thereby disinfect the necessary connection. H. All pipe and fittings used for the connection shall be clean and disinfected. The Contractor shall take extra precautions to ensure the tightness of the connections, nuts and bolts. The existing water main shall be placed back into service by the District and the connection observed for leakage by the District prior to backfilling the pipe. END OF SECTION 02510 02730 - 8 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C SECTION 02511 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 02511 - 1 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes provisions for asphalt concrete paving over prepared subbase, asphalt concrete paving overlays, and asphalt treated base. B. Prepared subbase, gravel base and crushed surfacing are specified in Section 02200. C. Proof rolling of prepared subbase is included in this Section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Material Certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. 1. Submit mix design prior to placing of the bituminous mixture. The design shall be prepared by the Contractor's laboratory and shall conform to the requirements of Standard Specifications 4 -06, 5 -02, and 5 -04. The design shall include test results of the aggregates and proposed batch plant weight and shall be within the specified limits. 1:03 SITE CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Apply tack coat when ambient temperature is above 50 deg F (10 deg C) and when temperature has not been below 35 deg F (1 deg C) for 12 hours immediately prior to application: Do not apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture. B. Construct hot -mixed asphalt wearing course when atmospheric temperature is above 48 deg F (8 deg C) and when base is dry. Leveling course may be placed when air temperature is above 35 deg F (2 deg C) and rising. C. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. Refer to Section "Field Engineering." D. Preparation of Subgrade: Requirements for subgrade, gravel base, and crushed surfacing are specified in Section "Earthwork." Prior to construction of asphaltic concrete,' clean previously constructed surface of all foreign substances. Inspect surfaces for the specified compaction and trueness to line and grade. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with Standard Specifications 4 -06, 5 -02, and 5 -04. B. Testing and analysis of asphaltic mix will be performed under provisions of Section "Inspection and Testing." PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asphalt Concrete Pavement: Class B as specified in Standard Specifications 5 -04.2. King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements B. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt; Standard Specifications 9- 02.1(6). C. Asphalt Treated Base: Standard Specifications 4 -06.2. D. Pavement Markings: Paint and Thermoplastic Materials; Standard Specifications 8 -22.2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION 3.02 PLACING MIX A. Place as specified in Standard Specifications 5 -02 and 5 -04. B. Place each course to compacted thickness indicated on Drawings. C. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut out such areas and fill with fresh, asphalt concrete paving. Compact by rolling or vibratory application to specified surface density and smoothness. Join old and new work into smooth, unbroken surfaces, conforming with existing slopes. Seal joints with hot bituminal application. D. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. E. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL C13159C A. Proof -roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction. B. Do not begin paving work until deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. C. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into hot -mixed asphalt pavement. Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal. per sq. yd. of surface. D. Allow to dry until at proper condition to receive paving. E. Exercise care in applying bituminous materials to avoid smearing of adjoining concrete surfaces. Remove and clean damaged surfaces. A. General: Testing in -place asphalt concrete paving courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness will be done by Contractor's testing laboratory. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Engineer. B. Thickness: In -place compacted thickness tested in accordance with ASTM D 3549 will not be acceptable if variations are greater than plus or minus 1/4 inch. C. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt concrete paving course for smoothness, in accordance with Standard Specifications 5- 04.3(13). D. Check surface areas at intervals as directed by Engineer. 02511 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • ,nss c.. eirei no 6 5 U O; o w= N u. w O g • 5. u. N d. • w Z F; I— 0: Z H. 111 uf U � • O u = H� O • w ▪ N ' • .O Z. 3.04 ASPHALT TREATED BASE A. General: Asphalt treated base may be used as temporary driving surface if temperature and weather conditions do not allow placement of asphalt pavement layer. As soon as conditions allow the permanent asphalt pavement shall be placed in coordination with King County Department of Solid Waste. B. Installation: Asphalt treated base shall be placed and finished according to Standard Specifications section 4 -06. 3.05 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. General: Pavement markings removed or damaged by construction activities shall be replaced prior to project completion and shall match existing pavement marking dimensions, color, and material type. B. Installation: Pavement marking installation shall be performed in accordance with Standard Specifications 8 -22. C13159C END OF SECTION 02511-3 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Concrete curbs, poured and extruded. B. Prepared crushed surfacing base is specified in Section 02200. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with sections. B. Material certificates signed by material producer complies with or exceeds specified requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL C13159C SECTION 02620 CURBS AND GUTTERS 02620 -1 Conditions of Contract and Division 01 specification and Contractor, certifying that each material item A. Products and execution shall be in accordance with the requirements of Sections 8 -04 and 6 -02 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: All concrete shall be fast -cure mix design and shall conform to Section 8 -04.2 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. .3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. All subgrade surfaces shall be prepared according to Section 8 -04 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition.. 3.02 PLACING MIX A. Place concrete as specified in Section 8 -04 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. B. Refer to the plans for required extruded curb dimensions. Measure existing transfer station curbing to be replaced prior to removal and replace with the same dimensions after pressure sewer placement. 3.03 FINISHING A. The concrete surface shall be hand finished, in accordance with Sections 8 -04 and 6 -02 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. A. General: Repair or remove and replace unacceptable concrete as directed by Engineer. King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C B. Immediately after forms are removed, inspect all concrete surfaces and properly patch all poor joints, voids, pockets and other imperfections before concrete has thoroughly hardened. END OF SECTION 02620 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements B. Product data for drainage piping specialties. SECTION 02720 STORM SEWERAGE PART 1 -• GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes storm sewerage system piping and appurtenances. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 02200 "Earthwork" for excavation and backfill required for storm sewerage system piping and structures. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. C. Shop drawings for precast concrete storm drainage manholes and catch basins, including frames, covers, grates and manhole steps. D. Certification: Submit Certification signed by Contractor that installed materials conform to specified requirements and system was successfully checked and tested prior to covering with fill. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be in accordance with Sections 7 -01, 7 -04, 7 -05, and 7 -07 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. B. Utility Compliance: Comply with City of Kirkland regulations and standards pertaining to storm sewerage systems. 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Refer to Division 1 Section "Work Sequence" for phasing of construction. B. Coordinate with other utility and site work. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 STORM SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Where new pipe is connected to existing, the Contractor shall verify the type of existing pipe and join in kind with new. B. Storm Sewer Pipe material shall be: C13159C Material WSDOT Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 8 DR 35 Ductile Iron Pipe Reinforced Concrete (RCP) Pipe, Class 4 Corrugated Polyethylene (CPC) Pipe 2.02 CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE (CPC) PIPE 02720 -1 9 -05.12 9 -30.1 9- 05.7(2) Subsection 2.02 herein King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements A. Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe shall meet the requirements or QQWHTO M -294, Type S. Polyethylene used in making pipe shall meet ASTM D1248 Type III, Category 4, Grade 33, Class C, or ASTM D3340 Cell Classification 324420C. B. The minimum pipe diameter shall be 8 inches. Qualified suppliers are listed herein. C. Joints for Corrugated Polyethylene culvert pipe shall be classified as "watertight ". Watertight joints shall be made with a sleeve or with a bell spigot and shall conform to ASTM D3212 (10.8 psi) using elastometric gaskets conforming to ASTM F477. Gasketed joints shall be lubricated as recommended by the producer during installation. "Soiltight" joints shall be not permitted. D. Fittings for Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe shall be blow molded, rotational molded, or factory welded. Thermoplastic pipe fittings shall meet the requirements set forth in AASHTO M294. Polyethylene used in making fittings shall meet ASTM D1248, Type III, Category 4, Grade 33, Class C, or ASTM D2240 Cell Classification 324420C. E. Connections to structures shall be watertight using: 1. A flexible connector (eg: Kor -N -Seal boot); 2. Other method recommended by the producer and approved by the County. F. The following producers of AASHTO M 294S polyethylene culvert and storm sewer pipe are approved for use. ADS N -12 ' Hancor Hi -Q • Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc., Washougal, WA Hanco, Inc., Olympia, WA G. A producer's Certificate of Compliance shall be required accompanying the materials delivered to the project. The .certificate shall clearly identify production Tots for all materials represented. The City may conduct verification tests of pipe stiffness or other properties as it deems appropriate. 2.03 CATCH BASINS A. Catch Basin materials shall meet the requirements of Section 7 -05.2 and 9- 0.5.16 of the Standard Specifications. B. Catch Basin grates shall be vaned grates per WSDOT Standard Plans type B -2b. 2.04 CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT A. Concrete: Portland cement mix, 4,000 psi. 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33. 4. Water: Potable. B. Reinforcement: Steel conforming to the following: 1. Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. 2.05 DETECTABLE MARKING TAPE C13159C 02720 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements r m w_J ~ w 2 O 0 U 0,, vo w: w =:. J , CO IL w O. ga :3 Q. I Z I— O. Z I—. p N w z Z u i • ,O Z A. Conforming to the requirements of Standard Specifications 9- 15.18. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR BURIED STORM SEWERAGE SYSTEMS A. Grade trench bottom to provide a smooth, firm, stable, and rock -free foundation, throughout the length of the pipe. B. Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at the surface upon which pipes are to be laid, and backfill as specified in Section 02200 "Earthwork ". C. Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe. Fill unevenness with tamped sand backfill. Dig bell holes at each pipe joint to relieve the bells of all Toads and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe barrel on the foundation. 3,02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans and details) indicate the general location and arrangement of the underground storm sewerage system piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design considerations. Install the piping as indicated, to the extent practical. B. Install piping beginning at low point of systems, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. C. Use manholes or catch basins for changes in direction, except where a fitting is indicated. Use fittings for branch connections. D. Use proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings, where different size or material of pipes and fittings are connected. Reduction of the size of piping in the direction of flow is prohibited. E. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at slope as indicated. F. Extend storm sewerage system piping to connect to building storm drains, of sizes and in locations indicated. 3.03 STORM SEWERS A. Install per Section 7 -04 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. 3.04 ADJUSTING MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS TO GRADE A. Per the requirements of Section 7- 05.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. 3.05 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS A. Existing Manholes or Catch Basin shall be core drilled to allow new pipe connection. B. Connect pipe to existing structure to provide a watertight seal. C. Per the requirements of Section 7- 05.3(3) of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. 3.06 CATCH BASINS C13159C 02720 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements A. Construct catch basins to sizes and shapes indicated. B. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated. C. Install per requirements of Section 7 -05 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. D. A flexible pipe -to- manhole connector shall be used at all pipe connections to storm structures. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF DETECTABLE MARKING TAPE A. Install continuous plastic underground warning tape during back - filling of trench for underground storm sewerage piping. Locate 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly over piping. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL C13159C A. Testing, Storm Sewer System: Perform testing of completed piping after trench compaction has been completed on the length of pipe to be tested. Complete testing by the low pressure air method or water exfiltration test as specified in standard Specifications 7- 17.3(4). B. Cleaning: Clean interior of piping and structures of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. 1. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted pipe at end of day or whenever work stops. 2. Flush piping between manholes, if required by local authority, to remove collected debris. C. Inspection: Inspect piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. 1. Make inspections after pipe between manholes and manhole locations has been installed and approximately 2 feet of backfill is in place, and again at completion of project. If inspection indicates poor alignment, debris, displaced pipe, infiltration, or other defects, correct such defects and reinspect. END OF SECTION 02720 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z J 0 00 0 ' NW w I J I— N w 0 g LL. < to = a z f. Z 0 w ; mo o 0 0— Iw =0 L I O Lii C13159C SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes provisions for sanitary piping, fittings, and accessories B. Related Sections: the following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 02200 "Earthwork" for excavation and backfill required for sanitary sewer piping and structures. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for sewer piping specialties. C. Certification: Submit Certification signed by Contractor that installed materials conform to specified requirements and system was successfully checked and tested prior to covering with fill. 1.03. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be in accordance with Sections 7 -05, 7 -17 and 7 -15 of the Washington State Department of Transportation /APWA Standard Specifications latest edition. B. Utility Compliance: Comply with City of Tukwila regulations and standards pertaining to sanitary sewer systems. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Refer to Division 1 Section "Contract Time and Sequencing" phasing of construction. B. Coordinate with other utility and site work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: All material shall be in accordance with APWA Standard Specifications Section 7- 17.2 and the requirements of King County. B. Sewer pipe shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) for all sizes unless specifically noted otherwise. C. PVC Pipe and Fittings 1. PVC pipe shall be a minimum Class SDR 35 and be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D3034. The pipe and fittings shall be furnished with bells and spigots which are integral with the pipe wall. Pipe joints shall be used flexible elastomeric gaskets conforming to ASTM D3212. 02730 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Install sanitary sewers in accordance with APWA Standard Specifications Section 7 -17.3 B. The sewer pipe, unless otherwise approved by the District shall be laid upgrade from point of connection on the existing sewer or from a designated starting point. The sewer pipe shall be installed with the bell end forward or upgrade. When pipe laying is not in progress, the forward end of the pipe shall be kept tightly closed with an approved temporary plug. Wherever movable shoring (steel box) is used in the ditch, pipe shall be restrained by use of a winch mounted in the downstream manhole and a line of sufficient strength threaded through the pipe and set tight before each move. Any indication that joints are not being held shall be sufficient reason for the District to require restraints, whether or not movable shoring is being used. C13159C C. All gravity sewer pipe shall be laid in straight lines and at uniform rate of grade between manholes. Variance from established line and grade shall not be greater than one -half inch (1/2 "), provided that such variation does not result in a level or reverse sloping invert; provided, also, that variation in the invert elevation between adjoining ends of pipe, due to non- concentricity of joining surface and pipe interior surfaces, does not exceed one- sixty- fourth inch (1/64 ") per inch of pipe diameter, or a total of one -half inch (1/2 ") maximum. Any corrections required in line and grade shall be reviewed with the District and the repairs shall be made at the expense of the Contractor. D. Pipe handling after the gasket has been affixed shall be carefully controlled to avoid disturbing the gasket and knocking it out of position, or fowling the gasket with dirt or other foreign material. Any gaskets so disturbed shall be removed, cleaned, re- lubricated if required, and replaced before the rejoining is attempted. E. Care shall be taken to properly align the pipe before joints are forced entirely home. During insertion of the tongue or spigot, the pipe shall be partially supported by hand, sling or crane to minimize unequal lateral pressure on the gasket and thereby maintain concentricity until the gasket is properly positioned. Since most flexible gasketed joints tend to creep apart when the end pipe is deflected and straightened, such movement shall be held to a minimum once the joint is home. F. Sufficient pressure shall be applied in making the joint to assure that it is home, as described in the installation instructions provided by the pipe manufacturer. Sufficient restraint shall be applied to the line to assure that joints once home are held so, until fill material under and alongside the pipe has been sufficiently compacted. At the end of the work day, the last pipe laid shall be blocked in an effective way to prevent creep during "down time ". G. All gravity sewer pipe shall be bedded with pea gravel. The PVC pipe shall be bedded from a depth of four (4) inches below the pipe to twelve (12) inches above the pipe and ductile iron gravity sewer pipe shall be bedded from a depth of four (4) inches below the pipe to the springline of the pipe. The bedding material shall extend across the full width of the trench and shall be compacted under the haunches of the pipe. H. Special concrete bedding when required to provide additional support for the pipe shall consist of a pipe cradle constructed of Portland cement concrete containing not less than four (4) sacks of cement per cubic yard. Sand, gravel and water proportions are subject to approval by the District. Maximum aggregate size shall be one and one -half (1 -1/2) inches. Maximum slump shall be four (4) inches. The bottom of the trench shall be fully compacted before the placement of pipe cradle. The Contractor shall protect pipe against flotation and disturbing the horizontal alignment of the pipe during the pouring of the concrete. King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 02730 - 2 .w. «. ... .... .. -a.w. a t+ e,. wMNM `N(MA1'WHW�1'R- !IlMWP1CSVlNk#N U:14�MnYrtl+ .r'u.... r^`• ._J :ti.S�YJ...L1it..L.YL4�' � 1..• 3.02 CLEANING AND TESTING A. Contractor shall perform cleaning and testing per Section 7- 17.3(2) of the Standard Specifications using low pressure air test method. END OF SECTION 02730 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bow Lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements A. Cast -in -place (CIP) concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, finishes for construction of the following features: 1. Retaining Walls for Scale House Foundation. . • C13159C Project No. 11- 00719 - 10000 -00ui Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Section 02200 — Earthwork. B. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications. C. Section 13122 — Manufactured Building Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI - American Concrete Institute. B. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute C. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, curing compounds, waterstop and others as requested by Engineer. C. Concrete Placement Shop Drawings: 1. Show locations of all vertical and horizontal construction joints. 2. Show locations, dimensions, blockouts, openings, and details of all electrical, mechanical, and structural items embedded in or associated with individual lifts. D. Shop drawings for reinforcement shall be prepared for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI SP -66 (88), "ACI Detailing Manual," showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. E. Certificates of compliance and laboratory test reports for concrete materials, reinforcement, and mix design test. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 2. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. 03300 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements .. ..,.,.:.ar,.. - Project No. 11- 00719 - 10000 -1,. i Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS 2.02 CONCRETE MATERIALS D. E. 2.03 C13159C C. Contractor shall arrange and pay for field testing of materials and installed work during progress of work. Retesting of rejected materials and installed work shall be done at Contractor's expense. A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. B. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire -bar- type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are plastic protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class 2). A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. 1. Use one brand of cement throughout project unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F. C. Normal Weight Aggregates: Aggregate for concrete shall conform to ASTM C 33. Coarse aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 Table 2 gradation size No. 56 (MSA 1 "). Water: Drinkable and free from any deleterious material, as specified in ACI 301. Admixtures, General: Calcium chloride or any admixtures containing chloride ions shall not be used. 1 Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. The air entraining agent added shall result in an entrained air content of 5% ± 1% per ASTM C 231. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) "Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace & Co. 2) "MB -VR" or "Micro -Air," Master Builders, Inc. 3) "Sika AER," Sika Corp. 4) Or equal. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) "Plastocrete 161," Sika Corp. 2) "Sikament HP," Sika Corp. 3) "Pozzolith," Master Builders, Inc. 4) "Polyheed," Master Builders, Inc. 5) Or equal. RELATED MATERIALS A. Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Superior Concrete Bonder," Dayton Superior Corp. b. "Euco Weld," Euclid Chemical Co. c. "Weld- Crete," Larsen Products Corp. d. "Everweld," L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 03300 -2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements , • 4 Project No. 11- 00719 - 10000 -OUui Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements C13159C e. Or equal. B. Isolation Joint Material: ASTM D 1752 Type I or Type III. C. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25. Sikaflex-la Sealant or equal. Backer rod as recommended by manufacturer of sealant. D. Form Ties: Wall form ties shall be of the "snap -off breakback" type, galvanized metal, with conical or spherical type inserts and should leave no metal within 1.5 in. of the surface. E. Chemical Hardener /Sealer: One part penetrating liquid magnesium fluorosolicate hardener, waterproofing and preservative treatment. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. "Lapidolith," Sonneborn - Rexnord. b. "Burke- O- Lith," The Burke Co. c. "Surfhard," The Euclid Chemical Co. d. Or equal. 2.04 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. 1. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 20% of cement content by weight. B. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Reports shall include mix proportions, testing data, and manufacturer's literature on admixtures. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on Drawings: 1. Class 4000: 4,000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength; W/C ratio: 0.42 maximum. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in work. 2.05 ADMIXTURES A. Use water - reducing admixture or high -range water - reducing admixture (Superplasticizer) in concrete as required for placement and workability. B. High -range water - reducing admixture (HRWR) may be used in pumped concrete, concrete for slabs, architectural concrete. C. All concrete shall contain an air - entraining admixture. The final concrete shall contain not less than 4% nor more than 6% entrained air by volume. D. Use admixtures for water reduction and set control in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. E. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in quality concrete placement. Slump shall be adjusted by the Contractor to suit the placement, formwork design, and finish requirements. Addition of water to increase slump or retemper mix will not be allowed beyond a W/C of 0.42 for Class 4000 concrete. 03300 -3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3.01 GENERAL Project No. 11- 00719- 10000 -6.. Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements 2.06 CONCRETE MIXING A. Use ready -mix concrete. B. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in work, indicating project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity of coarse and fine aggregates, cementicious materials, water, admixtures introduced, and moisture content of aggregate. C. Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. 1. When air temperature is between 85 °F (30 °C) and 90 °F (32 °C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 °F (32 °C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 — EXECUTION A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials and vapor retarders with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. B. Dispose of rejected or excess concrete off -site or at an approved • on -site location. Any concrete disposed of on -site shall be completely removed prior to project completion. C. Wash concrete mix truck off the site. 3.03 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as herein specified. B. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Engineer. 3.04 JOINTS C13159C 03300 -4 General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral, static and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances complying with ACI 347. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, unless otherwise directed, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Use 3 /4 -in. chamfer where not otherwise indicated. C. Provide a 1 /8 -in. tooled edge radius on the exposed edge of slabs. A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints as indicated or, if not indicated, locate so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer. Construction joints shall be roughened using an acceptable method which exposes the aggregate uniformly, removes all laitance, loosened particles of aggregate or damaged concrete at the surface. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. B. Contraction (Control) Joints: Construct contraction joints where shown on the Drawings. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z re w, 00: N 0 cn w . w= N u- w o 1 Q. tn� d F _. z ZIh-: U � 'O N C1 1— = U H L O . tii O z A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. B. General: Comply with ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as herein specified. C. Concrete Temperature: The temperature of the concrete at the time it is placed shall not be more than 70 °F except as allowed for cold weather conditions. D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as appproved. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. E. Placing Concrete in Forms: Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309. 1. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. F. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 1. Consolidate concrete during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement. G. Cold- Weather Placing: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 °F (4 °C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 °F (10 °C) and not more than 80 °F (27 °C) at point of placement. a. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. b. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. H. Hot - Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 70 °F (21 °C). Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may King County Solid Waste Division C13159C Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements j Project No. 11- 00719 - 10000 -OOu i Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements 1. Construct contraction joints as detailed on the Drawings by either forming or saw cutting. 2. Saw cut as soon as possible after slab finishing as may safely be done without dislodging aggregates. 3. Joint filler and sealant materials shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT 03300 -5 ...!:10: ^ Project No. 11- 00719 - 10000 -0, . . Bow Lake Transfer Station - Safety Improvements be used to control temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed. -- Z 4. Use water - reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low 1 z humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, when acceptable to Engineer. w 3.06 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES U O ■ No Concrete finish tolerances shall conform to ACI 301 Table 4.3.1. Form finishes shall be as J = described in ACI 301, Chapter 10 and the following: -J E A. Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work w O or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted g by form - facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and r--, ga fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 in. in height rubbed down or chipped off. " B. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with = a a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to t- _ concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting, or other similar ? 1- system. This is an as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form - facing material, z O arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and W patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. D o 1. Smooth Rubbed Finish: Provide smooth rubbed finish to scheduled concrete , : • U surfaces, which have received smooth form finish treatment, not later than one o t.- day after form removal. = w a. Moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or other t- 0 abrasive until a uniform color and texture is produced. Do not apply ,. 4 u- p cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. Z 2. Grout - Cleaned Finish: Provide grout - cleaned finish to scheduled concrete ' v surfaces that have received smooth form finish treatment. ~O F- a. Combine one part portland cement to 1 -1/2 parts fine sand by volume, Z and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene -based bonding + , admixture and water to consistency of thick paint. Blend standard portland cement and white portland cement, amounts determined by trial patches, so that final color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. b. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours after rubbing. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.07 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION C13159C A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture Toss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control material. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. 03300 -6 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements .. _ . . 1Po%±NA.ab Project No. 11- 00719- 10000 -0001 Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements C13159C B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. C. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by moist curing, by moisture - retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. 1. Provide moisture curing by following methods. a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. b. Use continuous water -fog spray. c. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4 -in. lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide moisture -cover curing as follows: a. Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 in. and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. 3.08 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not Tess than 50 °F (10 °C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form - removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and until concrete has attained at least 75% of design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing field -cured specimens representative of concrete location or members. C. Form - facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form - facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. 3.09 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. 3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Engineer. 1. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1 /4 -in. in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth of Tess than 1 in. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat the area to be patched with specified bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding compound has dried. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 03300 -7 Project No. 11- 00719 - 100004, 1 Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements 2. For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. B. Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on surface,' and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, apply bonding agent and fill with dry-pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. C. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having required slope. 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects that affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 in. wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching compound. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 in. in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3 /4 -in. clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. D. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Engineer for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. E. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Engineer. 3.11 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION C13159C A. General: The Contractor shall employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and to submit test reports. B. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following, as directed by Engineer. C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172. 1 Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231 pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour or four for every 200 cu yd, whichever is more frequent, of each type of air - entrained concrete. 2. Concrete Temperature: Test hourly when air temperature is 40 °F (4 °C) and below, when 80 °F (27 °C) and above, and each time a set of compression test specimens is made. 3. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of 4 standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 03300 -8 { Project No. 11- 00719 - 10000 -001 Bow Lake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements 3.15 CONCRETE FINISH SCHEDULE C13159C cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field -cure test specimens are required. 4. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu yd plus additional sets for each 50 cu yd more than the first 25 cu yd of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than 5 strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used. b. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu yd, Engineer may waive strength test if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. c. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85% of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in -place concrete. d. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. Test results will be reported in writing to Engineer, Ready -Mix Producer (if applicable), and Owner within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. E. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. F. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable concrete is verified. A. Concrete finishes shall conform to the finish schedule below and as shown on drawings: 1. Formed Finishes: a. Rough Form Finish: All formed concrete surfaces that will be backfilled against. b. Smooth Form Finish: All formed concrete surfaces that will not be backfilled against. END OF SECTION 03300 03300 -9 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z re 2 al J U. U 0 to wI CO u_ w O co D = d . w z �. F- O z uj U 0 . .O N O w uj • U Z ui co O I— z D. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06100 "Rough Carpentry". J 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01420 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION • SECTION 06074 PRESERVATIVE (PRESSURE) TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Wood contacting concrete, roof membrane, and elsewhere as indicated. B. Plywood where indicated. C. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under this Section: For installation of materials with preservative (pressure) treatment see other sections. A. Definition: Ammoniacal Copper Zinc Arsenate (ACZA) formulae pressure- treatment of indicated material. No penta permitted. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Show compliance with Specifications and that moisture content after treatment does not exceed specified levels for non - treated materials and net amount of preservative retained. B. Stamp treated lumber not exposed to view indicating trademark, AWPA Standard, treatment type, wood grade. wJ 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant treatment applicator qualifications: C13159C 1. To be "Specialist" means "an individual or firm of established reputation (or, if newly organized, whose personnel have previously established a reputation in the same field) ". This individual or firm must be regularly engaged in and maintain a regular force of workers skilled in (as.applicable): Manufacturing, fabricating, or otherwise performing required work. 2. To be licensed by the treatment manufacturer and to conform to AWPA Standards. B. Regulatory Requirements: See referenced Codes, ordinances, and the Tike /01060/01063. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to 00700 and the follow: 1. Keep covered and dry until used. Store treated lumber with spacers between. 2. Handle treated material in accordance with referenced APWA, M4. 1.07 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: As required by treatment applicator. 06074-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 15..M:40 .4\Wl9.+ir7Fitii.i:.h'.a.tcr /' Y.£'7�.ri,tr.'.H'ri/.:'.'• ~ W UO' u, 0 w = J w O. H z O. z I—: LU U O co, w W . 1-- LI Z w O Z PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. 2.01 MATERIALS /METHODS C. Field -treat cuts and holes in accordance with AWPA M -4. Use same material as was used for treatment for exposed surfaces. D. NOTE: Conform to current acceptable system /State of the Art. Prior to use, verify specified traditional treatment's safety under latest EPA regulations. You may propose other methods for Engineer's acceptance. Owner and Engineer do not assume responsibility for unknown damages possibly inherent in treatment process. 2.02 MOISTURE CONTENT A. Season after treatment to moisture content required for non - treated materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Wood and Lumber: APWA Standard C-2(lumber) and C- 9(plywood) with ACZA to a retention of 0.25 Ib. /cu.ft. for above ground use and 0.40 Ib. /cu.ft. for ground contact. Treat penetration damage in accordance with AWPA M -4. A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION C13159C See Section 06100. 1. Instruct Contractor involved in installation of pressure treated wood on required storage and handling. 2. No incising allowed on wood members to be treated except where not exposed to view. Furnish preservative solution per AWPA M-4 for application to cut members on job site. Site apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Treat site -sawn cuts. Brush apply one coat of preservative treatment on untreated wood in contact with cementitious materials, roofing and related metal flashings. Apply liberally. Allow preservative to cure prior to erecting members. • End of Section 06074-2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1 f- �. 00 N 0 . W . WI J W 0, g J u.? 0 I-- W Z Z O -'. W W • . O D ' O N : O I— ,111 • uj O w Z O N. 0 0 PART 1 - GENERAL • 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. All work required for normal rough carpentry including but not limited to non - structural lumber (wood furring, concealed wood blocking, nailers, ground strips, plates), plywood, and fasteners required. Preservative treated wood at exterior locations and when in contact with concrete. Include building paper and fasteners as required and indicated on drawings. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 03300, "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for concrete formwork. 2. Section 06074, "Preservative (Pressure) Treatment" 3. Section 06200, "Finish Carpentry and Millwork ". 4. Section 07211, "Batt, Blanket, and Rigid Insulation" 5. Division 15, Mechanical 6. Division 16, Electrical 7. All Divisions requiring blocking or other carpentry related considerations. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Preservative (Pressure) Treatment, Section 06074 of certain specified work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 1. Evidence of Grade: Stamp each piece of lumber and plywood with grademark and trademark of Association having jurisdiction. 2. Certificate: Evidence of kiln dried or MC -19, 19% moisture content/WCLB No. 16. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agencies Requirements: 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063. 2. (UBC) Standards. 3. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by WCIB. 4. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: C13159C King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 06100 -1 EA'Y, Y4 d 7+`; 1.`2tUri'.5r'`.S.i . rL •z pC w J U O co UJ -I I- • u- w O g J u_< = d w Z � I-O Z p O N ' O 1 : w N V� u- 0 . Li; Z: H � z 1. C. Plywood: 1. Place materials in area protected from weather. 2. Store materials a minimum of 6" above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering, providing for adequate air circulation. 3. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp portions of building. 4. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rough Hardware /General: Sizes and quantities required by Building Code unless more stringent requirements specified elsewhere. a. Bolts: ASTM A307, with standard washers. b. Bolts, Exterior Use: ASTM A307, with standard washers, galvanized per ASTM Al23. c. Lag Screws: ANSI B18.2.1. Hot -dip galvanize for exterior use. d. Expansion Shields: Fed Spec. FF -S -325, Type 1, Group III, Self- drilling. e. Toggle Bolts: Fed. Spec. FF -B -588. f. Nails, General: ASTM F1667; common unless otherwise indicated. Hot -dip galvanize for exterior use. g. Wood Screws: FS FF -S -111. 2. Rough Hardware Protection: a. General: Hot -dip galvanize all exterior work and interior work subject to wetting during construction in accordance with ASTM Al23 and A153. Electrolysis Protection: Coat hardware in contact with metals of dissimilar galvanic range. Use primer and body coats of asphaltic paint, American Tar Company No. 221, Farwest "Vitamic ", or other reviewed and approved manufacturers. As an alternative method, isolate with tape or other approved means. B. Non- Structural Lumber including, but not limited to, Wood Blocks, Caps, Ledgers, Nailers, Ground Strips, Plates and Curbs. Provide any species construction grade unless specific species indicated on Drawings. Verify exact location at time of construction. 19% moisture content/WCLB No. 16. 1. Miscellaneous Plywood: APA A -A Group 1, Exposure 1 where exposed both sides, APA A -D Group 1, Exposure 1 where exposed one side, and APA C -D Plugged Group 2, Exposure 1 where unexposed, unless otherwise indicated. 2. No OSB will be used on this project. 06100 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Nraoll D. Attachments: C13159C 1. Wood embedded in concrete not permitted, unless shown on drawings or specified, then must be kiln -dried and treated as required /06074. 2. An approved system of power- driven fastening devices may be used as directed, where not otherwise detailed. Do not use without Engineer's approval. E. PRESSURE TREATED ITEMS: TREAT ALL WOOD MEMBERS CONTACTING CONCRETE /06074. F. Building Paper and Moisture Stop Around Windows: Asphalt- saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated. G. Sealer Over Moisture Stop Around Windows: Monsey Bakor, Tel. 425 - 885 -9773, "Blueskin SA" self- adhered air /vapor barrier membrane, or equal manufacturers. H. Miscellaneous: As indicated or required /normal Rough Carpentry. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. Visually field inspect lumber for compliance with grading standards. Do not incorporate lumber with oversize knots, splits, excessive wave, warp, rot, or other defects. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Carefully lay out, cut, fit, and install rough carpentry items. a. Use sufficient nails, spikes, screws and bolts to insure rigidity and permanence. Follow most stringent nailing requirements per drawings or UBC/Table 23- II -B -1. b. Drive nails perpendicular to grain of wood in lieu of toenailing where feasible. 2. Install work to true lines, plumb and level, except as indicated otherwise. 3. Provide for installation and support of plumbing, heating, ventilating and electrical work, unless otherwise called for. a. Take care to isolate acoustically from other members. B. Wood Blocking, Furring, and Non - Structural Framing: Unless otherwise called for, provide wood blocking /backing in walls for support of required hardware and accessory items indicated. Verify exact location at time of construction. Set dress wood grounds for securing wood trim and cabinets, securely and rigidly, true, straight, and in perfect alignment. Provide fire blocking per Code. Install blocking in wall and roof openings; wood furring and grounds; concealed wood blocking and any other blocking required for installation of work of all trades and equipment. C. Mechanical, Electrical, and Other Parts of Work: Provide necessary backing and blocking for all other phases of the work; provide for installation and support of mechanical and electrical work. Use noncombustible plywood for mechanical /electrical mounting. D. Cuts in Treated Wood: Field apply wood preservative treatment/06074. 06100 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ' x' iLG •Xlenknk76t.6:ii;f.101.. P. w J U t N� w =: • u_ w O LL Q . • D . H z � I- 0 Z w uj • C) O N ' ; 0 I— w W O . W Z O E- . z C. Mechanical, Electrical, and Other Parts of Work: Provide necessary backing and blocking for all other phases of the work; provide for installation and support of mechanical and electrical work. Use noncombustible plywood for mechanical /electrical mounting. D. Cuts in Treated Wood: Field apply wood preservative treatment/06074. E. Curbs and Nailers: Pressure treated, dimensions as indicated on Drawings. Install as shown and detailed. F. Miscellaneous Plywood: Apply with face grain across supports, end joints staggered; minimum nailing shall be as required by UBC/Table 23- II -B -1. • G. Self- Adhesive Flashing Around Windows: Install in sequential order beginning with sill flashing overlapped with jamb flashing which will be overlapped with head flashing as shown on drawings. Conform to manufacturer's directions for a watertight installation. 3.03 CLEANING A. Maintain premises clean. C13159C End of Section 06100 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements LJ , 0 0' 'CO C • WI 1— • N 11.1 0<" _ d • • Z � • 10 4 H- rsa • P • O: • • Zi = s • Zh 1 - 1.01 SUMMARY • • PART 1- GENERAL A. Work includes but is not limited to following: C13159C 1. Normal finish carpentry and millwork items including installation of certain work specified in other Sections. SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK Interior finish carpentry items including but not limited to interior wood building trim, underlayment, shelving, and all associated fasteners, connectors, and accessories. Interface with existing adjacent system: Carefully bring together work of this Section with all related work. All transitions smooth, no abrupt rough edges or intersections. 4. Repair any existing finish carpentry and millwork due to new work. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06100, "Rough Carpentry". 2. Section 07900, "Joint Sealers ". 3. Section 09110, "Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems ". 4. Section 09250, "Gypsum Board ". 5. Section 09900, "Painting ". 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit/00700 /01300 and the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Show fabrications and details of installation. Indicate all materials and dimensions, required work by others, and fastenings. b. Prepare minimum 1/4" scale plans and elevations. c. Show profiles of mouldings and joint details. Show relationships with adjacent construction. Indicate finish used /09900. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer /Installer Qualifications: 1. To be "Specialist" as defined /06074. B. Regulatory Requirements: See referenced Codes, ordinances, and the like/01060/01063. C. Conform with requirements of AWI 1700 for interior work and AWI 300 for interior standing and running trim. 06200 - 1 IMaHtlt MM - .rwwsnn...�n .r�su. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements A. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to requirements of Section 00700. 1. Time deliveries in accordance with requirements /Construction Schedule. 2. Store materials in ventilated, interior locations under constant minimum temperatures of 60 deg. F. and maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. 3. Furnish room under lock and key for Storing Finish Hardware until installed. 4. Protection: Protect from damage at all times. Cover for protection against dirt and dust. 1.06 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS /GRADING RULES A. All materials and assemblies are to be in accordance with referenced AWI Manual for "Custom Grade" for opaque (painted) finished items and "Premium Grade" for transparent (stained and varnished" finished items. C. C13159C Environmental Requirements: Be sure that building is completely enclosed, thoroughly dry, and finish work is completed before finish woods are placed in it. 1. Moisture Content of Finish Woods: Not more than 9% when delivered to building. 2. Except as modified, conform to following listing (for items not shown, consult referenced AWI Document): 1 a. Lumber: AWI 100, Grade I. b. Standing and Running Trim and Rails: AWI 300 for opaque and transparent finishes. c. Closet and Utility Shelving: AWI 600. d. Miscellaneous: AWI 700. Solid Stock Interior Wood Trim Receiving Transparent Finish: Birch - Premium Grade milled moldings and flats in sizes as shown on the drawings. MDF milled moldings and flats as shown on the drawings, shop primed. Typical dimensions of materials as indicated on drawings. D. Plywood (as Applicable): Plywood: In accordance with referenced AWI, PS 1 -95. a. Softwood Plywood: A -A where exposed both sides, A -C where exposed one side. b. Hardwood Plywood Shelves: Quarter sliced Birch - premium grade quality, thickness as indicated, with book matched grain. 2. Interior Plywood (for use at countertops, back - splashes, and elsewhere as indicated): 06200 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ii d a. For use under plastic laminate: Contractor has the option of using following grades of Douglas Fir plywood: 1) A -C Exterior -APA. 2) C -C plugged or Exterior Underlayment. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1 Type 1; AWI standard, medium density, composed of wood chips made with waterproof resin binders, sanded faces. 1 oC w, QQ 0 0 . U) w , W =' J H w u. a. Sizes and quantities required by Building Code or approved by Engineer. =. w z� b. All rough hardware subject to moisture during installations to be Hot - dipped i - 0 galvanized. z 1) Bolts and washers as specified /Section 06100. 0 N . 0E- tu otherwise indicated. v 2. Fastenings /Quantities: Furnish as necessary whether indicated or not. — O. w 0 I—. F Hardboard: ANSI A135.4. Pressed wood fiber with resin binder; tempered. G. Glue for Woodwork: Best quality for the intended use. Waterproof for work subject to moisture. 1. Contact Adhesive: Solvent release type. 2. Wall Adhesive: Cartridge type, compatible with wall substrate, capable of achieving durable bond. Rough Hardware (as applicable): C13159C 1. 2.02 FABRICATION Provide all necessary nails, spikes, screws, and bolts. 2) Use recessed screws, finish or casing nails for exposed work, unless Adjustable Metal Shelf Standards and Supports Where Indicated: Knape and Vogt No. K255 standard and No. K256R Supports, or equal manufacturers. Prime for paint. Colors to match adjacent wall. Provide standards and supports in lengths to suit conditions of construction. A. Mill to detail of specified softwood or hardwood as scheduled and as required to complete the work. B. Workmanship: 1. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, free from tool and machine marks. 2. Use concealed fastenings wherever possible. 3. Kerf backs of members more than 5" wide, or more than 1" net thickness. 4. Joints: Make tight. Form to conceal shrinkage, as far as possible. C. Fitting and Adjustment: Regardless of tolerances specified for individual components forming portions of working assemblies, make final fitting and adjustments as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 06200 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take all dimensions necessary prior to fabrication and installation. B. Sand work smooth and set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. C. Back prime any work scheduled to be painted prior to installation. D. Protect surrounding areas or surfaces to preclude damage during installation. E. • Prime paint surfaces, items, and assemblies in contact with cementitious materials before installation. F. Inspect substrate for defects prior to installation of finish components. • 3.03 INSTALLATION/FINISH CARPENTRY A. Conform to referenced AWI Manual "Custom Grade" for opaque (painted) finished items and "Premium Grade" for transparent (stained and varnished) finished items and AWI 1700 for installation of all work unless otherwise specified. B. Install to Detail: 1. Contractor to review all running and standing trim joint locations with Engineer. 2. Install material with tight joints. 3. Cut splices at 45 degree angles. 4. Use finish nails except where screws required. 5. Set nails and screws for puttying. Countersink fastenings. Putty recesses. 6. Where screw attachment required, space screws at equal intervals. 7. All members and lines to be level and plumb. 8. Select and cut material to exclude damaged, marked, or defective areas. 9. Install prefinished paneling with wall adhesive by the bead method. 10. Set and secure materials and components in place plumb and level. Shim work as required with no more than 1/8" variation in 10 feet. Caulk joints as required to conceal shimming. C. Eased Edges: Ease exposed edges of finish work 1/8 inch minimum radius whether indicated or not. D. Site Finishing: Refer to Section 09900. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF WORK FROM OTHER SECTIONS C13159C 06200 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements - 7 ""*1 1 • C13159C Install all items provided in other Sections and not specifically installed by other trades. Conform to Finish Carpentry Installation requirements specified this Section, as applicable. Items to be installed include, but are not limited to, those listed "Related Work." Certain details of installation follow: 1. Finish Hardware: a. Provide solid blocking for all wall stops and bumpers. b. Fasteners: Check all conditions and use fastening devices as needed to secure or anchor all hardware as per manufacturer's published templates. Self- tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. The Contractor shall be responsible for g drilling wood or metal with the recommended hole sizes. UO c. Install finish hardware specified. Installation by skilled mechanics to Engineer's ; N w satisfaction. Conform strictly to Manufacturer's templates and directions. Conform w to referenced UBC and UL requirements. Insure that door hardware does not s touch trim. Do not notch trim. O. d. Adjust movable parts to operate perfectly at time of final acceptance. L J ¢ e. Make further adjustments required during 1 -year guarantee period. — d w f. Replace hardware which has been damaged by use when damage is caused by z = ~ faulty installation. H 0 z !- Turn over to Engineer one copy of template and installation instructions for each g n type of hardware. U tn: O —: h. Mortising: Make mortises accurately to exactly receive hardware. Depth of 1—, mortises to be such that hardware is flush with finish surfaces. w w Place door stops and holders to allow maximum swing. Doors not to contact — O anything but stop. z w U N. j. Hardware Placement: See drawings for location dimensions. p z 1) All other items per Manufacturer's instructions or as directed. 2) Adjustment: After erection and glazing, check all operating hardware. 3) Protection and Cleaning: After installation, clean interior and exterior metal surfaces of all mortar, paint, and other contaminants. k. Where more stringent requirements are indicated by "Barrier- Free" code, comply with it. Thresholds: Cut and fit to profiles of door jambs with mitered corners and precision joints. Join units with concealed welds or concealed mechanical devices. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts and similar items. At doors where indicated, set thresholds in bed of butyl rubber sealant, completely fill all voids to exclude moisture. Take care not to plug drainage holes or block weeps. Remove all excess sealant. m. Adjustment and Cleaning: Lubricate moving parts with graphite -type lubricant, unless otherwise recommended by Manufacturer. Replace hardware which cannot be lubricated and adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 06200 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C rinal adjustment: Whenever the hardware installation is made more than 1 month prior to acceptance of the Work, make final adjustment and check of hardware during the week immediately prior to acceptance, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. a) Clean and relubricate existing operating items as necessary to restore proper functioning and finish of hardware and doors. Make final adjustment of existing locksets and closers to compensate for operation of heating and ventilating systems under the supervision of Manufacturer's representative. During construction protect all exposed existing hardware finishes and surfaces from damage. Doors: See "Fitting and Adjustment" specified this Section. 1. Installations are to conform to Manufacturer's directions and applicable UL requirements. See Section 08110. C. Miscellaneous items: Install all other items necessary to complete normal finish carpentry work. 3.05 CLEANING Leave the work clean, premises free of residue of work of this Section. End of Section 06200 - 6 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements . 0 0 CO W uJ, J • U-; W 0 g u < - d; HW 1 Z H , Z I co W W: ~ u . Z 111 N . • SECTION 07211 BATT, BLANKET AND RIGID INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Thermal glass wool blankets /batts insulation in walls, (as applicable /noted on Drawings). B. Rigid insulation as noted on drawings. C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 09110, "Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems ". 2. Section 09250, "Gypsum Board ". 3. Division 15, Mechanical. 4. Division 16, Electrical. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit/00700 /01300 and the following: C13159C 1. Batt/Blanket Insulation: Submit design data showing conformance with R values required by governing Energy Code as applicable to occupancy, unless higher values are indicated elsewhere. 2. Rigid Insulation: a. Product Data: Submit completely definitive data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations. b. Certificates: Indicate conformance with Specifications and HH- I- 524 -C. 1.04 ` QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Special Requirements of Regulatory Agencies (current as of Project Manual date): See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063. 1. Single- Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide complying with requirements indicated without delaying the work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 1. Deliver in original labeled packages. a. State Manufacturer, material, "R "- value, thickness, density and other pertinent information. 2. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in clean, dry place. 07211 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C 3. Handle batt/blanket insulation carefully to prevent tearing vapor barriers. 4. Protect rigid insulation against ignition at all times. Do not deliver insulation materials to project ahead of installation time. Complete installation and concealment of materials as rapidly as possible in each area of work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Batt/Blanket Insulation Manufacturers: Owens - Corning, Tel. (425) 644 -9707, U.S. Gypsum, Tel. (425) 718 -8300, Johns - Manville, Tel. 1- 800 - 654 -3103, Certainteed, Tel. 1- 800 - 523 -7844, or equal manufacturers /products. Owens - Corning is specified for type, quality, and construction required. B. Rigid Insulation Manufacturers: Dow Chemical Company Styrofoam, UC Industries, Owens Corning, or equal manufacturers. Owens Corning "Foamular 250" is specified for type, quality, and construction required. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Batt/Blanket Insulation: 1. Required Thermal Values: In accordance with governing Energy Codes but no Tess than values indicated below. a. Exterior Walls (Insulated on Interior): As indicated on the drawings. 2. Non -Rated Thermal Glass Batt Insulation: Foil faced glass fiber thermal insulation shall comply with ASTM C665, Type III, Class C. 3. Miscellaneous: Provide miscellaneous and accessory materials, methods, tools, and equipment required for completion of insulation work. a. Sealing tape as recommended by insulation manufacturer. b. Skewer Fastenings for Insulation (as applicable): Metal spindle with perforated base plate, designed for adhesive application. Goodloe and More's "Gemco Hanger ", or equal manufacturers /products. Type "W -A" self - locking washers for securing insulation. Adhesive as recommended by Manufacturer. Rigid Insulation: Square edged polystyrene foam insulation. Provide thickness required to achieve indicated R- value. Insulation board to meet physical property requirements of ASTM C578, Type IV. 1. Adhesive: Type recommended by manufacturer. 2. Miscellaneous: Provide miscellaneous and accessory materials, methods, tools and equipment required for completion of insulation work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 07211-2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1,1 3.02 PREPARATION A. Batt/Blanket Insulation: Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment. B. Rigid Insulation: Fill voids for uniform flat surface. Remove concrete fins and projections, fill voids for uniform surface. 3.03 INSTALLATION f A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. C13159C 1. Thermal Batt/Blanket Insulation: Fill all spaces indicated. Install continuously. Install in spaces between framing members at walls and ceilings. a. Secure by methods recommended by Manufacturers. b. Install vapor barrier on the warm side of all walls which separate interior, heated spaces from exterior space. Install without tears or other damage with lapped and taped or adhered joints, and repair any damage that may occur in installation; the vapor retarder should form an uninterrupted, interior surface. c. Install carefully and continuously around door frames and any other openings or voids. d. Wrap electrical outlets, switches, and the like. e. Stuff carefully into small spaces, leaving no uninsulated spaces and assuring continuity of insulating layer. f. Seal all joints. g. Retain ceiling insulation in place by securing to framing members as required. 2. Rigid Insulation: Carefully cut and fit, paying attention to small areas, to assure continuity of insulation layer. Stagger joints between single and double layers. 3.03 CLEAN UP A. Leave premises clean and free of residue of work of this Section. End of Section 07211-3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements e{:.r.,w.6mL•;..4r.d verve ;t1049a.s;./ rtw'ys'i" Ut�i!',tt1ir:Ft�: lis;kt.= .+,rctt t.3y2.:.4 ;. v PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY C13159C SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS A. General exterior and interior vertical and horizontal joint sealant work as indicated or required. Seal joints around exterior openings to make water and airtight without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. Use sealant continuously, entire area /assembly. Provide joint backing. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06100, "Rough Carpentry". 2. Section 08111, "Standard Steel Doors and Frames ". 3. Section 08520, "Aluminum Windows ". 4. Section 08800, "Glazing ". 5. Section 09250, "Gypsum Board" 6. Section 09310, "Ceramic Tile" 7. Section 09900, "Painting ". 8. Division 15, Mechanical. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300. 1. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, product specifications, substrate preparation, limitations, color availability, manufacturer's product specifications, handling /installation /curing instructions, and performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. Samples: Submit samples of color and type sealant proposed on work. Obtain approval from Engineer before proceeding. 1. Test Reports: Test sealant bond used at joints between adjacent assemblies or construction as required by the Engineer. Submit results of testing in the form of a written report to Engineer prior to sealant work being performed. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: To be "Specialist" as defined /06074. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: Deliver materials to site in original unopened containers with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration 07900 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements date, pot life, curing time and mixing instructions if applicable. F- rotect at all times from intrusion of any contaminants. Follow Manufacturer's directions. 1.06 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental requirements: 1. Temperature: Do no work when the temperature is 40 degrees F or below. 2. Moisture: Do no work when moisture is present or when surfaces to be sealed are wet. 3. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the Sealant Manufacturer during and after installation. B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are Tess than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint - Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Submit 00700 and following: Warrant work for 3 years from date of Substantial Completion of the Project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sealant: C13159C 1. Color: Approximate color adjacent surfaces, as approved from Engineer's samples. Color of sealants shall be selected from Manufacturer's standard list of colors. 2. Interior Sealant: a. Acrylic Sealant: Single component, solvent curing, non - staining, non - bleeding, non- sagging, capable of continuous water immersion; Sonneborn's "Sonolac" acrylic latex, DAP "Acrylic Latex," Bostik, Inc. Chem -Calk 600, or equal manufacturers /products. Conform to ASTM C834. b. Threshold (Butyl) Sealant: Single component, solvent release, non - skinning, non - sagging; gray color; Macco Butyl, A. C. Horn "Seal ", Sonneborn "Multi- Purpose, or equal manufacturers /products. c. Interior Horizontal Joints: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T. Sonneborn's "SL 2 Sealant ", Tremco's THC 900, or equal manufacturers /products. d. Plumbing Fixture Sealant: Sonneborn "Omniplus ", GE "Sanitary 1700 ", meeting referenced ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, or equal manufacturers /products. 3. Exterior Sealant: a. Primers: As required and recommended by Sealant Manufacturer for surface conditions encountered. 07900 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements a• W ' re 6 J U, 00 . 0 W W . u)u_ w 0 uL co 0. = o � w z � • o z ►—` 0 • L O I- • n H 1- IL O lil Z U = z B. Accessories: C13159C b. Concrete Surfaces: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Sonneborn NPII, Vulkem 922, Sikaflex -2c, or equal manufacturers /products. c. Silicone Sealant/Alkaline /Porous Surfaces: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, single component, solvent curing, non - sagging, non - staining, non - bleeding; as Sonneborn "Omniseal ", Dow 790, GE "Silpruf', or equal manufacturers /products. d. Silicone Sealant/Non- alkaline /Non - porous /Surfaces: Per ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, non - sagging, non - staining, fungus resistant; Dow No. 795, GE "Silglaze," Sonneborn "Omniseal ", Bostik, Inc. Chem -Calk 1200, or equal manufacturers /products. Backer rod to be compatible with sealant and approved by sealant manufacturer for type of application. e. Exterior Horizontal Joints: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T, Sonneborn's "SL 2 Sealant ", Tremco's THC 900, Vulkem 245, or equal manufacturers /products. 1. Joint Cleaner: As recommended by sealant or caulking manufacturer for joint surfaces. 2. Joint Primer /Sealer: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, as recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed /sealed. 3. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturer of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. 4. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 5. Joint- Sealant Backing: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer base on field experience and laboratory testing. a. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: Type C, closed cell polyethylene foam rod material, non - adhering type, with a surface skin as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Polystyrene foam and open cell rods not acceptable. b. 1) Diameter 1/3 greater than width of joint where it is to be installed. 6. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape /plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer, applied to sealant contact surfaces where bond to substrate or backer rod must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION 07900 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements A. Perform preparation per ASTM C1193 for latex base sealant and solvent - release type materials. B. Protection: Completely protect surfaces adjacent to joints. 3.03 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, PERFORMANCE A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Back -Up: Clean and prime seal joints in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. 1. Backing for surfaces: a. Where more than 3/4" wide pack with rod back -up material to within 1 /2" of surface. b. Where less than 1 /2" wide install rod back -up material to within 1/4" of surface. c. Where less than 1 /2" deep, apply bond breaker tape to bottom of joints to prevent adhesion of sealant to bottom of joint. d. Provide backing materials in as long lengths as practicable; install with proper tool. Force backing into joint to proper depth for sealant. C. Sealing: C13159C a. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult Manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. 1. Apply sealant in accordance with Manufacturer's directions and the following: a. Install elastomeric sealants in non - traffic joints to size and shape indicated with slight concave surface and depth equal to 50% of normal joint width, but not more than 1/2 inch and not less than 1/4 inch. b. Install elastomeric sealants in concrete traffic joints (if any) to size and shape indicated or with slightly concave surface and depth equal to 75% of normal joint width, but not more than 5/8 inch and not less than 3/8 inch deep. c. Install non - elastomeric sealants to size and shape indicated or with slightly concave surface and depth from 75% to 125% of normal joint width. 2. Examine installation carefully. Repair any areas where sealant is not properly adhered due to bubbles, foreign matter, or other defects. 3. Seal joints before final coat of finish is applied to adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide positive contact to all concrete, metal and other surfaces. 5. Tool joints concave. 3.04 CURING, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Protect joint sealants during construction period. Replace or restore sealants which are damaged or 07900 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C deteriorated during construction period. clean, and smooth. SCHEDULE 07900 - 5 Remove excess material. Leave surfaces neat, A. Except as otherwise indicated: 1. Seal Interior Joints: a. Doors, etc.: Acrylic sealant. b. Under Thresholds: Butyl. c. Horizontal Deck Joints: Polyurethane paving joint sealant. d. Plumbing Fixtures/Tile: Silicone, fungus resistant. e. Other locations as detailed or required to make water and air tight. Seal Exterior Joints: a. Around windows, doors, and other openings in walls with polyurethane or silicon single component sealant. Joints around dissimilar materials. Horizontal Deck Joints: Polyurethane paving joint sealant. Joints in sheet metal, flashing and trim. Under Thresholds: Butyl. Other locations as detailed or required to make water and air tight. End of Section King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY • A. Furnish all labor, material, and equipment required for the installation of standard steel (hollow metal) doors and frames. Non -rated construction. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry and Millwork; Finish hardware installation. 2. Section 07900, Joint Sealers 3. Section 08800, Glazing 4. Section 09110, Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems 5. Section 09250, Gypsum Board 6. Section 09900, Painting . 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 SDI Steel Door Institute Manual, latest edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submit/00700 /01300 and the following: 1. Shop Drawings /indicate: a. Details of each frame type for doors, construction, joints and connections, anchorage and accessory items. b. Elevations of door design type with cutouts for glazing. c. Location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements. d. Provide schedule for doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. e. Glazing type. f. Finish. Submit Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for fabrication and installation instructions. Transmit one copy of instructions to Installer. C13159C SECTION 08110 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3. Certificates: Submit certification letter of fire rating. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances, and the Iike/01060/01063. 2. Fabrication and Installation of Steel Door and Frame Assemblies: ANSI A250.8- 1998, SDI - 100 "Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames ". 3. Fabrication and Installation of Fire Rated Door and Frame Assemblies: NFPA Standard No. 80. 4. Rate of Temperature Rise Across Door Thickness at Exit Enclosures, Exit Passageways, and Horizontal Exits: Comply with UBC Section 1005 and UBC Standard 7 -2 for maximum transmitted temperature at end points not exceeding 450 degrees F at end of 30 minutes of fire exposure. Include actual tested temperature rise on Label. 5. Accessible: ANSI A117.1. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 1. Store under cover in building in protected, upright position. 2. Protect to prevent damage to doors, frames, and finish. Prevent rust and damage. Clean abraded, scarred, and rusty areas. 3. Touch up with paint used for shop painting. 4. Replace units if repair is unsatisfactory or impractical. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Curries, Tel. (425) 392 -2358, CECO, Tel. (509) 455 -8239, Steelcraft, Tel. (513) 745- 6400, or equal manufacturers /products. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets and Strips: Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, free of scale, pitting, or surface defects, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A569. B. Cold - Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A366 Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A620 Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher - leveled standard of flatness. C. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc - coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A642, drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A653, Grade A60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. C13159C 08110 -2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ' z J U; 0 (o W =' Nu- w 0 g Q co a H w Z �. F-0 Z 0 O N =V z ; U -- • ~. z v D. Support and Anchors: 18 gage galvanized sheet steel. Units built into exterior walls galvanized after fabrication per ASTM A153, Class B. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot -dip galvanized items built into exterior walls, ASTM A153, Class C or D. F. Internal Construction - Exterior Doors: Insulate with foamed -in -place polyurethane foam, ASTM C591. Foam compressive strength 20 psi. Foam density 1.8 psf minimum. Foam voids W maximum. G. Silencers: Resilient rubber. H. Primer: See Section 09900. Zinc chromate type. Bituminous Frame Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion. FABRICATION General: 1. Fabricate units rigid, neat, free from defects, warp or buckle. 2. Fit and assemble units in Manufacturer's plant as practical. Fabricate doors and frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels and moldings from either cold- rolled or hot - rolled steel (at fabricator's option). 4. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels from only cold rolled steel. 5. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible. C13159C 6. Allow clearance for flooring as required. 7. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117. Standard Steel Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: ANSI A250.8, Level 3 - Extra Heavy Duty, Model 3, Stile and Rail - Hollow Metal, 16 gauge minimum thickness for face sheets. Face sheets hot -dip galvanized ASTM A525, Grade A60 cold - rolled steel. Provide closed top. Door core - polystyrene foam. Provide with 1" insulated tempered glass panels /08800 as indicated on drawings. 2. Glazing Stops: Minimum; 0.0359 inch thick steel. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors for glass. Provide screw- applied, removable, glazing beads in inside of glass panels in doors. 3. Close top and bottom edge of exterior doors with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints weathertight. 08110 -3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements t.. ,I...';.,',:; /x.t•, il'wx, r:Hn,cn:a.,::emir:s. + $titii .ratI ;;;. �.tk.n'.fxti+.i.t;:ryzrV'. %s:i�n er :i.r:,�i�,:S SS;,tE4i Ai C. Standard Steel Frames: C13159C 4. Configure exterior doors with special profile to receive recessed weatherstripping and threshold as indicated on drawings. See Section 08710 for weatherstripping. 1. Provide metal door frames of the types and styles indicated on drawings or schedules and complying with Manufacturer's specifications and ANSI A250.8 for minimum materials and construction requirements. 2. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Body putty frames flush over fastenings making fasteners invisible. 3. Prepare frame for silencers and install. 8. Pressed steel double rabbet, flush with 2 inch face, 5/8 inch returns, unless noted otherwise. 9. Frame Construction: Fabricate frames for welded construction as required for rated and non -rated assemblies, all corners mitered as scheduled on drawings. 10. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of finish hardware cutouts where finish materials might obstruct hardware operation. PROVISION FOR HARDWARE General: a. Exterior Doors: ANSI A250.8, Level 3, 16 gauge hot -dip galvanized ASTM A653, Grade A60 cold - rolled steel for frames 36" wide, 14 gauge hot -dip galvanized ASTM A653, Grade A60 cold - rolled steel for frames over 36" wide (if any). Fabricate per SDI 112. 1. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A250.6 -1997 "Hardware on Standard Steel Doors (Reinforcement - Application) and SDI -109 "Hardware for Standard Steel Doors & Frames ". 2. Mortise, reinforce and tap frames at factory for mortise hardware. 3. Work to templates for all hardware. 4. Reinforce for surface - applied hardware. 5. Drill for door silencers. 6. Provide plaster guards at silencers and strike pockets. 7. Conform to standards of hardware manufacturer except as modified this Section. 8. Locate finish hardware as specified in Sections 06200 and 08710. 11. Fabricate doors and frames with hardware reinforcement welded in place. Provide mortarguard boxes. 08110 -4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 4 .J w o o, N o• , JH. w w o;. u. � ? H Z o • U O' O N, o F-: W w E- -' . -o • w z 0 - _, •o F "; •z ; 1 A. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION C13159C Doors and frames shop primed and air dried for site applied finish. Prepare and prime in accordance with Section 09900. Galvanized exterior doors and frames primed after galvanizing per ANSI A250.8 requirements. UL labels are not to be painted. 2.06 GALVANIC PROTECTION /CONTACTING DISSIMILAR METALS A. Coat or otherwise isolate to prohibit galvanic action. A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. B. Adjust dimensions as necessary to make all parts come together as indicated. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install per codes /regulations /shop drawings and Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Frames: 1. Place frames per ANSI A250.8 and SDI -105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames." 2. Install fire -rated frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. 3. Jamb Anchors: 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. 4. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 5. Install sealant between door frames and wall. C. Door Installation: 1. Fit hollow metal doors accurately in their respective frames, within clearances specified in ANSI A250.8 and SDI -122. Smoke control doors per NFPA 105. Fire rated door installed with clearances per NFPA 80. 2. Finish hardware is indicated in Section 08710. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING 08110 -5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C Adjust all moving parts. Touch up after installation. Thoroughly clean all surfaces. Coordinate with masonry and wallboard wall construction for frame anchor placement. Touchup damaged primer coats. B. Before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. Thoroughly clean all surfaces. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. End of Section 08110 - 6 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • r- i l C13159C SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. System includes but is not limited to following: 1. Thermally broken, outside glazed, aluminum fixed and projected windows as indicated. 2. Thermally broken aluminum sliding windows as indicated. 3. Windows optionally factory- glazed. 4. Erection of all related work. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 08800, Glazing. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300. 1. Shop drawings including wall elevations, typical unit elevations, details, anchors, sills, and glazing. a. Show dimensional adaptation to project requirements. b. Methods of joining, details of field connections and anchorage, fastening and sealing methods. 2 Manufacturer's product data and specifications. 3. Samples indicating specified finishes. Submit Certificates: Provide test certificates that materials meet or exceed performance criteria stated below. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agencies: See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063. B. Performance Requirements Projected Windows: Conform to AAMA 101- I.S..2 -97. 1. Air Infiltration: With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with ASTM E283 at a static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf. Air infiltration shall not exceed .01 cfm per foot of sash. . 2. Water Infiltration: With ventilators closed and locked, test unit per ASTM E331 and ASTM E547at a static air pressure difference of 6.0 psf. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage. 3. Uniform Load Structural Test: With ventilators closed and locked, test per ASTM E330 and E547 at a static air pressure difference of 60.0 psf positive load and 60.0 psf 08520 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements mo w: U U O: .co O: • w =. w O. 5 w Q = w . H = 1- O Z F- U :0E-: 111 V` Z: w 2 Z C. Performance Requirements Sliding Windows: Conform to AAMA 101- I.S..2 -97. 3. Uniform Load Structural Test: With ventilators closed and locked, test per ASTM E330 at a static air pressure difference of 60.0 psf positive load and 60.0 psf negative Toad (F- HC40). At conclusion of test there shall be not glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware part, support arms or actuating mechanisms. Air Leakage: Testing per NFRC 400 procedure. The maximum air leakage value for horizontal sliding windows shall not exceed .4. 5. Operating Force: The sash panel operating force shall not exceed 22 lbs. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 1. Carefully package and insulate to prevent marring. 2. Protection: Protect from damage during storage and subsequent handling during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCT A. Fixed and Projected Windows: Fleetwood Aluminum Products, Inc., Tel. 425 - 454 -6250, "Yukon Series 5000 -T -OG, or equal manufacturers. B. Sliding Windows: Fleetwood Aluminum Products, Inc., Tel. 425 - 454 -6250, Aspen Series 530 -T Thermally Broken Sliding Windows, or equal manufacturers. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Aluminum frame sections shall be extruded 6063 -T5 aluminum alloy. B. Ventilator Hardware for Projected Windows: 1. Provide came handles and locks on operating sash. 2. Sash hardware to be gray in color. 3. Project -out: a. Concealed stainless steel four bar balanced arm hinges. b. Provide with project out cam handles and strikes. C13159C 1. Air Infiltration: With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with ASTM E283 at a static air pressure difference of 1.57 psf. Air infiltration shall not exceed .37 cfm per foot of sash. 2. Water Infiltration: With ventilators closed and locked, test unit per ASTM E331 and ASTM E547at a static air pressure difference of 6.0 psf. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage. negative Ioaa (F- HC40). At conclusion of test there shall ue not glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware part, support arms or actuating mechanisms. 08520 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements APNWMMNIMMUNIM e` W J U; 6 57 U ■ co 01 Ili I J � W0 g a. �d • H w .z f= 0 z 0 0 (Di 0 f- =0 H — .. U . z. A. C13159C Slider Hardware: 1. Sash Latch: a. Lock to be specially designed, spring loaded, injection molded plastic sash latch, with an integral custodial lock mechanism. b. Sash latch strike plate to be stainless steel and designed to receive the latch bolt. " - � 2. Rollers: Operating sash rollers consist of adjustable stainless steel wheels with stainless steel housing and nylon tires. D. Screens: Screen frames 6063 -T5 extruded aluminum with a minimum wall thickness of .053. Screen mesh to be 18 x 14 coated (black) aluminum wire. Mesh held in place with a removable vinyl spline. Weatherstripping and Ventilator Seals for Projected Windows: 1. Ventilator Seals: Ventilators shall be taped glazed with interior bulb seal of Sanoprene, or equal. 2. Glazing gaskets to be preloaded in the glass stop prior to glazing. F. Weatherstripping and Glazing Gaskets for Sliding Windows: Glazing gaskets to be marine type vinyl designed for tight seal between the glass and sash extrusion. 2. Weatherstripping to be double polypropylene pile with a center fin with a minimum pile height of .230. 3. Non - poured thermal separators to be polyvinylchloride (PVC). G. Glass and Glazing: See Section 08800. Glazing stops are to be snap -in type. H. Thermal Barrier: Two part polyurethane, poured -in -place separator. Aluminum Window Finish: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with aluminum producer and finisher. 2. Sequence finishing of materials in a predetermined plan to minimize color and texture differences between adjacent members. 3. Aluminum windows to receive a clear anodized coating conforming to AA- M10- C22 -A41, Class 1. 2.03 FABRICATION General: 1. Assemble windows in a secure workmanlike mariner. 2. Exposed work shall be matched to produce continuity of line and design with all joints. No raw edges will be visible at joints. 08520 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements B. Frame: Frame component joints shall be mitered, reinforced mil an extruded aluminum corner key, crimped and chemically welded with epoxy adhesive. Other joints to be coped with close fitting joinery and welded. • C. Operating Sash: Operating sash frame extrusions to be tubular design. Frame component joints shall be mitered, reinforced with an extruded aluminum corner key, crimped and chemically welded with epoxy adhesive. D. Thermal Barrier: Main frame and vent members thermally broken by poured and debridged method and have 1/4" minimum thermal separation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. E. Window installer is responsible for providing proper drainage and weeping of the window system. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Clean aluminum surfaces and remove excess sealants. Protect exposed portions of aluminum surfaces from damage by grinding and polishing compounds and other contaminants. 1. Conform to reviewed shop drawings. B. Glass framing shall be set in correct locations and shall be square, plumb, level and in alignment with other work in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and reviewed shop drawings. C. Joints between framing and the building structure shall be sealed in order to secure a watertight installation. D. Provide protective coating to separate aluminum from incompatible materials. C13159C End of Section 08520 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: B. Related Sections: 1. 06410 - Architectural Wood Work: Hardware. 2. 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames (Standard Type). 5. • 08305 - Access Doors: Hardware, including locks. 6. 08410 - Aluminum Entrance Doors: Hardware furnished and installed as part of the work under that Section, but is specified in this Section; cylinders furnished under this Section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS C13159C SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE A. General: Make submittals in accordance with Division 1. 1. Provide all finish and specialty hardware, including cylinders as specified herein or indicated on the drawings as necessary to complete the Project, including all accessories, tools, and fasteners required for hardware installation and maintenance. 2. Miscellaneous items not mentioned, but necessary to complete the work, shall be furnished matching quality and finish of specified items. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each item of hardware. Include information necessary to show compliance with requirements; include instructions for installation and maintenance of operating parts and finish. C. Hardware Schedule: Submit five (5) reproducible copies of schedule on 8 -1/2 -inch by 11 -inch sheets numbered consecutively. Furnish a vertical listing of the hardware items used followed by manufacturer's name either on cover sheet or immediately following the cover sheet (i.e., "hinges- - manufacturer's name "). Schedule hardware items for each door separately in typed vertical form; list each door in numerical order under a separate heading using door number in door Opening Schedule, door location, size, and handing; do not group doors with like or similar hardware under a single heading. Letter subcategories of similar hardware groups is OK, i.e., °14 & 14A." 1. Show hardware symbols in margin opposite each item of hardware and describe each piece of hardware with specified manufacturer's numbers or their equivalents as approved for each item. "20B HW1 One single door 101 corridor 100 fr Classroom 101 LH 90 3' 0 x 7' W x HM 1 -1/2 pr Butts TB2714 US26D 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 1 Lockset 8708FL 626 LHR 1 Closer 7500BF Alum x SNB 1 Wall stop 1270WX US26D" a. Review and acceptance by the Engineer /Owner does not relieve the contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. b. Acceptance of the hardware schedule does not relieve supplier of responsibility for errors or omissions. rtz•na.+• 08710 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C 2. Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. D. Certification: Hardware Supplier shall furnish written documentation indicating employment of a licensed Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC). E. Contract Closeout Submittal: Include the following at time of Project Closeout: 1. Submit warranties: include warranties in "Warranties Manual" specified in Division 1. 2. Submit the following items and include in "Materials, Equipment, and Finishes Manual" as specified in Division 1. a. Submit copies of as -built hardware schedules. b. Submit catalog cuts, instruction sheets, and a graphic keying analysis. c. Deliver a complete set of all templates, instruction sheets, schedule, installation details, and similar data. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People, and WAC 51 -20. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with five years' experience approved by manufacturer. C. ANSI /NFPA No. 101 - Life Safety Code. D. Contractor's Responsibilities: The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper application and fit of all finish and specialty hardware in locations as indicated on drawings or as specified. Coordinate locations of hardware items where the installation of any item affects the operation or installation of another item. 1.04 TEMPLATES A. Make hardware to template; send templates or template information, together with a copy of the hardware schedule, to the respective door and frame manufacturers or fabricators not later than 14 days after approval of schedule. Coordinate templates of manufacturers of different hardware items to allow installation of various hardware items without interference between the items. Make special templates as necessary. Special consideration and effort shall be given to template coordination when finish hardware and security hardware are furnished by separate suppliers. No fabrication shall begin until templates have been coordinated. B. The intent of this key and cylinder specification is to provide key control in order to assure complete security throughout the construction and occupancy phases of this Project. The Owner is assured that the cylinders and keys used during construction are replaced at project completion with the permanent cylinders and keys. C. Each cylinder for a Iockset, deadbolt and padlock shall be of an "Interchangeable Core" design. D. Temporary cylinders used during the construction phase will be keyed alike and provided in the interchangeable core versions as required. These cylinders will be removed at the end of the 08710 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • ; project by the Contractor, who will then install the permanent cylinders as directed by the keying schedule. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Hardware shall be ordered so that it will be available on time for job requirements. B. Locked storage space complete with shelving shall be furnished by the General Contractor and /or building owner. C. After installation of all hardware and before acceptance of the building, check each locked door against key code index to make certain that correct cylinders are on proper doors. 1.07 INSPECTION & CALL -BACK SERVICE 1.08 WARRANTY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2.02 HARDWARE FINISH C13159C Butts - Exterior Butts - Interior Continuous Hinges Exit Devices/Trim Locksets/Trim Coordinators Closers A. Inspection: After installation of all hardware, but before acceptance of the work, arrange to have . the hardware supplier, in company with the representatives of locks, exit devices and door closers inspect the installation of their hardware. Readjust all hardware for proper and smooth operation. Supplier to advise Contractor of any hardware requiring reinstallation for proper operation. B. Inspection Report: After inspection, but before acceptance of the work, furnish written certification from hardware supplier that hardware is installed and operating in a satisfactory manner and hardware provided is as listed on the approved finish hardware submittal. Include one updated copy of the hardware schedule, listing hardware installed. Submit in writing addressed to the Owner. A. General: Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. Warranty: The hardware supplier shall provide to the Owner, written warranties from the manufacturers of Iocksets, exit devices and door closers against defects in material and /or workmanship; locksets for five(5) years, exit devices for five (5) years and door closers for a ten (10) year period. Electric closers are warranted for a two (2) year period. A. No substitutions will be allowed unless approved by the Owner prior to bid opening. Requests for approval must be submitted to the Owner in writing at least fifteen days prior to bid opening. Catalog cuts or physical samples must be submitted with request for approval. Only requests submitted by a distributor firm will be considered. A. Finishes for hardware items specified are as follows: 630 630 Clear Aluminum 630 630 US26D Aluminum (689) 08710 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ak 414Ski " a v '.thf k is 1.1;# RS.2SS-0�RT ~w • D: 0O N 0 w i. N LL; w O, LL co a = w H =. z z ▪ �- w U � O ff . 0 I—' W W H U z U cn Z 2.03 BUTTS A. Manufacturer: McKinney or Bommer B. Size: 3' -0" and under, 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 except as required for 180 degree swing. 3' -1" and over, 5 x 4- 1/2 except as required for 180 degree swing. C. Type: All doors over 3' -1" shall be furnished with heavy weight butts. D. Quantity: 3 each up to and including 90" door height; 4 each over 90" door height. E. All exterior outswinging doors to have non - removable pins (NRP set screw in barrel). 2.04 LOCKSETS A. Manufacturer: Corbin Russwin (No substitution) B. Design; ML2000 Series, NSA trim Design, Supply Curved Lip Strikes C. Backset: 2 -3/4 ". E. Locksets and latchsets shall be furnished with sufficient strike lip to protect trim. F. All locks shall have wrought box strikes. 2.05 DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE A. Manufacturer: Norton Series 7500/BF Acceptable: Yale 4400 Series B. Furnish drop plates where required. C. Furnish sex nuts and bolts for all doors. D. Closers shall have a ten -year guarantee. E. Provide as specified in hardware groups. 2.06 STOPS A. Manufacturer: Rockwood B. Where wall stops are specified, but cannot be used, substitute a floor stop. If a wall stop or floor stop cannot be used, advise the Engineer of the specified door during submittal process. Provide King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C Push /Pulls 630 O.H. Stops 630 Wall Bumpers 626 Kickplates 630 Thresholds Alum x SS Screws. D. All locksets and latchsets shall be the product of one manufacturer. All locksets and latchsets shall be heavy -duty mortise type, UL approved for use on fire doors, 3/4" anti- friction latchbolt. Functions as indicated in the hardware groups. Provide curved lip strikes. Deadbolt functions shall be 1" projections. Mak 08710 - 4 {4 444,0 fz► 'f 2.07 PROTECTION PLATES 2.08 GASKET AND THRESHOLD A. Manufacturer: Pemko B. Type: As specified in hardware groups. 2.09 DOOR SILENCERS A. Manufacturer: Trimco or Rockwood B. Furnish three for each single door frame. C. Type: 1229A 2.10. KEYING A. Key to existing system. Consult with the Engineer and the Owner's named representative and secure written approval of the complete keying layout prior to placing the lock order with the factory C13159C proper height floor stops to suite conditions. Contractor to provide solid backing for all wall mounted stops. A. Manufacturer: Trimco or Rockwood B. Type: K0050 C. Size: All plates shall be 2" Tess than door width on push side except pairs of doors shall be 1" less than door width on pull side. Kickplates shall be 8" in height. Mop plates shall be 4" in height. B. Furnish all standard cylinder items with construction cylinders. Supply 6 construction master keys to the general contractor. C. Supply six (6) master keys and three (3) change keys for each keyed lock. D. All keys shall be sent one month prior to building occupancy direct to the Owner's representative by registered mail. Hardware Sets HW -1: Butts TB2314 Lockset ML2051 Mortise Cylinder As required Closer 7500BF (Norton) Stop 400 (Rockwood) Door Holder 461 (Rockwood) Threshold 273X3AFG (Pemko) Gasketing S88D (Pemko) Sweep 345AP (Pemko) END OF SECTION 08710 -5 (McKinney) (Corbin Russwin) King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements u.:u:uw„:n:• k� : �Z! w re 2 6 M V O N p # co Z J1-.. CO u w 0; IL < CO w Z � 1— O Z 1—: W W W W: 1 — U :. • O W Z, U N O. Z` PART 1 - GENERAL r 1.01 SUMMARY A. Glazing installations for interior and exterior openings. A. Exterior openings thermal glazed assemblies. a Q r U; 00 0. C. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live Toads s w w ; N LL: wO Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this g 1 J . section: . u < d A. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. t- w z � . B. Section 08110, Standard Steel Doors and Frames. z O 2 m C. Section 08520, Aluminum Windows. v o 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 and other sections referencing this Section for o I- w w = U . 1.03 SUBMITTALS - O .. z w • A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: v 1. Shop Drawings indicating required glazing data incorporated with framing members. B. Glass and glazing materials of this Section shall provide continuity of building enclosure vapor and air barrier. acting normal to plane of glass. Products and installation. SECTION 08800 GLAZING • • 08800 - 1 2. Submit manufacturer's completely definitive brochures of glass types, glazing compounds, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, and special handling and installation requirements and accessories. 3. Samples: Submit samples of each type of single and insulating glass proposed for the project. Samples not Tess than 12" square. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications: 1. To be "Specialist" as defined /06074. a. Glazier to have a minimum of 5 years experience in cutting and installing glass. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: C13159C King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements b. Associate Laboratories, Inc. (ALI). c. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). d. Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (SIGMA). Allowable Tolerances: Per GANA Manual, ASTM C1036, and C1048. D. Reference Standards: 1. Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA). 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 4. Federal Specifications (FS). 5. Glass Association of North America (GANA). 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 2. Show Manufacturer's name, brand, strength, and glass quality. 3. Protect against abrasion, pressure, and impact. 4. Handling: Protect glass edges. 1.06 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: 1. Outdoor temperature 40 ° F on rising thermometer. 2. Do not perform glazing during damp and rainy weather. 1.07 WARRANTY Guarantee: Insulating glass not to develop material obstruction to vision as a result of dust or film formation on the inner glass surfaces caused by failure of the hermetic seal A. C13159C 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063 and including: a. Federal Register Consumer Product Safety Commission "Architectural Glazing Materials ", Volume 42, No. 4, 6 January 1977, with any subsequent revisions and amendments current as of date of Project Manual. 1. Maintain original labels on each container or piece of glazing, except where cutting makes requirement impossible. 08800 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements �I Z. mow U0 u)o ' CO w J . N 11.i w O g 5 w ¢: cn = � z t— 0 z 1— 11J 2 U 0 I— CU = U w — O' iii z ; N : O z • • 3 f interpane dusting or misting other than through glass breakage, for ten years following installation. Replace any units failing to comply at no additional cost to the Owner within 45 working days after receipt of written notice. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL • A. Conform to ASTM C1036, ASTM C1048, Q3 Glazing select Quality or Better and ANSI Z97.1 and as specified herein. Acceptable Manufacturers are A.S.G. Industries, Libbey- Owens -Ford Co., Guardian Industries, PPG Industries, Viracon, Milgard, or equal manufacturers. Label all glass with removable labels. Leave on glass until accepted, and then remove. B. C13159C 1. Clear Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality q3 glazing select; 1/4 inch thickness unless indicated otherwise. 2. Tempered Glass: Clear tempered with horizontal tempering; conforming to ANSI Z97.1; 1/4 inch thick unless indicated otherwise. 3. Low E Glass: Float type, clear, coating on inner surface, with visible light transmittance of percent, solar Tight transmittance of percent, and shading coefficient as determined by Engineer; 1/4 mm thick. PPG Solarban 60 - SOLEX, shading coefficient 0.41. 4. Spandrel Glass: ASTM C1048, Condition B (spandrel glass, one - surface ceramic coated), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear) Quality q3 (glazing select). Ceramic frit color to be grey frit as selected by Engineer. Glazing Materials and Accessories: 1. Setting Accessories: Provide product data indicating chemical characteristics, limitations, and special application requirements. Identify available colors. a. Setting Blocks: Resilient neoprene blocks; 80 to 90 Shore A Durometer hardness, length of 0.1" for each sq. ft. of glazing or min. 4" x width of glazing rabbet space minimum 1/16" x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. b. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 50 - 60 Shore A durometer hardness, minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. 2. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device; size and thickness as required for conditions of installation; black color. 3. Glazing Splines: Resilient polyvinyl chloride extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; black color. 4. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. 5. Glazing Sealants for use with exposed glazing (as applicable): Color as selected by Engineer. 08800 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements .,waw.weteW k tti lit r t'r3 :erne i aS�Y!�nrakr„' � .`"�.. a; 2.02 THERMAL INSULATING GLASS ASSEMBLIES A. Thermal Glazed Assemblies: 1. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure the glazing is compatible with the selected window systems. Provide stamped engineers compliance form that glazing units and specified thicknesses meet regulatory requirements for given wind speed. 2. Provide tempered glass where glazing is within 18" of finished floor, and at window units adjacent to doors where sill is less than 36" above finished floor, as required . by code and as indicated on drawings. 3. Conform to referenced ASTM E773 and E774; double pane with glass elastomer edge 2.03 FABRICATION a. Interior Acrylic Sealant: FS TT -S- 00230, Type II, Class A; single component; cured Shore A hardness of 15 - 25; color as selected. b. Exterior Sealants: 1) Polyurethane Sealant: Single component, chemical curing, non- staining, non - bleeding, non - sagging type, Shore A Hardness Range 20 - 35; compatible with insulating unit edge seal, as applicable; or 2) Silicone Sealant: Single component, chemical curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; non - staining; cured Shore A hardness of 15 -25; compatible with insulating unit edge seal, as applicable. Aluminum Windows: 1" overall unit composed of 1/4" clear float outer Tight, 1 /2" argon gas filled space, and 1/4" Low E clear float inner light. Provide tempered lights where required by code. b. Attic Space Windows: 1" overall unit composed of 1/4" clear float outer light, 1 /2" argon gas filled space, and 1/4" clear float inner light with ceramic frit. A. Fabricate all glass and glass assemblies in accordance with Specifications. 1. Sealed assemblies per Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Association (SIGMA) (ASTM) E6 P3 "Proposed Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units ". 2. The sealed glass manufacturer shall .certify and permanently label all sealed insulating glass units to Class CN (per ASTM E6P3) through IGCC or ALI. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION C13159C 08800 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ,A.AGilNhE i,°r.tn%;ii5a d' :.' +:z {::iiCtt'Ir:c'x�t�a ircW 's�lii YF?^ii ,44,1giSt 'st • .Mt A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. B. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized, within tolerance, and glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready to receive glazing. C. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Measure carefully prior to any cutting and fabricating. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References ", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.04 GLASS CUTTING A. Cut to accurate sizes and shapes; allow edge clearances and tolerances in accordance with FGMA recommendations. Glazing may be factory installed, as practical. 1. Tempered Glass: Provide factory- cutting and factory- formed edges for all tempered glass; include all drilled holes, notches, and other special fabrication and finishing techniques prior to tempering, unless otherwise approved. 2. Edges /Float: Furnish clean accurate edges. Grind and polish mitered edges. 3.05 GLAZING A. Glaze in accordance with referenced Regulatory Agencies, Details and the like. Contractor has option of using one of the following GANA (Glass - Association of North America - Glazing Manual) glazing methods. See Glazing Manual Figure 20 for typical Wet and Dry installation methods. 1. GANA wet glazing methods using: a. Pre - formed tape. b. Gunable elastomeric sealants. 2. GANA dry glazing methods. 3.06 CLEANING A. Leave installations clean; premises free of residue of work of this Section. 3.07 REPLACEMENT A. Replace, as scheduled, all damaged glass at no additional cost to the Owner. C13159C 08800 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3.08 SCHEDULE A. Perform all glazing indicated. 1. Sizes and thicknesses indicated are nominal only. a. Obtain exact sizes at building or from Manufacturer of doors, frames, and windows. b. Specified thicknesses are subject to normal commercial tolerances. End of Section King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior steel framing to support gypsum board partition walls, furred walls, framed ceilings, and insulation. Exterior steel wall framing to support exterior insulation and finish system and gypsum board walls. Non -load bearing fire -rated and non -rated assemblies. C13159C SECTION 09110 NON -LOAD BEARING METAL WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry (for wood blocking and the like). 2. Section 07211, Batt, Blanket, and Rigid Insulation 3. Section 09250, Gypsum Board 4. Division 15, Mechanical 5. Division 16, Electrical 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 A. Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau, Tel. (206) 524 -4243. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit/00700 /01300 and the following: oi _ Submit ICBO approvals for all steel framing sections showing load /deflection criteria, u_ H correlated to the gypsum wallboard and other finishes. Indicate all non -load bearing .. z interior partitions designed to I /240th deflection at 5 psf loading. w co U a. Engineering Calculations: Submit design calculations for stud load /deflection span 0 tables in accordance with ICBO requirements. z .. . Product Data. Include manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of metal stud and accessories. Include other data as may be required to show compliance with the Specifications. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A pre job meeting is required between all parties including Installer, General Contractor and Engineer /Owner before work of this section begins. Manufacturer /Erector Qualifications: 1. To be "Specialist" as defined /06074. 2. As recommended by Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau prior to submitting bid, and approved by Engineer. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063. 09110 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements i�:. gar, �• Gai. �.::,:.; ecia,: ii-:. a3i%.iaw.:1?aa::ta;,:::.:das:, 1.05 DELIVERY, STOR, ..1sE, AND HANDLING A. Per 00700 and the following: 1. Deliver in unopened containers or bundles, fully identified with name, brand, type, and grade. 2. Acceptance at site: Verify undamaged conditions. 3. Protection prior to installation: a. Store off the ground in dry well-ventilated space. b. Protect from rusting and damage. 1.06 BUILDING INTERIOR CONDITIONS A. Project Site Conditions: As required by Manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers will be approved or rejected subject to satisfactory submittals referencing design requirements. C13159C 1. fornewmasensminsweemmensu. Standards: Metal studs and accessories: All products are to be identical with those tested in structural or fire resistive test, and meet ASTM C645 requirements for the item and use intended. Flange faces knurled. a. Studs, runners, tracks, channels, and the like: 1) 18 gauge and lighter framing members per ASTM A653, Quality SQ, Grade 33, or ASTM A570, Grade 33. Provide in widths/dimensions as indicated, made from 33 ksi hot dipped galvanized steel, 1-1/4" flanges, return leg bent at 90 degree angle 5/16" long, listed by ICBO for structural design properties. a) Include 3/4" or 1-1/2" cold rolled channel reinforcement for metal studs with finish on one side. 2) Runners: Runners: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. Top and bottom tracks/runners of all partitions/same gauge as partition studs unless noted otherwise. a) Deflective Type Runner Assemblies: (2) Metal-Lite, Inc., "Slotted Track". 09110 - 2 loweariarrimmtutair King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements b) Unless otherwise indicated on drawings, framing members to be 20- gauge minimum. (1) The Steel Network, Inc., "VertiClip SLD Series or VertiTrack VTD Series". Er C13159C (3) a. Provide fasteners at corners and ends of tracks. Delta Star, Inc., Superior Metal I rim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). b) Contractor option to provide larger legs (1 -1/2" min.) at top runners as required to allow for deflection of building structure. Do not attach vertical studs to compensation top runner. Provide blocking between studs per detail. (1) Furring channels: 25 gauge; hat shaped channel 1 -3/8 inch wide, 7/8 inch deep; manufactured from hot -dip galvanized steel. (2) Cold - Rolled Channels: 16 Gauge: Cold rolled steel, black painted, 1 -1/2" deep (475 lbs. per M) and 3/4" (300 lbs. per M). 5) Horizontal Backing Support: Unless otherwise indicated, use 16 gauge x 4" flat stock sheet metal between studs. Provide for all wall supported items. 6) Fasteners: Per ASTM C 1002, and in required lengths and types. 7) Anchorage Devices: a) Interior Framing: Power- driven bolts, or as specifically accepted to transfer design Toads. 8) Galvanized Finish: Zinc coating to metal framing components complying with ASTM A653 for minimum G 60 coating. B. Acoustical Sealant: Same as specified /09250. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Steel Framing: 1. Comply with ASTM C754 and ANSI -A97.2 where metal studs are indicated to receive gypsum board. 2. Install runner tracks top and bottom; align to ensure plumb partitions; secure with approved fastening method 2" from each end and not over 2' -0" o.c. maximum. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately to the layout at base and top of studs. b. At partition corners and intersections butt runner tracks, except leave clearance where base course of gypsum board is to run through. c. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. Provide slip -type joints at head of assemblies that avoid axial loading of assembly and laterally support assembly. Use deep -leg deflection track where indicated. 09110 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements fin' tN14< 4. Studs: Except as otherwise detailed, comply with following: Erect studs not over 16" o.c. unless indicated otherwise; install additional studs as detailed or required at all partition intersections, corners or openings. Place studs against walls of dissimilar materials and securely anchor in place not over 3' -0" o.c. In areas of possible water penetration place asphalt felt strip between runners, studs and adjacent surface. b. Framing at Door Openings: Attach one 20 gauge metal stud to jamb anchors in each side of metal frame with two screws per anchor. Install a second 20 gauge stud in contact with the first stud, and attach gypsum board, to both studs with screws not over 8" on center forming a column section. c. Attach runner tracks with screws through each stud flange or an approved clinch fastener to attach studs at all openings, partition intersections, exterior corners, and where partitions support fixtures or casework. d. Coordinate stud with detailed /required blocking /backing for fixtures, grab bars, shelving brackets, casework and the like scheduled for surface mounting. 5. Shim metal furring if required to provide true and level surface for application of wallboard. a. Laterally brace metal studs where surfaced one side only to meet lateral design loads. 6. Supplementary Framing: a. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and backing wherever walls or partitions support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, fire extinguisher cabinets, furnishings, and the like. b. Where type of supplementary support is not otherwise indicated, comply with the stud manufacturer's recommendations and industry standards for resulting weight •and loading requirements. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean: Leave installations clean and free of residue of work of this Section. C13159C End of Section 09110 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • ..,. .:..::w:i.us�..:r:v «:.n.::.unyl i .. i�tadefall.s$AC iiX: ,!+. , ` h.' ' Yfii' 7:Gw.1`x.+7s''NN • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exposed non -rated suspended prefinished metal tee grid systems for acoustical lay -in panels and mechanical /electrical penetrations. Finished installation is required to conceal plenum, yet allow access to its services. a. See Mechanical Division 15 for size and weight of air supply and return units. b. See Electrical Division 16 for size and weight of light fixtures. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 09110, "Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems ". 2. Section 09510, "Acoustical Ceilings ". 3. Division 15, Mechanical Penetrations, Grilles, Diffusers, Sprinklers, and the like. 4. Division 16, Lighting Fixtures, Smoke Detectors, Heat Detectors, Exit Signs, and the like. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit/01300 and the following: 1. Shop Drawings (reflected ceiling plans). Indicate: a. Insert, hanger spacing and fastening details. d. Lateral sway bracing. e. Show all items to be installed in ceilings and transitions to adjacent ceiling materials. 2. Product Data: Manufacturer's standard data. 3. Samples: Submit full -size samples of grid system units. B. Submit design data: Submit calculations defining compliance with seismic bracing requirements of UBC. Design is required to bear stamp of Structural Engineer licensed in Washington State. C13159C Th SECTION 09130 ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM 09130 - 1 1. The complete suspension system is required to lock together in a positive manner and be designed and constructed to carry a mean ultimate test load of a minimum of 180 pounds or twice the actual, whichever is greater, in tension with a 5- degree misalignment of the members in any direction, and in compression. b. Splicing method /main runners and cross T's. c. Acoustical system shall be designed for and provide support at electrical fixtures, mechanical diffusers, and the like per UBC Chapter 16. King County Solid Waste Division 6owlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements x'MY{'.NlxPZ 1. Completed installations required to support finished acoustical ceiling assemblies including mechanical and electrical lay -in units with maximum deflection of 1/360th of the span in accordance with referenced ASTM C635 - "Intermediate Duty Classification ". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: To be "Specialist" as defined /06074. B. See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like /01063. Uniform Building Code (UBC) Seismic Requirements. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 1. Deliver products in original, unopened, labeled, protective packaging. 2. Acceptance at site: Verify undamaged condition. 3. Store products in original protective packaging in safe, protected location. 4. Do not begin installation until sufficient materials are received to complete space. 5. Handle to prevent soiling and physical damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Chicago Metallic Co., Tel. 1- 800 - 323 -7164; USG Interiors, Inc. Tel. 1- 800 - 331 -7487, Armstrong, Tel. 1- 888 - 234 -5464 Ext. 8143, or equal manufacturers. Armstrong "Prelude XL" Non -Rated Grid System is specified for type, quality, and construction required. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Non -Rated Type: Direct hung, suspended ceiling system, exposed grid, sizes shown. Conform to applicable codes for combustibility requirements for materials. C13159C Suspension System for Non Fire Rated Finish Ceiling Systems: Conform to the following: 1. Grid Construction: a. Lay -In type. b. Intermediate duty class ASTM C635 (double web steel). c. Main Runners, Cross Tees, WaII Moldings for Exposed Grid System: 1) Cold- rolled hot - dipped galvanized steel protected with factory applied paint finish in all areas. Color: white. 2) Main -Tees: Double web design with square bulb; 15/16" exposed double - hemmed bottom flange, with rolled cap, 1 -1/2" deep main -tee. Cross -tees hole and hanger holes as required for system for non -rated systems. 3) Cross -Tees: Double web design with rectangular bulb; exposed hemmed bottom flange with roll- formed steel cap; high tensile steel end clenched to web; tile centering device as required for non -rated system. 09130 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements .Z . 41T! I- u6 D • UO N 0 cn Ili I J I w O = a w z f .. 1- O z I- : 0 H W • w H — LL. . O Z. Lii p O Z -, • 2. Hangers: f 4) Wall Molding: Angle shape 7/8" mounting flange by 7/8" face flange. Exposed surface prefinished to match adjacent suspension system components. (a) Inside Corner: Prefabricated corner cap, hemmed edge, size and finish to match wall molding. (b) Outside Corner: Prefabricated corner cap, formed to 90E angle, hemmed edge, size and finish to match wall molding. 5) Grid Size: 2' x 2' unless otherwise indicated. H . Z; rW QQ om ; J V . 0 a. Wire Hangers: , co o wi 1) ASTM A641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. Select diameter wire size so its -J t-. stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C635, Table 1, Direct Hung) N u-' will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 inch W O diameter wire. g u - 2) Suspension Wires for Light Fixtures: Intermediate or heavy duty /UBC Standard = a 25-2. H _ b. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive ? F- paint. w � O 2 n , c. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive v o paint. ,O N :0 1-- d. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8" wide; formed with Ill w 0.04 inch thick, galvanized steel sheet, complying with ASTM A653, G90 1- c coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16 inch diameter u O, bolts. ui Z. U N : Accessories: Provide all necessary devices: support, and trim as required. ~ O 1- z 4. Seismic sway bracing in accordance with referenced UBC Code and Standards. 5. All components from one Manufacturer. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Manufacturer's standard fabrication. System to be able to support ceiling assembly with maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span, including acoustical panels, light fixtures, and HVAC elements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Measure on job prior to installation. C13159C 09130 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3.03 INSTALLATION C13159C B. Coordinate entire scheduled acoustical ceiling areas with mechanical and electrical penetrations and inserts. A. Install the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References ", and Specifications. Where these may vary , one from the other, follow the more stringent requirements. 1. Install after major above - ceiling work is complete. 2. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, UBC 25 -2, CISCA, the manufacturer's instructions, ans as supplemented in this Section. 3. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. Rough suspension: 1. Hanger Wires: a. Space in accordance with referenced ASTM C636. b. Install hangers within 6" of each corner of Tight fixtures, if dead load of fixture exceeds deflection capability of ceiling suspension system. c. Install hangers 6" from vertical surfaces. d. Hangers splayed more than 5" in vertical drop, require approval of Engineer. e. Locate anchors such that hangers do not interfere with mechanical or electrical work. f. Do not support from ductwork or piping. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 3. Sway Bracing: Install in accordance with referenced UBC Standard 25 -2 and ASTM E580. Horizontal Force Factor "CP'. 4. Carrying Channels: At locations where mechanical equipment above ceiling exceeds the specified spacing, size and provide carrying channels and hangers to span the required dimensions to clear the equipment. 5. Wall Moldings and Edge Trims: a. Install wall moldings at interfacement with all vertical surfaces. b. Include outside corner caps. c. Attach to vertical surfaces with mechanical fasteners. d. Install required trims as indicated. 6. Provide hangers, channels, connectors, clips, and the like required for installation of ceiling related accessories. 09130 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements a n 7. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. 9. Install shadow edge moulding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Allowable tolerances: 1. Level main runners and cross tees to within 1/8" in 12 feet. 2. Maximum deflection for suspension system, including components, hangers, fastening devices, lighting fixtures, ceiling grilles and acoustical panels is not to exceed 1/360 of span. CLEANING A. Clean soiled or discolored surfaces after installation. B. Remove and replace damaged or improperly installed units. Remove all trash resulting from work of this Section. C13159C End of Section 09130 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gypsum wallboard finish on metal framing on walls /09110 and ceilings as indicated. B. Patch existing gypsum board as required. C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 07211, Batt, Blanket, and Rigid Insulation. 2. Section 07900, Joint Sealers 3. Section 09110, Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems 4. Section 09900, Painting 5. Division 15, Mechanical 6. Division 16, Electrical 1:02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE C13159C SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD A pre job meeting is required between all parties including Installer, General Contractor and Engineer before work of these sections begin. B. Installer Qualifications: To be "Specialist" as defined /06074. C. Regulatory Requirements: See referenced Codes, ordinances and the Iike/01060/01063. D. Referenced Standards: 1. U.S. Gypsum's Manual: "Architectural Reference Library" datum as current as of date of Project Manual and applicable as Engineer judges. 2. Gypsum Association: GA 201 Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. GA 216 Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. GA Standards "Levels of Finish for Gypsum Wallboard ". Northwest Wall & Ceiling Bureau, 1032 - A N.E. 65 Street, Seattle, WA 98115 -6609, Tel. (206) 524 -4243, recommendations and specifications including "Levels of Finish for Gypsum Wallboard ". 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 09250 -1 .1i1+' +'b;rutl. :X:iit* d:,.Cr ' s(1r, »s:��+,a;1tiFr'. `iC:t1.vii::5rd:tS King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Ct w` J U O' (0 0 . W= I- w O g u- ¢ . I— w O Z t�— � o: U N w w :. H V �; LU Z U N H i • Z B. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. C. Acceptance at Site: Verify board and accessories as undamaged. D. Protect prior to installation to prevent warping, dampness or other damage. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.05 BUILDING INTERIOR CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Provide adequate, properly regulated heating and ventilating. Comply with ASTM C840 and manufacturer, most stringent requirements. 1. Maintain ambient air temperature above 55 degrees F. 2. Maintain 70 percent maximum relative humidity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS /MATERIALS 3. Maintain air temperature above limits in work areas for 48 hours prior to, during, and after installation. A. Gypsum Wallboard Manufacturers: National Gypsum Co., U.S. Gypsum Co., Georgia Pacific, Norwest, Hardi, or equal manufacturers. Provide in maximum permissible length; ends square cut, edges tapered unless indicated otherwise. 1. Regular: 5/8" Type R as detailed. Comply with ASTM C36. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Comply with ASTM C1177. Thickness 5/8" unless otherwise indicated. 3. Water Resistant: 5/8" Type WR as detailed. Comply with ASTM C630. B. Acoustic Sealant: SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant - USG, AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant - Precora Corp., No. 313 - W.W. Henry, PL Acoustical Sealant - ChemRex, Inc., or other reviewed and 'approved manufacturers. Non - setting, non - staining, flexible, acoustically tested for use in conjunction with gypsum board complying with ASTM C834. C. Backing Rod: Closed cell, neoprene rod or polyethylene foam. D. Trim Accessories: Manufacturer's standard hot - dipped galvanized (ASTM C840, A653) steel beaded units conforming to ASTM C1047, with flanges for concealment in joint compound ( "Beadex" or other reviewed and approved manufacturers). Provide standard corner beads, trim beads, control joints, and special shapes required. E. Fasteners: 1. Screws /ASTM C1002 /Metal Framing: U.S. Gypsum, Type S (20 ga. studs /furring and lighter) and S -12 hardened screws for heavier metal framing. Provide lengths /types required. F. Adhesives: Panel adhesives as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. G. Joint Materials: As recommended by Gypsum Board Manufacturer for intended purposes. Conform to referenced GA 201 and GA 216 for reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive and water. C13159C 09250 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • re w .J 0 0 J � w 0 . LL Q . D. d H z � F- 0 z it—: 11.1 uj U 0 O ( S- . • I— w • W` HH . U. it.. O N O z ( " • PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage. Use cover cloths, or other means of protection. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Per regulatory agency, referenced standards and manufacturers recommendations. 1. Allowable Tolerances: a. 1/16" offset between planes of board faces, and 1/8" in 8'-0" for plane, level, warp, and bow. b. Shim panels as necessary to comply with tolerances. 2. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim ' where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3. Install metal edge trim along exposed edges and between dissimilar materials. 4. Install expansion and control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as directed. 5. Provide for mechanical/electrical penetrations. 6. Panel Joints: a. Reduce joints to minimum. b. Apply in maximum lengths to minimize both horizontal and vertical joints. c. Start installation of panels at exterior wall to position butt joints as far away from exterior wall as possible. d. Place edges in contact and fit neatly, without forcing into place. e. Stagger joints on opposite sides of the partitions. 7. Install single layer systems in accordance with ASTM C840, except as amended or required by specific fire resistive or sound isolation system detailed. Fasten to furring or framing with nails or screws. 8. Wet Locations/Walls and Ceiling: Conform to ASTM C840 System Classification X. 9. Exterior Soffits and Walls: Apply exterior gypsum soffit board panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered over supports. a. Install with 1/4-inch open space where panes abut other construction or structural penetrations. Fill gap with sealant to prevent insects from entering above ceiling areas. 09250 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C b. Install with corrosion - resistant screws. 10. Make provisions for mechanical and electrical penetrations. 11. Treat cut edges and holes in water resistant gypsum board and exterior gypsum soffit board with sealant. 3.04 FINISHING A. Note that HIGH - QUALITY results are required for taping and finishing; all finish compound carefully sanded. Provide Level 4 finish is required as defined by the Gypsum Association (GA) including on wall and ceiling surfaces. Prepare joint compound according to Manufacturer's directions. 1. Apply reinforcing tape: 2. Apply skim coat and allow to dry. 3. Apply second coat, taper edges. 4. Apply third coat. 5. Where necessary sand between coats. Fastener Depressions: 1. Apply joint compound to fastener depressions as first coat. 2. Follow with a minimum of two additional applications of joint compound. Leave all depressions with surface plane, same as for joints. Beads and Trim: Apply taping and joint compound to beads and trim. Three coat applications same as for joints. Make true and level with adjacent surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Avoid soiling, spattering and damage to other trades. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Touch up as required /directed subsequent to prime coat application /09900. 3.07 CLEANING A. Leave work ready for decoration by others. End of Section 09250 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Samples, General: SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE a. Samples to show color variation extremes. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Ceramic tile materials and installation including accessories and trim shapes as indicated and required for complete installation. 1. Walls and Bases: Latex - Portland cement mortar, thinset installation, over water - resistant gypsum board on metal studs. 2. Floors: Latex Portland cement mortar thinset installation over plywood. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. 2. Section 09110, Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems. 3. Section 09250, Gypsum Board. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 TCA "2001" Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit pattern layout at locations where random pattern is called for. b. Widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's definitive brochures for tile, mortar, and grout and other products specified. b. Tile: Submit tile manufacturer's standard colors and patterns for selection by Engineer. c. Grout: Submit samples of cured grout colors. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Have a minimum of 5 years experience in this type of work. C13159C 09310 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowiake Transfer Station Safety Improvements tiraz;; t<r si n:�75c firs: a> ��sr: 64i 6a- ru ; ;.g. s,,Rtiti: B. Pre - Installation Conference: The Engineer will call a pre - installation conference at the site with the Contractor and ceramic tile, installer to review and discuss conditions of preparation, installation, and coordination with related work. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: C13159C 1. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. 2. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter, and other causes. 3. Handle tile with temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.06 BUILDING INTERIOR CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: In accordance with referenced standard specifications. Control temperature and ventilation for best results. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References ", Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. All tile "Standard Grade" in accordance with TCA 137.1 unless higher grade indicated. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS /MATERIALS A. Quarry Tile: 1. Wall Base and Floor: Tile color to match existing from Dal -Tile, American Olean, or equal manufacturers. Engineer to approve tile prior to installation. 2. Trim Shapes: A. Provide full line of Manufacturer's standard trim shapes including outside corner bullnoses and coved bases. Trim units to be same size as field tile. b. Note that trim shape selection is to facilitate alignment of vertical grout joints between wall base tile and floor tile. 09310 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements r r.w, • 3. All tile "Standard Grade" in accordance with TCA 137.1 unless higher grade indicated. B. Setting Materials for Interior Wall Bases Over Gypsum Board: 1. Latex - Portland cement bond coat - ANSI A118.4 on water resistant gypsum board /09250 over metal studs. 2. Thinset Mortar: "Grani /Rapid" or "Kerabond" with "Universal Keralastic" by Mapei z : Corp., "211 Crete Filler Powder" with "4237 Latex Thin -set Mortar Additive ", by Laticrete International, Inc., Hydroment "Tile -Mate Premium" with "447 Flex -a- w Iastic" by Bostik, or equal manufacturers. 5 C. Setting Materials for Quarry Tile Floors over Plywood: w o J = CO u. 2. Thinset Mortar: "Grani /Rapid" or "Kerabond" with "Universal Keralastic" by Mapei O . Corp., "211 Crete Filler Powder" with "4237 Latex Thin -set Mortar Additive ", by g; Laticrete International, Inc., Hydroment "Tile -Mate Premium" with "447 Flex -a- Iastic" by Bostik, or equal manufacturers. = d I— _ D. Grout Materials for Interior Wall Bases, and Floors: ? HO z W us D p 2. Epoxy Grout - Floor Surfaces: "Kerapoxy" by Mapei Corp., or "Latapoxy SP -100" ,0 92 by Laticrete International, Inc., or Hydroment "Color -Poxy" by Bostik. Colors as selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's standard line. c E. Expansion Joints: In accordance with TCA Handbook/EJ171 -01 and Section 07900. w U° F. Reducer Strips: Schluter - Schiene - AE Model, Tel. 1- 800 - 472 -4588. Provide anodized z 1. Latex- Portland cement bond coat - ANSI A118.11 on exterior glue plywood. 1. Ceramic Tile Grouts: ANSI A118.6 for Latex Portland cement grout system. Verify sealant color to match grout color. aluminum reducers in sizes required to suit project conditions. G. All Other Materials: Conform to TCA Standard Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Lay out work so as to eliminate small pieces. 1. Center patterns of tile in each field, or as indicated on drawings. 2. Secure Engineers approval of layouts before proceeding. C13159C 09310 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements +�..AM/Yt1tCJ� 3. No tile less than 1 /2 full width of tile without Engineer's approval. B. Protect surrounding surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References ", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. General: 1. Grind and join carefully all visible cut edges. 2. Cut neatly around all bases, trim, fixtures, and similar conditions. 3. Mix tile from several boxes to avoid color variation extremes in each individual wall. Outside corners: Bullnose trim with joints aligned with adjacent joints. Inside corner, grout with silicone sealant. 6. Sanitary base: Floor trim, coved base with joints to align with wall and floor tile joints. Align grout joints between adjacent ceramic tile surfaces including between wall and floor installation. 8. As applicable: Extend tile into recesses and under equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions. C. Wall Base Tile over Gypsum Board: Conform to referenced TCA Handbook No. W243- C13159C 01 D. Interior Floor Tile Over Plywood Floor Surfaces: Conform to referenced TCA Handbook No. F150 -01. E. Installations Not Specifically Itemized: Conform to "References ", as Engineer deems applicable. Pointing, Grouting, and Other Work: 1. Work in accordance with Standard Specifications to suit conditions of installation. For pointing, use specified product in accordance with Manufacturer's directions. 2. Joints completely filled flush G. Control Joints, Expansion Joints: Comply with referenced TCA Handbook EJ171 -01. Locations submitted and approved by Engineer. H. Reducer Strips: Install as transition between tile and adjacent surfaces if required. 09310 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements I. Floor Curing: Damp cure for 3 days in accordance with referenced standards. 3.04 REPAIR, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Remove and replace broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged units and replace work not matching adjoining. Provide new units and install to match installed work. C13159C B. Clean work not less than 6 days after completion of work, using clean water and stiff bristle brushes. 1. Do not use wire brushes, acid -type cleaning agents, or other cleaning compounds with caustic or harsh fillers. C. Protect work from damage during subsequent construction and until acceptance of the work. Remove all residue caused by work of this Section. End of Section 09310 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ked C13159C SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Square edged, non -rated lay -in panels in suspended exposed tee grid systems. 1. Metal grid /09130 and ceiling panels shall be by same manufacturer. B. Where indicated, entire schedule ceiling areas to be acoustic finish material except for mechanical /electrical penetrations, and the like. C. Acoustical ceiling trim. D. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 09130, "Acoustical Suspension Systems ". 2. Division 15, Mechanical Penetrations, Grilles, Diffusers, and the like. 3. Division 16, Lighting Fixtures, Smoke Detectors, Heat Detectors, Exit Signs, Sprinklers, and the like. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 1. Shop Drawings (Reflected Ceiling Plans) indicating: Lighting, HVAC, Sprinklers, all items to be installed on or with ceiling. 2. Manufacturer's technical data for each product. 3. Samples: Submit samples of each pattern illustrating color and range of appearance. • 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. To be "Specialist" /06074. 2. Be approved by systems Manufacturers. 3. Submit listings /minimum of three installations of comparable extent as proposed project. 4. Submit written descriptions of installer, listing Manufacturers, installation personnel's and concurrent contracting experience /years. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/01060/01063. 2. Conform to ASTM C635 and C636. 3. Comply with the seismic requirements of the UBC, Seismic Zone 3. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C 09510 - 2 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and following: 1. Deliver materials in original, labeled, unopened, protective packaging. Manufacturer's labels indicating brand name, pattern, size, and thickness must be attached and legible. 2. Store materials in original protective packaging to prevent soiling and physical damage. 3. Store cartons and bundles at required temperature and humidity. 4. Do not begin installation until sufficient materials are received to complete the space. 1.06 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: These materials are designed for installation under standard occupancy conditions from 60 F. to 85 ° , at not more than 80% relative humidity, in an enclosed building. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. USG Interiors, Inc. Tel. 1- 800 - 331 -7487, Armstrong, Tel. 1- 888 - 234 -5464, Ext. 8143, or equal manufacturers. Armstrong. is specified for type, quality, performance, and construction required. 2.02 NON -FIRE RATED ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS A. Acoustical Panels: 1. Size Nominal: 24" x 24" x 5/8 ". 2. Edge Detail: Square edge. 3. ASTM.E1264, Type XX, Pattern CE. 4. Class A: Flame Spread 25 or under. 5. NRC Range: .55. 6. CAC Range: 38. 7. Manufacturer: Armstrong, "Ceramaguard" Panels Fine Fissured Medium Texture, Item No. 607. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References ", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 4 C13159C 1. Conform to shop drawings and CISCA requirements. 2. Install acoustical units level, free from damage, twist, warp, or dents. 3. Lay directional patterned units one way with pattern parallel to longest room axis. 4. Install hold down clips to retain panels tight to grid system within 20 feet of an exterior door. Coordinate acoustical panels and suspension systems installations with electrical, mechanical, and fire protection trades to insure continuity. C. Note layout on reflected ceiling plan. Get Engineer's approval of actual layout in field prior to installation. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPLACEMENT A. Clean all soiled or discolored materials, or remove and replace. 1. Remove and replace all damaged or improperly installed work of this Section. B. Remove resulting debris /work of this Section. 3.04 EXTRA STOCK A. Maintenance Materials: Provide one box of replacement tiles. Deliver to Owner, packaged for storage at project closeout. Obtain receipt for materials. End of Section 09510 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Rubber cove bases throughout. SECTION 09652 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 A. 2001 Sweet's catalog, excerpt 09650 /MAR, 09650 /ROP, and 09650 /MUS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 1. Product Data: Product data showing materials to be used. 2. Samples: Provide standard sample swatches of bases for Engineer's selection. Product/Maintenance Data: Provide three copies of product data and instructions on cleaning and finishing. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: To be "Specialist" in the field as defined /06074. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 1. Packaging: Deliver in original labeled carton. 2. Product Handling: Take care to prevent damage. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not install materials until building HVAC system is fully operational and operating within the parameters for which it was designed. 1. Temperature: Maintain products at temperatures not less than 70 F. for 48 hours before, during, and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Rubber Base /Conforming to ASTM F1861, Type I: 1. Toe Types: Coved toe adjacent to resilient flooring. C13159C 1. Section 09250, "Gypsum Board ". 2. Section 12324, "Manufactured Casework ". 09652-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT A. Rubber Base: Marley Flexco "Wallflowers Rubber Wall Base ", Tel. 1- 800 - 633 -3151, Roppe "Type TS Cove Base ", Tel. 1- 800 - 537 -9527, or equal manufacturers. 1. Height 4" unless otherwise indicated, rounded tops. 2. Solid color throughout material. Color as selected by Engineer. 3. 100 ft continuous long roll type base only. No short lengths. B. Sealers, Fillers, Primers: Water- resistant type, made or recommended by Manufacturer. C. Adhesives: Water- resistant types, made or recommended by Manufacturers. Use special base contact bond adhesives, as recommended by base Manufacturer. D. Other Materials: Provide incidental /accessory materials, tools, methods and equipment required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove grease, dirt, and other foreign substances. Follow Manufacturer's directions. 3.03 INSTALLATION /APPLICATION /PERFORMANCE A. Base Material: Using specified adhesives, cement directly to backing. Install with no joints on a single wall less than 20' apart or one joint between corners, whichever is Tess. Install with no joints at outside corners. Inside joints to be mitered. External corners "V" cut back of base strip to 2/3 of its thickness and fold unless material is capable of bending at external corners. 3.04 FINISHING A. After bases have set sufficiently, wash with neutral cleaner. Leave all surfaces smooth and clean, free from defects. C13159C Install in accordance with Interior Finish Schedule on Drawings. Provide around entire perimeter of rooms. End of Section 09652 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work includes but is not limited to following: 1. Preparation of all surfaces. 2. Preparation and completion of painting and finishing of all interior and exterior surfaces, including Mechanical and Electrical Work in finished spaces, unless specifically excluded. a. Include Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Work in all rooms and spaces. 3. Finish for factory primed items. See individual Sections for factory priming. 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 MPI Master Painters Institute, Tel. 1- 888 - 674 -8937, www.paintinfo.com. New Surfaces - Master Painters Institute (MPI) Architectural Painting Specification Manual. Existing Surfaces - Master Painters Institute (MPI) Maintenance and Repainting Manual. SSPCVolume 1, Good Painting Practice, and Volume 2, Systems and Specifications Editions current as of date of Project Manual. UBC Chapter 8: Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish. 1.03 COLORS A. Colors will be selected by the Engineer. Individual and distinct colors for different building components such as walls, ceilings, doors, and door frames will be selected by the Engineer. For interior walls, a maximum of 4 colors (not including finishes identified through interior elevation drawings in the contract documents) will be selected. Do not commence painting until colors are selected or scheduled. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 2. Before commencing work, prepare samples of selected colors on final substrate. Size not less than 12 "' x 12 ". B. Subcontractor's Written Qualifications: Furnish written qualifications attesting to past satisfactory experience. List last three jobs. Include following information: 1. Start and completion dates. C13159C SECTION 09900 PAINTING 3. For any samples not approved furnish additional samples as required until colors, finishes, and textures are acceptable and Engineer issues written authorization to proceed. 09900 - 1 1. Submit color chips for initial color selection by Engineer. 5% of the painted surfaces may be deeptone accent colors. 4. Retain approved samples for reference. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements E. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). C13159C 2. Architect/Project Manager, phone number. 3. Amount of Subcontract cost. Materials and Products Lists (typewritten): 1. Submit complete lists of proposed specified products. a. Arrange in same format as schedule this Section. b. Include applicable Manufacturer's recommendations. c. Include additional information requested by Engineer. Product Data for each paint system specified. Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instruction for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. Submit two sets of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) prior to commencement of work for review and for posting at job site as required. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Employ only qualified journeymen. Apprentices may be employed to work under direction of .qualified journeymen, in accordance with trade regulations. 2. Maintain full, competent crew. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the requirements of Section 01410 for referenced Codes, ordinances, and the like. Conform to the standards contained in the Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual, latest edition (hereafter referred to as MPI Painting Specification Manual). D. All paint manufacturers and products used shall be as listed under the "Approved Products" section of the MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual. E. Pre- Installation Conference: Schedule a pre - installation conference at the site with the Engineer and paint installer to review and discuss conditions of preparation, installation, and coordination with related work. 1.06 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field sample panels 3 feet by 3 feet illustrating each paint color, texture, and finish to gloss /sheen, texture and workmanship to MPI Painting Specification Manual standards for review and approval. B. Locate field sample panels on final substrates as directed by Engineer. Engineer must approve field samples prior to proceeding with the painting work. C. Field samples may remain as part of the work. 09900 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 1. Deliver and store painting materials in sealed, original labeled containers bearing manufacturer's name, brand name, type of paint or coating and color designation, standard compliance, materials content as well as mixing and /or reducing and application requirements per manufacturer and MPI requirements. 2. Prevent fire hazards. 3. Store as required by governing Codes, ordinances, and manufacturers recommendations. 1.08 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do no work of this Section when surface or air temperatures are below 40 degrees F., or below manufacturer recommended temperatures for conditions of installation. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg. F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 3. Ventilation: Verify adequate continuous ventilation as recommended /required by Manufacturer. 4. Illumination: Provide temporary lighting to attain surface lighting level /minimum 15 foot candles per square foot, unless more stringent levels required by governing Codes and ordinances. 5. Do not apply paint finish in areas where dust is being generated. 6. Conform to MPI and manufacturer's requirements. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Guarantee work of this Section against ordinary wear and usage for two years from date of Substantial Completion of the work. This is an extension of the normal one year guarantee called for in the General Conditions. 1. Warranty not applicable to defective items through faulty work by other trades, or for failure of substrates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Conform also to governing regulations such as Federal and State requirements for pollution, safety, health, and the like. Finishes shall have flame spread ratings which do not exceed those permitted by UBC, Chapter 8. 2. Include materials not specifically indicated, but required, such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners, and the like, applicable Federal or State Specification Standards. 09900 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements' B. All materials (primers, paints, coatings, varnishes, stains, lacquers, fillers, thinners, solvents, etc.) shall be in accordance with the MPI Painting Specification Manual "Approved Product" listing and shall be from a single manufacturer for each system used. C. Other paint materials such as linseed oil, shellac, etc. shall be the highest quality product of an approved manufacturer listed in the MPI Painting Specification Manual and shall be compatible with other coating materials as required. D. All materials and paints shall be lead and mercury free and shall have low VOC content where possible. 2.02 MIXING AND TINTING A. Unless otherwise specified hererin or pre- approved, paint shall be ready -mixed and pre- tinted. Re- mix all paint in containers prior to and during application to ensure break -up of lumps, complete dispersion of settled pigment, and color and gloss uniformity. Where thinner is used, addition shall not exceed paint manufacturer's recommendations. 2.03 FINISH, COLOR, GLOSS /SHEEN A. Unless otherwise specified herein, all painting work shall be in accordance with MPI "Premium Grade" finish requirements. B. Colors will be selected by the Engineer from a manufacturer's full range of colors. C. Refer to the MPI Painting Manual for finish, color and gloss /sheen requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verity installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare all surfaces in accordance MPI Painting Specification Manual requirements. B. Protection: 1. Adequately protect other surfaces from damage. Make good any damage caused by failure to provide suitable protection, but not any damage caused by other trades. 2. Removal of Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: Remove electrical /communication outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, registers, surface hardware, fittings, fastenings, and the like prior to starting work. 3. Drop Cloths: Provide drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment. 4. Toxic Materials: Where toxic materials, and both toxic and explosive solvents are used, take regular appropriate precautions. Conform to Manufacturer's and applicable regulatory agencies requirements. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Perform the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References ", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. C13159C 09900 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements u6 = 00 N 0 CO I— WO u_ CO ,1 z � I— O z I— w 2 D p ' U O - o ff W uj H U u _ ~ O ` W z t=- O ~ z 1 n B. Apply paint or stain in accordance with MPI Painting Manual Premium Grade finish requirements. Painting coats specified are intended to cover surfaces satisfactorily when applied at proper consistency and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply a minimum of four coats of paint where deep or bright colors are used to achieve satisfactory results. J Apply paint and other finish by methods generally accepted by the trade to achieve approved finishes. i 34 1. In multiple coat work, provide each coat of paint of slightly different color to achieve required finish, 2. Do not apply finishes on surfaces not sufficiently dry. 3. Include as many coats as necessary for complete coverage and acceptable appearance, but not less than the number of coats scheduled. 4. Apply products in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. Work requiring more than one coat shall allow each application to dry for 24 hours before applying subsequent coats. Each coat of paint shall be applied so that finished surfaces are of uniform thickness and free from runs, drops, ridges, blotches, uneven gloss, orange peel, curtains, laps, roller or spray marks, brush marks, variations in color, or other defects related to material or workmanship. 6. Backroll paints that are sprayed on walls. 7. Sand transparent finishes lightly between coats to achieve required finish. 8. Where clear finishes are required tint fillers to match wood. 9. Back prime interior and exterior wood work scheduled to receive paint finish with primer paint. 10. Back prime interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. 11. Do not paint over surface applied UL - Fire rating plates at hollow metal doors and frames. 12. Consult referenced Manual for surfaces not specifically mentioned this Section. Confirm with Engineer. D. Film Thicknesses Tests: Verify mil thickness by use of a suitable wet film gage. Test surfaces using Tooke, or approved dry film gage. PATCHING 'tA. As Work is completed in room areas, repair surfaces damaged by other trades and requiring touch - up or refinishing. 4 3 (5 PROGRESSIVE CLEANING As Work proceeds, and on completion of work promptly remove all spilled, splashed, or splattered products so as not to damage surfaces. C }159C 1. During work progress, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, debris and the like. 09900 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements rt 6 JU . 00 N 0 , J I- w O _ . Z il— O Z I— gi p ;. U O co 0 I-- w W O ui z U N O H-. Z D --� �-'-` �-� ~ ~- __ ~__- �-_� } [ --'‘ �--� F �--� y---1 {---1 � r^--1 • • - _ -_�-- ---.' .--^ - '-.� . IS 'LES�� �� ^r`` ,~~^--� ''-- DOCUMENT - DUE TO THE '^ =~~ ,`�- �\ ��.�� _THIS NoTipp - __°_'`,' - ' 2. Cleanup overspray, drips, and splatters from surfaces not scheduled to be painted. PAINTING AND FINISHING TITLES AND CODE NUMBERS References are from MPI Painting Manual requirements unless otherwise indicated. They indicate coating, grades, Manufacturers, and the like. Provide work indicated on Drawings as schedules, specified, and as directed. EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE Exterior Gypsum Board Soffits and Walls with Plaster Finish: EXT 9.1A Latex finish. 1. Primer: MPI Product 10. 2. Intermediate: MPI Product 10. 3. Finish: MPI Product 10. Ferrous Metal: EXT 5.1C, Waterborne light industrial, gloss level 5 coating over alkyd primer. 1. Primer: MPI Product 79. 2. Intermediate: MPI Product 110. 3. Finish: MPI Product 110. Galvanized Metal: EXT 5.3B, Alkyd, semi -gloss finish. 1. Primer: MPI Product 26. Intermediate: MPI Product 94. Finish: MPI Product 94. Concrete: EXT 3.1C, Waterborne Tight industrial, Gloss Level 3 coating. 1. Primer: MPI Product 110 - G3. 2. Intermediate: MPI Product 110 - G3. 3. Finish: MPI Product 110 - G3. INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE Ferrous Metal(Including but not limited to metal doors and frames, metal fabrications, and all new ferrous metal not concealed by finished construction): INT 5.1A, Quick dry enamel, semi - gloss. 1. Primer: MPI Product 95. 2. Intermediate: MPI Product 81. 3. Finish: MPI Product 81. Galvanized Metal (Including but not limited to miscellaneous steel, pipes, ducts, etc.): INT 5.3A, Latex, flat finish. 1. Primer: MPI Product 26. 09900 - 6 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2. Intermediate: MPI Product 53. 3. Finish: MPI Product 53. C. Gypsum Board: INT 9.2A, Latex, Gloss Level 2, finish. 1. Primer: MPI Product 50. 2. Intermediate: MPI Product 44. 3. Finish: MPI Product 44. D. Dressed Lumber: INT 6.3E, Polyurethane varnish, satin finish over stain. 1. Wood Stain: MPI Product 90. 2. Second Coat: MPI Product 57. 3. Third Coat: MPI Product 57. 4. Fourth Coat: MPI Product 57. Exposed Mechanical and Electrical Work in Finished Spaces: 1. Unless otherwise specified or noted, paint all "unfinished" conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment with color and texture to match adjacent surfaces, in the following areas: a. Where exposed -to -view in all exterior and interior areas. b. In all interior high humidity interior areas. c. In mechanical and electrical rooms. 3. Inside of ducts, where visible from room: Same treatment as preceding paragraphs for galvanized and ferrous metal surfaces. Finish coat to be dull black paint. 4. Registers, grilles, exposed conduit, electric cabinets, and unfinished portions of cast -iron fixtures exposed to view: Finish to match adjacent surfaces. F. Miscellaneous: Consult Manual for surfaces not scheduled and follow Engineer's directions. 3.09 EXTRA STOCK A. C13159C rl 2. In unfinished areas leave exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment in original finish and touch up scratches and marks. Do not paint over nameplates. Maintenance Materials: Leave a minimum one unopened gallon of each type and color of paint and other coating products for maintenance purposes. 1. Label for positive identification with minimum W press type, tape over with clear tape, include color number and name. 2. Store where directed. 3. Turn over to Owner at job site and obtain signed receipt. 09900 - 7 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 4. Include M.S.D.S. (material safety data sheets) with each container of product to Owner. 3.10 REPLACEMENT OF HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Reinstall items previously required to be removed. 3.11 CLEANING C13159C'. A. At conclusion of Project, thoroughly clean paint and splatters from glass, mirrors, and other surfaces. Take care not to scratch surfaces. B. Clean residue of work of this Section from any other surfaces. C. At work's conclusion, leave premises neat and clean. End of Section 09900 - 8 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2 —J C.) U O CO Cl W w —I 1 L ' w 0, ` QQ LL 4 = d w _• Z �. 1-- 0 . : w w ;0 N w ui U ■ - O z . ue co • O SECTION 10100 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS C13159C QUALITY ASSURANCE 10100 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Tackboard surfaces to be vinyl covered cork with burlap backing and wood trim accessories. B. Note to Installer: Verify there are no interferences with visual display boards and any electrical, mechanical, or accessory devices. C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry: Blocking and backing. 2. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry and Millwork: Trim surrounding tackboard. 3. Section 09110, Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems: Blocking and Backing 4. Section 09250, Gypsum Board 1.02 REFERENCE /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: z F. w re J U, O 0 ' u W = CO LL • W O LL Q 1 d H w z • o Z U 0 :0 N O 1- 2. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's data in lieu of Shop Drawings, provided that it shows all required information as acceptable to Engineer. tii 0 = ` 3. Samples: Submit samples of tackboards, trim, and accessories. Show quality, colors and Z 1. Submit Shop Drawings. Show complete details of construction and installation, materials, dimensions, fastenings, finishes, hardware, connections and other information as may be requested. Show elevation of each wall on which material gets installed, verify size on site. finishes; obtain Engineers selections and approval before proceeding. Furnish tackboards by one manufacturer for the entire project. Comply with Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for all phases of the work, including preparation of substrate, installation of grounds and anchors, and application of materials. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING In accordance with 00700 and the following: Protect from harm at all times. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field measure prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, to ensure proper fit. B. Do not begin installation of tackboards until environmental conditions approximate normal occupied conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TACKBOARDS King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements •z;icZ },;a<a;tf; niY's;r';t. A. Manufacturer: P.B.S. Supply Co., Tel. (206) 623 -5460, "Vinyl Plastic Bulletin Boards - Fabracork ", or Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc., Tel. (510) 351 -8183, "Fabricork Bulletin Boards ", 1 /z" thick (1/4" cork and 1/4" hardboard wrapped in vinyl fabric as selected by Engineer), or approved. Color to be selected by Engineer. B. Adhesives: As recommended by board manufacturer for cementing board to gypsum board backing. C. Trim: Birch trim as indicated on the drawings. See Section 06200. 2.02 ASSEMBLY A. Provide factory- assembled tackboards except where sizes demand partial field assembly. B. Laminate vinyl fabric facing sheet and hardboard backing sheet to cork core material under pressure, using manufacturer's recommended adhesive. C. Tackboard units shall be size as shown on drawings. Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with minimum number of joints, balanced around center of board, as acceptable to the Engineer. D. Provide wood trim units in a straight, single - length units. Miter corners to a neat hairline closure. E. Assemble to verify fit at factory, then disassemble for delivery and final assembly at project site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. . 1. Install wall mounted tackboards. Set plumb, level and true; finished surfaces smooth. Screw attach through wood frames into stud backing /blocking. Prevent bowing or sagging of panels. 3.03 CLEANING Upon completion, clean tackboard surfaces. Leave free from defects at time of final acceptance. End of Section C13159C 10100 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Lj PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 12324 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK A. Provide and install all fixed plastic laminated casework. Include casework hardware, countertops, shelving, cut -outs, accessories and as indicated and required for a complete installation under one manufacturer's responsibility. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 06200, Finish Carpentry and Millwork 2. Section 09652, Resilient Base and Accessories 3. Division 15, Mechanical: For mechanical and plumbing fixtures, fittings, and installation of services 4. Division 16, Electrical: For electrical, fixtures, installation, hookup of services 1.02 REFERENCES /See Section 01090 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Field measure prior to preparation where schedule permits. Indicate casework locations, large scale plans, elevations, cross sections, rough -in and anchor placement dimensions and tolerances, and clearances required. Indicate casework attachment between units and to adjacent and tangent work. 2. Product Data: Include Manufacturer's published literature for specified products, including accessories, specifications, physical characteristics and performance data. a. Submit supplementary installation instructions and directions, if not included in Manufacturer's published literature. 3. Samples: Submit samples of laminates standard to manufacturer. Provide samples of hardware and edging for color /finish selection. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE C13159C 1. Include non - standard /custom units which may not conform to manufacturer's standard line. 2. Include all shelf units, tall storage cabinets, base cabinets, wall cabinets, form storage cabinets, etc. 12324-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1 ._w re U Q . 1 co w z. wO u- Q S.O. = z �. z , LU U cy O off • w w 2 F , U; z = ; i= 0 z A. Installer Qualifications: For installation of cabinetry, use only personnel who are thoroughly factory trained and familiar with the product, in regular employ of manufacturer, and certified for the above including at least one year experience. B. All manufacturers to provide AWI certification. 1.05 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Examination of Substrate and Conditions: The Installer must examine the substrate and the temperature and humidity conditions under which the work under this section is to be performed, and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with work under this section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with 00700 and the following: 1. Do not deliver until building is thoroughly dry, and finish work completed. a. Protect work of this Section from dampness and damage at all times. b. Cover for protection against dust and dirt. 1.07 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Temperature: Interior conditions are to be a minimum 60 degree F. room temperature. 2. Humidity and Ventilation: Mechanical system is to be operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Conform to referenced AWI Standards, Section 1600, for "Modular Casework ". Custom Units to comply with general materials and methods to Modular Casework and as indicated. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Cabinets to be the products of Lemons Millwork, Tel. (503) 926 -1463, Westmark Products, Inc., Tel. (253) 531 -3470, Pacific Cabinets, Tel. (208) 962 -5546, or equal manufacturers. Westmark Products, Inc. with Series 200 edges are specified for type, quality, and construction required. C13159C 12324-2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Pk t .4 w 0 0 N 0 wi t N u. 0 ga 5 . u- ¢ wa = w 1.- I-0 w ~ w U 0 0 I -4: O w z U N 0 E O z 2.03 MATERIALS A. Laminated Plastic: All exterior surfaces exposed to view including interior surfaces of open shelving to be finished with high pressure plastic laminate that meet or exceed NEMA LD3 -1985 standards for high pressure decorative laminate with low glare, fine textured finish. Nevamar, Pionite, Wilson Art, or equal manufacturers. Color as selected by Engineer from manufacturers standard lines. 1. 0.05" thick at countertops. Countertops to be balanced with backing sheet of .020" thick. 2. 0.03 " thick vertical grade at exposed /exterior vertical surfaces and as indicated. 3. 0.03" thick liner grade for balancing sheet on rear of doors and drawers. B. Polyester laminate on shelves, tops, bottoms and ends to be factory bonded with 200 psi at 300 degrees F. C. Particle Board: Premium grade particle board of balanced construction with a density of 45 pounds per cubic foot density and moisture content of 8% or less. Face screw holding shall be a minimum of 350 lbs. withdrawal. E. Hardboard: Premium grade factory finished hardboard 1/4" thick, almond color. F. Edges: Plastic laminate edge banding .030" thick applied with hot melt adhesive to all cabinet ends, doors, drawer fronts, and fixed face panels. Series 200 edge' banding, almond color. G. Plywood: a. A -C Exterior -APA b: B -C Exterior -APA H. Hardware and Miscellaneous: C13159C 1. In accordance with referenced AWI, PS 1 -95. 2. For use under plastic laminate (plywood is required for use under plastic laminate for shelving, office countertops and elsewhere as indicated): Contractor has the option of using following grades of Douglas Fir plywood: 1. Hinges: Provide dull chrome five- knuckle with fixed pin, 2 -3/4" x .090" fastened with 4 screws to end panel and 5 screws to door panel with door opening of 270 degrees. Amerock, Slidex, or approved manufacturers. 2. Door and Drawer Pulls: Builders Brass #290, 4" wire type, brushed aluminum finish. 3. Magnetic Catches: Almond color, 7 pound minimum pull. Epco #1000. 12324-3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements .w w+ u K�iJ` v+ C. tiiuAl 7. F':.^' �4�j` A�4FaFk :Fl .,.... B. Drawers: C13159C 4. Drawer Slides: Th a. Standard drawer slides: 75 lb. rating, almond epoxy finish, self closing, Hettich FR 602. b. File Drawer Slide: Bottom mount European style, full-extension almond epoxy finish with load rating of 100 lbs. Hettich FR 6142. a. Shelves under 12" wide: Knape and Vogt No. 80 standards and Knape Vogt 8. Locks: Olympus Lock, No. 500DR/600DW, Tel. (206) 523-9876, five pin tumbler locks, where shown on Drawings. Keying as selected. All doors and drawers shall be lockable. 9. Counter Supports: Westmark A901, angle brace 1/4" flat bar with 1/4" diagonal steel tube. Lengths of members as required. 2.04 COUNTERTOPS A. Standard Plastic Laminate Countertops and Back Splash: Laminated plastic countertops, 4" backsplash and 1-1/2" leading edge, and other surfaces exposed to view shall be finished with high pressure plastic laminate, texture finish, 0.050" (1/16") thick. Color as selected by Engineer. Plastic laminate backing sheet, minimum .020" thickness required on all countertops and backsplashes. All edges to be 0.050 plastic laminate including edge at top of back splash. 2.05 FABRICATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. Cabinet Doors: Vertical grade high pressure laminate, bonded to 3/4" composition board, and backed with 0.03" plastic laminate balancing sheet, color as selected by Engineer. Furnish three hinges and two magnetic catches on door 48" high and over. 1. Series 200 edges trimmed with face matching plastic laminate .030" thick. 12324 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements c. Paper Storage Drawer Slide: Bottom mount European style, almond epoxy finish with load rating of 75 lbs. Hettich FR 602. fl 5. Pendaflex File Suspension Rails: For all file drawers provide aluminum rails to support Pendaflex style files. 6. Shelf Supports: K & V #348. 7. Wall Shelf Standards and Brackets: Provide 12" unless noted otherwise. No. 180 brackets, or approved. 6.1 b. Shelves over 12" wide: Knape and Vogt No. 87 standards and Knape Vogt No. 187 brackets, or approved. '‘ .•!'• ''••• • • '••• • ,••; C13159C 1. Front of high pressure plastic laminate bonded to 3/4" particle board overlaid with almond color plastic laminate on interior. a. Series 200 edges trimmed with face matching plastic laminate .030" thick. Drawer Bottoms of prefinished almond color hardboard 1/4" thick with smooth uniform face. re w 2 0O . N0 . w= -J N W W O; gQ z C!; W z I- I-O z !— uj U w 2. Finish Ends: Particle board overlaid with almond color .030" thick plastic o — laminate on interior. Exteriors overlaid with vertical grade plastic laminate, color W W as selected by Engineer from full color line. u. —O 3. Front edges of ends trimmed as follows: Series 200 edges trimmed with face ui matching plastic laminate .030" thick. Machine apply with hot melt adhesive and - _ bevel trimmed. O 3. Sides shall be' /2" thick medium density plywood, overlaid with almond color polyester laminate on two sides. Top edges are finished with .030" thick PVC banding. 4. Sub -front and Back: 3/4" thick particle board overlaid with almond color polyester laminate. Sub -front and back are attached to side with tongue and groove glued joint with 1 -1/4" adhesive - coated staples. 5. Drawer Guides: Mount on guides and provide with silencer stops. Cabinet Ends: 1. Wall Ends: 3/4" particle board overlaid with almond color polyester laminate on interior and balanced with neutral color phenolic. Cabinet Tops and Bottoms: 3/4" particle board overlaid with polyester laminate on interiors, color same as for cabinet liner, and balanced with neutral color phenolic. Exposed edges trimmed with .030" PVC edge banding. Exposed bottoms finished with almond color polyester laminate. E. Cabinet Backs: 1. Standard Backs: Prefinished almond color 1/4" thick hardboard with smooth uniform face. F. Partitions and Fixed Shelves: Plastic laminate on 3/4" particleboard. Provide 0.02" minimum edge band at the front edge. G. Fixed and Adjustable Shelves: 1. Standard Cabinet Shelves: 3/4" thick particleboard for shelves up to 36 ", 1" thick for shelves 37" and wider. Shelves overlaid with almond color polyester laminate on two sides. Front edge to be edged with PVC edge band, 0.030" thick minimum. 12324-5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION C13159C Heavy Duty Utility Shelves: 1" thick particleboard overlaid with almond color polyester laminate on two sides. Exposed edges trimmed with .030 PVC banding, almond color. Hardboard Shelving: 1/4" tempered hardboard, for tote tray and cubicle storage shelves and dividers. 4. Shelves for Wall Mounted Standards: 3/4" thick particle board overlaid with almond color polyester laminate on two sides and exposed edges trimmed with .030" PVC banding, color same as for cabinet liner. Scribes and Fillers: 3/4 -inch thick particleboard finished in plastic laminate. Open upper cabinets to have plastic laminate at all exposed faces. A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. Verify proper backing /blocking in place to support wall mounted casework of this Section. PREPARATION Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. INSTALLATION /APPLICATION /ERECTION Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References ", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. Position and secure in true alignment, level and plumb. a. Do not damage work of other trades. b. Secure units to building structure with toggle bolts or other suitable means as required. c. Install wall hung cabinets to firmly and rigidly support cabinet weight plus its expected normal loaded weight. 2. Join adjoining cabinets top and bottom and sides. Place fasteners inconspicuously inside cabinets. 3. Close exposed -to -view openings and larger than normal joints with filler of same material and finish as adjacent casework. 12324-6 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements pa LI, ....wKm:H�'- NJiiA,utit;� �.ui:',vYy,J_s�:trr aitik�rdYxnr+2awr?. !� j a. Secure filler with concealed screws. b. Filler not to exceed 3 inch width. . Install toe space 3 inches except as otherwise indicated. Countertops: ' a. Plastic Laminate: Furnish tops in longest possible lengths. Field joints factory prepared with tight joint draw bolts or other mechanical fasteners. Joints shall occur no closer than 24 inches to any sink or knee space. Joints shall be field installed using acrylic latex sealer. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean daily in accordance with the following: 1. Repair damaged and defective woodwork/plastic laminate, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. C13159C Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. Clean casework on exposed and semi - exposed surfaces. Touch up shop- .. applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. End of Section 12324 - 7 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1 • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 12492 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS A. Horizontal louver blinds on exterior windows. Manual control of raising and lowering by cord. Blade angle adjustable by control wand. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: C13159C 1. Section 09110 "Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing Systems ". 2. Section 09250 "Gypsum Board ". 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 1. Product Data: Submit copies of Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type unit required. Transmit copy to installer. 2. Samples: Submit Manufacturer's standard color samples of exposed metal finishes including cords, tassels and slats required. Colors as selected by Engineer from Manufacturer's standards. 3. Include maintenance information on cleaning. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide each blind as complete unit produced by one Manufacturer, including hardware, accessory items, mounting brackets, and fastenings. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with requirements of 00700 and the following: 1. Deliver blinds wrapped and crated in a manner to prevent damage to components or marring of surfaces. 2. Store in a clean, dry area, laid flat and blocked off ground to prevent sagging, twisting, or warping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VENETIAN BLINDS A. Levelor Lorentzen, Inc., Hunter Douglas, Bali, Grabber, or equal manufacturers. 12492-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements v 1. General: Blinds 1 inch wide horizontal slats, supported by braided ladders. All hardware enclosed in a metal head. All operating hardware machine clinched to head assuring perfect alignment. 2.02 FABRICATION a: Aluminum Slats: 1 inch wide with Manufacturer's standard finish. Slat thickness and ladder support distances to be such that there is no visible up or down bow after continued usage. 1) Color: As selected by the Engineer from manufacturers full color range. Other materials: Include accessories and materials required for complete installations. A. Prior to fabrication, verify actual opening dimensions by accurate site measurements. Adjust blind dimensions for proper fit in all openings. B. Fabricate blind units to completely fill the openings from head to sill and jamb to jamb, unless otherwise indicated. C. Fabricate to Manufacturer's current specifications and standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. Provide intermediate supports at intervals to permit easy entrance and removal of head, and to ensure level head and slat position. 2. Provide adequate clearance between sash and divisions between blinds (if any) to permit unencumbered operation of sash hardware. Divisions (if any) between blinds are permitted only at mullions of continuous windows or openings where more than one blind for one opening occurs (as applicable). 1. Blinds sized to fit between mullions, heads, and sills. 2. Install blinds fully wrapped in plastic in open position. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING C13159C .King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 12492 - 2 ;i vt r A. Leave installations clean; premises free of any residue of work of this Section. B. Adjust units to function perfectly. End of Section 12492-3 King County Solid Waste Division Bow lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER SECTION 13126 TEMPORARY TRAILER PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide temporary trailer with modifications as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit per Section /00700 and 01300 and the following: 1. Product Data: Submit copies of Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for unit required. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with requirements of 00700 and the following: 1. Deliver temporary trailer in a manner to prevent damage to components or marring of surfaces. Store in a clean, dry area, laid flat and blocked off ground to prevent sagging, twisting, or warping. A. Williams- Scotsman, Inc., 14407 Smoky Blvd., Marysville, WA 98271, Tel. 1- 800 - 782 -1500, or equal manufacturer. Design based upon Williams- Scotsman Mobile Company Model #12' x 42' Master Design Plan C13159C Mobile Office with modifications compliant with Washington State Disabilities Code. Trailer Components: 1. Doors: a. D -1: 3' -0" x 6' -8" Metal insulated door with metal frame and 18" x 35" window, manufacturer's standard keyed lever entry. Default U = .60, Glazing U = 1.45 (safety glazing). b. D-2: 3' -0" x 6' -8" wood door with wood frame, lever latch. c. D -3: 3' -0" x 6' -8" wood door with wood frame, lever privacy latch with occupied indicator. 2. Windows - W -1: 46" x 39" dual glaze, vinyl sliders, 0.5" air space, low -E coating, solar grey, U = .36 max., SHGC - .57 max. with locks and screens. 3. Flooring: Manufacturers standard sheet vinyl flooring. 4. Shower: Aqua Glass Model #SC3692 ADA compliant pre -fab fiberglass shower unit. 5. Toilet Accessories: Bobrick, or equal manufacturers. 13126-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements re 1 1 0 O Ill CO u_ w 0 : w ¢ I— • w Z �. I— a Z H' w ju U N . O— • I w W H — ▪ 0- w z O a. Mirrors: 18" x 36" mirror with stainless steel channel frame, Model B -165. b. Paper Towel Dispenser: Model B -359. c. Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser: Model B -301. d. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Model B -697. e. Grab Bar: Model B -6106 Series, exposed mounting. Provide in sized indicated on drawings. Cabinets: Provide manufacturers standard cabinets as indicated on drawings. Electrical Components: As indicated on drawings. 8. Mechanical Components: As indicated on drawings. 9. Stair Systems: Manufacturers standard units provided complete with railing systems. 10. Holding tank for services for pumping. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate to Manufacturer's current specifications and standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to beginning work verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive materials of this Section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with Specifications and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. C13159C 1. Locate temporary trailer unit on site where indicated on drawings, coordinate with Engineer. Unit to serve as temporary employee facility during construction of permanent work. 3.03. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Leave installations clean and premises free of any residue of work of this Section. B. Adjust units to function perfectly. End of Section 13126 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements I wit u6 D ! J V 0 N0 • • W = '. I-- NLL. w 2 g J. u_ z d Z � O, z i—: U �. —, ;3 E-; W: = U .w - O: iti Z • U =, O ~; z 1• PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. General Mechanical Requirements B. Mechanical Submittals 1.02 GENERAL A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all mechanical work as specified in Division 15 and as shown on the drawings. B. All work shall be completely coordinated with the work of all other trades and shall conform with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and all other provisions of the Contract Documents. C. Furnish and install all materials, appurtenances, devices, and miscellaneous items not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the drawings, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all mechanical systems. D. All mechanical equipment and devices furnished or installed under other Divisions of the specification (or by the Owner) which require connection to any mechanical systems shall be connected under this division of the specifications. E. To eliminate all possible errors and interferences, this Contractor shall thoroughly examine the Architectural, Civil, Structural and Electrical Drawings and Specifications before work is started, and shall consult and coordinate with each of the Contractors regarding the work. F. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or conflicts within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and field conditions. The Contractor shall not proceed with any work or the purchasing of any materials for the area(s) of conflict until obtaining written instructions from the Architect/Engineer on how to proceed. Any work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies or conflicts and prior to obtaining the Architect/Engineer's instructions on how to proceed, shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 1.03 DRAWINGS A. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is called for in either is binding as if called for in both. B. The drawings are diagrammatic and show the general arrangement of the construction and therefore do not necessarily show all offsets, fittings and accessories which are required to form a complete and operating installation. C. The precise location of equipment shall, in every case, be subject to the Architect/Engineer's approval, and no allowances will be permitted the Contractor for any changes resulting from his failure to secure approval. SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL, GENERAL D. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking field conditions and verifying all measurements and relationships indicated on the drawings before proceeding with the work. C13159C 15010 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z 1z O 0 w= w O 2 g u- < • a w . z F— 1- 0 z 11J uj D 0 UN '0 O E- W uj � U H L" O w z U= O~ E. The installation of all systems shall follow the drawings as closely as actual building construction and the work of other trades permit. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: The work includes providing modifications to the existing mechanical systems for the facility as shown on the drawings and described herein. B. Plumbing: The work shall include removal of existing water heater, installation of new water heater and associated piping and relocation of existing sink and associated waste, vent and water piping. Work shall also include routing of water heater drain pan discharge line. The domestic water service is being revised and will require demolition of the existing water service, connection to the new water service and modification of the existing heat trace of the piping. C. Insulation: The work shall include furnishing and installing all duct insulation in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code and insulation of water piping as described herein and shown on the drawings. Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning System: The work shall include upgrading the existing heating and ventilation system with new heating and air conditioning system with the addition a duct heater, filter housing and filters, ductwork, controls, and all accessories necessary to provide complete and operable systems as shown on the drawings and described herein. E. Temporary Trailer: The work shall include furnishing and installing a temporary water supply including insulation and heat tracing of water piping as described herein and shown on the drawings. 1.05 DEFINITIONS . A. "Provide" means "furnish and install complete and ready for use ". B. "Governing codes" means "the applicable provisions of the: Washington State Energy Code Uniform Plumbing Code Uniform Mechanical Code NFPA National Fire Codes State Public Health Department Regulations ASME Code for Pressure Piping Washington State General Safety and Health Standards and all local amendments to these codes ". C. "Finished Areas" means "areas listed on the architectural drawings as receiving a finish coat of paint ". D. "As indicated" means "as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications ". E. "Concealed" means "built into the construction and not exposed to view ". F. "As required" means "as necessary to form a safe, neat, and complete working installation (or product), fulfilling all the requirements of the specifications and drawings and in compliance with all governing codes ". G. Abbreviations: C13159C 15010 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ;o:: r '`"4:4.: eta+ B. D. Permits and Fees: C13159C AFF AMCA ANSI ASHRAE ASME ASTM Above Finish Floor Air Moving and Conditioning Association American National Standards Institute American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society of Testing and Materials CFM Cubic Feet per Minute CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute HP Horsepower IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials NEMA NFPA National Fire Protection Association . w.g. W.P. National Electrical Manufacturers Association per in accordance with PSI Pound per Square Inch Gage Pressure PVC Polyvinyl chloride SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SP Static Pressure UL Underwriter's Laboratories Water Gage (inches of water) Working Pressure Additional abbreviations are as listed on the drawings or elsewhere in these specifications. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall be in accordance with the codes which are defined as making up the "Governing Codes ". It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to acquaint himself with the requirements of all codes. C. On completion of the work, satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to show that all work has been installed in accordance with all codes and that all inspections required have been successfully passed. 1. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections as required by the governing codes and as specified herein. 2. Fees which this Contractor shall pay include all charges made by any utility company or municipality for material, labor or services incident to the connection of service. 15010 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements E. All electrical devices and wiring and equipment shall comply with standards of the NEC. All electrical devices shall be UL (or other approved agency) listed and so identified. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General: C13159C 1. All products to be used in this project must first have their product information submitted to the Architect for review and approval before they may be used. The use of any products or materials which have not been approved by the Architect/ Engineer shall be removed from the project and replaced with approved products or items without change in contract price or time of completion. 2. The Contractor is not relieved from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect/Engineer's review or approval of the product or shop drawing submittals. 3. The submittals will be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer with reasonable promptness, and will be stamped and initialed certifying review and marked indicating their approval or rejection. The reason for a rejection will be indicated. Three copies of the shop drawings and the submittal notebook (and any subsequent re- submittals) will be retained by the Architect/Engineer, the remaining copies will be returned to the Contractor. 4. Re- submittals shall provide the same information and be of the same format as required of the initial submittals. B. Product Submittals: 1. Prior to the installation of any material or equipment, submit a minimum of five (5) copies of the items' product submittals to the Architect/Engineer. 2.. All specification section product submittals shall be delivered at the same time, and shall be placed in a notebook as specified herein. Incomplete submittals will be returned to the contractor without review for addition of the missing items. 3. With each submittal all items submitted shall be listed in a typewritten index. A finished index shall be provided when all submittals have been made, listing all items, and shall be located at the front of the 3 ring notebook. 4. Product information sheets shall be neat, readable, clean, 8 -1/2" x 11" in size; larger sizes shall be accordion folded to 8 -1/2" x 11" size. 5. With the first submittal the Contractor shall submit notebooks with the front cover labeled with the name of the Job, Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor and Date of Submittal. 6. Notebooks shall have divider sheets with typewritten identification tabs between categories. 7. The notebooks shall be divided into categories corresponding to each section of the specifications. 15010 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 6_ 0 0 ■ y 0 111 = . w 2 g < z �'. I— 0 Z D p . O 9 0 I-- ww u. r~ tl! N' z • 8. Information Required: The following information is required for each item and is defined as making up the product submittal for that item. Failure to submit the required information will result in the rejection of the submittals and submitted item. a. Manufacturer's catalog information, containing product description, model number, and illustrations. Mark clearly to identify pertinent information and exact model and configuration being submitted. b. List of accessories and options provided with product. c. Product dimensions and clearances required. d. Product weight where item is suspended or otherwise supported from the structure. e. Product name and symbol as shown on the drawings or written in the specifications. f. Performance Data: Provide performance capacity and characteristics showing compliance with the capacity listed in the equipment schedules and specified. g. Manufacturer's and nearest sales representatives names, addresses, and phone numbers. 9. See each specification section for other submittal requirements. Shop Drawing Submittals: 1. Drawings shall be opaque diazo prints (blueprints). Minimum drawings size shall be 24" x 36 "; 1/4" minimum scale. 2. Drawings shall be neat, clean and legible; and shall clearly illustrate the fabrication, layout, operation, and installation (as applicable) of the product or system submitted. 3. Drawings shall have a title block containing the name of the job, name of Contractor who made the drawing, date of drawing, and drawing title. 4. Shop drawings shall be provided for the following: a. Control System. b. For any parts of any system which are to be installed differently than as shown on the drawings. 1.08 MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. General: Maintenances manual shall be compiled containing maintenance and operating information for all mechanical equipment installed in this project. B. A preliminary review copy of the maintenance manual shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to completion of the work. The Engineer will review this preliminary copy and will inform the Contractor of any additional items or revisions required before final copies are delivered. C. Three copies of the final maintenance manual shall be delivered to the Engineer after all revisions or additions have been made. D. Contents of manual for each system: C13159C 15010 - 5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements f 1. As -built contract drawings and control drawings reduced to 11" x 17" size. 2. List of all mechanical equipment items which makeup the mechanical systems 3. For each Mechanical Equipment Item: Equipment number (same as used on contract drawings), manufacturer's model number, and typewritten description of the equipment noting any special features and accessories. 4. List of any critical maintenance items or areas requiring special attention. 5. Normal start -up, operating, and shut -down procedures; emergency shut -down procedures; and (where applicable) seasonal shut -down procedures. 6. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions. 7. Manufacturer's parts list and recommended lubricants. 8. Manufacturer's technical product data. 9. Local representative and service companies names, addresses, and phone numbers. F. Format: 8 -1/2" x 11" size, neat, clean copies, drawings accordion folded. The manuals shall have a typewritten index and divider sheets with identification tabs between equipment items. G. Copies shall be punched and placed in a three post binder, bound with fabric covered hardboard covers and back panels. Covers shall be labeled with the name of the job, Owner, Engineer, Contractor and year of completion. 1.09 RECORD DATA A. Record Drawings: At the completion of this job, the contractor shall deliver to the Architect/Engineer one complete set of redline contract drawings upon which any changes during construction are neatly drafted. 1.10 SPECIAL TOOLS A. At the completion of the project this Contractor shall furnish to the Architect/Engineer one complete set of any and all special tools such as odd size wrenches, keys, etc. which are necessary to service or adjust any piece of equipment installed under this contract. Each tool shall be marked or tagged to identify its use. 1.11 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. The following items must be presented to the Engineer /Architect prior to final acceptance of the building. Final payment of the Contract will be contingent upon receiving these documents. 1. Record Data 2. Final Product Submittals (with complete index) 3. Certificate of acceptance of the domestic water piping system indicating satisfactory cleaning, chlorination and flushing of the system. PART 2 PRODUCTS C13159C 15010 - 6 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station • Safety Improvements It AO t irmt esewl 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products by the manufacturers listed as Acceptable Manufacturers are acceptable substitutions for the specified products. Products by these manufacturers used as substitutions shall be equal to or superior than the specified item in function, appearance, and quality. B. The approval of a manufacturer as an Acceptable Manufacturer Applies to the Manufacturer only, and does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of meeting all applicable requirements of the plans and specifications. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to other trades and all revisions required to accommodate any substitutions. C. Other manufacturers desiring approval as Acceptable Manufacturers shall comply with Section 2.02 - Substitutions. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. All substitutions shall be approved by the Architect/Engineer. B. To obtain approval of desired substitutions the Contractor or supplier shall submit the following information on the proposed substitution. 1. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item with a summary describing the technical benefit in using the proposed substitution. 2 Changes in building design required to accommodate the proposed substitutions. 3. Effect that the proposed substitution has on other trades. 4. Complete technical data on the proposed substitution. C. Proposed substitutions shall be equal to or superior to the specified item in function, appearance, and quality, and shall fulfill all requirements of the plans and specifications. D. The approval of a substitution applies to the manufacturer only, and does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of meeting all applicable requirements of the plans and specifications. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to the other trades and all revisions required to accommodate any substitutions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Workmanship: This Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment included in the Contract to provide completed systems with a neat and finished appearance. If, in the judgement of the Architect/Engineer any portion of the work has not been installed in accordance with the drawings and specifications in a neat workmanlike manner, the Contractor shall be required to revise the work to comply with the drawings and specifications in an acceptable manner to the Architect/Engineer, at no increase in cost to the Owner. B. Cutting and Patching: 1. General: The General Contractor shall provide all required spaces and provisions in structures of new construction for the installation of work of all other contractors or subcontractors who are C13159C King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 15010 - 7 responsible to coordinate requirements for their equipment. Cutting and patching of structures in place made necessary to admit work, repair defective work, or by neglect of contractors and subcontractors to properly anticipate their requirements, shall be done by the General Contractor at the expense of the Contractors or subcontractors responsible. 2. Patching Materials: Patching shall be with materials of like kind and quality of the adjoining surface by skilled labor experienced in that particular trade. 3. Areas To Be Cut and Patched: Wherever floors, walls, ceilings, plates, firestops, or framing members are cut, openings shall be reinforced as directed to maintain structural integrity and to comply with Building Code requirements. Cutting of Structural Features: Make no cuts or alterations to any structural framing members without explicit consent of the Architect/Engineer and then only under his direction. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. All required cutting to install material shall be accomplished with the use of saw cutting equipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mechanical equipment to permit easy access for normal maintenance, so that parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance can be removed. Relocate items which interfere with access. B. Valves and other devices which are manually adjusted or operated shall be located so as to be easily accessible. Any such items which are not in the open shall be made accessible through access openings in the building construction. C. Gauges, thermometers, instrumentation and other components which are installed to monitor equipment performance, operating conditions, etc., shall be oriented so as to be easily read by a person standing on the floor. Provide necessary brackets and hangers as needed. E. If circumstances at a particular location make the accessible installation of an item difficult or inconvenient, the situation shall be discussed with the Architect/Engineer before installing the item in a poor access location. 3.03 WATERPROOFING A. Where any work pierces waterproofing, including waterproof concrete, the method of installation shall be as approved by the Architect/Engineer /Owner before work is done. Contractor shall furnish all necessary caulking and flashing required to make openings absolutely watertight. B. All equipment or material located outdoors shall be waterproof. 3.04 FINAL INSPECTION AND INSTRUCTION A. Final lnspection: C13159C 1. Prior to acceptance of the Mechanical work, the Contractor shall put all Mechanical systems into operation so that they may be inspected by the Architect/Engineer and the Owner's representatives on the operation and maintenance of all equipment. The contractor shall provide a 1 hour instruction period to review each major item of equipment and provide instructions by the installing sub contractor. 15010 - 8 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements tvl R +� C13159C 2. The Contractor's Representatives who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and the trades involved. 3. Instructions: Shall include preliminary discussion on the system's operation and presentation of information from product submittal data with appropriate references to drawings, followed by a tour of the building spaces explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing, and maintenance procedures, temperature settings and available system and equipment adjustments. 4. Notice of the contractor's readiness to conduct the instruction and demonstrations shall be given to the owner and Architect/Engineer at least one week prior to proposed periods and mutually agreed upon times arranged. END OF SECTION 15010 - 9 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Balancing B. Report 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.03 REFERENCES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL C13159C A. Section 15010 - Mechanical, General B. Section 15650 - Refrigeration System C. Section 15760 - Electric Heaters D. Section 15840 - Ductwork E. Section 15860 - Duct Accessories F. Section 15900 - Controls ASHRAE - 1993 Handbook of Fundamentals. SECTION 15020 AIR BALANCING A. Associated Air Balance Council - National Standards for Field Measurements and Instrumentation, Volume 2 No. 12173. American Conference of Governmental Hygienists - Industrial Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practice, 21st Edition. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The air balancing shall be done by a company which specializes in this type of work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION A. Balancing equipment shall comply with Associated Air Balance Council recommendations for field measurement instrumentation. A. All air systems shall be completely balanced and adjusted to provide the air flow rates indicated, and to produce an even heating and cooling effect and control response. B. Consult and coordinate with Section 15900 (Controls) contractor for the adjustment of any control devices to allow for proper system operation. C. All measurements and adjustments shall be in accordance with the Associated Air Balance Council National Standards. 15020 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3.02 AIR BALANCING A. All air flow rates (supply, return, and exhaust) shall be adjusted to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of the values shown in the contract documents. B. All diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be adjusted to minimize drafts and provide a maximum space noise level of NC 30. C. At completion of balancing, mark the final position of all balancing dampers. 3.03 BALANCING REPORT A. General: A balancing report shall be submitted as specified herein, documenting all balancing procedures and measurements. B. Five copies of the air balancing report shall be delivered to the Architect/Engineer. C. Format: 8 -1/2" x 11" size, neat, clean copies (11" x 17" size, drawings shall be accordion folded). Drawings, 8 -1/2" x 11" size or 11" x 17" size shall be included which show the locations of all air terminals, numbered to correspond with the balance report data sheets. Report shall be typed and shall have a title page. Title page shall include the name of the Job, Owner, Architect/Engineer, Balancing Contractor, and Report Date. C13159C General Balancing Information Required: 1. List of instruments used in making the measurements and instruments calibration data. 2. Names of personnel performing measurements. 3. List of all correction factors used for all diffusers, grilles, and any other correction factors used. Air Balancing Information Required: 1. Initial, trial and final air flow measurements for all diffusers and grilles. 2. Design air flow rates and percentage final air flow rates are of design values. 3. Floor plans clearly showing and identifying all diffusers, and grilles and all other items where air flow rates were measured. 4. Note any parts of the system where objectionable drafts or noises may be present. END OF SECTION 15020 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements w re JU, • UO: 0 ' W =, W O Q • = Cy; H W •F- O. Z H O U, 0 H. ui Z; U N . H � ; 0 . Z PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1.02 RELATED WORK 1.04 COMPLIANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS C13159C A. Pipe Insulation B. Duct insulation C. Electric Heat Trace w ce 6 U O . co 0 w z : w 0 A. All insulation shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke g • 5 . development, as tested by ASTM E -84, NFPA 255, and UL -723 except piping in the areas where u- elastomeric foam insulation is approved shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame ( 12 a spread and 100 for smoke development. _ z � i-0 z �- A. All insulation shall be installed with sufficient thermal performance to comply with the Washington 2 o� State Non - Residential Energy Code. c) 0 O F- = U. H A. Section 15410 - Domestic Water Piping System B. Section 15840 - Ductwork 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 15010 - Part 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Insulation: Manville, Armstrong, Owens-Corning, CSG, Knauf. 2.02 DUCT INSULATION A. Fiber Glass Insulation: Thickness as required to comply with the Washington State Non- Residential Energy Code. B. Adhesive: Fire retardant, Duro Dyne type FPG or equal. C. Clips: Cement -on, welded -on pins; 16" on center both ways; impaled thru glass fiber, with surface washers. D. Fiber Glass Insulation Jacket: Vapor proof jacket, consisting of aluminum foil cover with open mesh fiber glass reinforcement, vapor transmission rate shall not exceed 0.05 perms. Gustin -Bacon "Scrimkraft" or equal. 2.03 PIPE INSULATION A. Fiber Glass Insulation: Rigid fiber glass insulation, thermal conductivity shall not exceed 0.24 Btu - inch/hr-ft- degrees F at 75 degrees F. Manville "Micro-Lok 650" or approved. 15250 -1 SECTION 15250 INSULATION King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements , .,r ..,,.<. r�n,s,., •ivr+�._} .,,v.t .......... ....« .,.. n.,a rw°..:er:;;�lSgt k3.= :r: °Mi?bfirz;'tfibS's- +:i;4's: ` ;M B. Elastomeric Insulation: Density not less than 5 lbs. per cubic foot and thermal conductivity not greater than 0.27 Btu- inch/hr -ft- degrees F. Armstrong "Armaflex 11" or equal. C. Fiber Glass Insulation Jacket: High density white kraft bonded to aluminum foil, with pressure sensitive closure system, integral vapor barrier with 0.02 perm rating. Manville "AP -T" or equal. D. Pipe Fittings (except unions and expansion couplings): Shall be covered using any one of the following methods of the Contractor's choice subject to the temperature limitations of the insulating materials: C13159C 1. Prefabricated segments of pipe insulation of the same materials and thickness as the adjoining pipe insulation. 2. Zeston pre -cut fiberglass insulation and premolded PVC cover suitable for the pipe size and insulation thickness encountered. INSULATION THICKNESS: 1. For the purpose of establishing insulation thicknesses, the following systems and system operating temperatures and minimum insulation thicknesses are assumed: Refrigeration Piping 2. Insulation thickness shall be as required to comply with the Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code except where indicated otherwise. EXTERIOR INSULATION COVER 1. Exposed exterior refrigeration piping' insulation shall be covered with aluminum jacketing consisting of 0.020 stucco embossed aluminum with a 1" tapered overlap and fabricated fittings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL All Water Piping exposed 1" glass fiber over electric heat tape to un- heated space (electric heat tape by Division 15) Cold Water 1/2" glass fiber insulation Hot Water 1 /2" glass fiber insulation 40 F A. Equipment and Floor Protection: Cover existing equipment and finished floors to protect such items from insulation fiber and dust. Keep all such existing areas in a "broom clean" condition at the end of each day. Take precautions in these areas to prevent glass fiber and insulation dust from entering existing ventilating systems. B. Glass Fiber Insulation: 1. Finish all insulation ends, no raw edges allowed. 2. Joints: Tightly butt adjacent insulation sections together without any voids. 15250 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements n t r 1 J V 00 o rn w J W O; cn z F- O z w w: U' — LL ~O ' w z U rn . z 7.1 3.02 DUCT INSULATION INSTALLATION A. All HVAC supply, retum and outside air (between outside air damper and connection with the retum air system) ducts shall be covered with glass fiber insulation to provide a thermal value of R -7 minimum (for a cold attic installation). B. Where fiberglass duct lining is used, duct insulation is required only to the extent necessary to provide the minimum allowable thermal resistance. All joints shall be lapped not less than 2 inches or covered with tape not less than 4 inches wide. Joint material shall be fastened with adhesive and stapled. D. Inside duct lining shall be as specified in Section 15840 - Ductwork. E. Verify that ductwork has been properly sealed before installing insulation. Insulation installed prior to proper sealing of ductwork shall be removed and disposed of. New insulation shall be installed following proper sealing of ductwork at no increase in cost to the owner. 3.03 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Domestic water service piping located below the Scalehouse and damaged refrigerant suction piping insulation shall be insulated. Insulation on water service piping shall not be applied until electric heat trace has been installed. 3.04 EXTERIOR INSULATION COVER A. Provide aluminum jacketing on all insulated exterior refrigerant piping with formed fittings. Jacket shall overlap 1" on all joints and seams, sealed with silicone sealant and fastened with stainless steel metal screws at each joint and 12" on center for all seams. Position seams on the underside of pipe covering for water draining. C13159C END OF SECTION 15250 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements mo w: 2 U O' mo o` ' =i J I w O ti Q -a • w z z w U � t uj W H U U. O ui U -: O z PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Domestic Water Piping B. Testing and Inspection C. Sterilization 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15250 - Insulation PART 2 PRODUCTS • 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Piping shall be Type L copper tubing with solder joints and wrought copper or cast brass fittings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND FITTINGS C13159C SECTION 15410 WATER PIPING SYSTEMS A. Provide new water piping as an extension/modification of the existing water system to serve the new water heater and relocated sink. 3.02 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All piping shall be tested, inspected, and approved prior to being concealed or covered by operationally testing the system with service pressure and observing for any evidence of leakage. B. Any Teaks or defective piping disclosed by testing and inspection shall be repaired with new materials and the system retested. 3.03 DISINFECTION A. Upon completion of the job, prior to final acceptance, the existing plumbing system shall be disinfected with chlorine solution. The chlorinating material shall be either liquid chlorine conforming to Federal Specifications BB-C -120 or hypochiorite conforming to Federal Specifications O-C -114, Type II, Grade B, or Federal Specifications O -S 602, Grade A or B. The chlorinating material shall provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million and shall be introduced into the system in an approved manner. The treated water shall be retained in the pipe long enough to destroy all non - spore- forming bacteria. The retention time shall be at least 24 hours and shall produce not less than 10 p.p.m. of chlorine at the extreme end of the system at the end of the retention period. All valves in the system being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. The system shall then be flushed with clean water until residual chlorine is reduced to less than 1.0 p.p.m. During the flushing period all valves and faucets shall be opened and closed several times. 15410 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements The Contractor shall employ an approved agency to take test samples at several points of the system and arrange with the Health Department to test the samples. Should the samples not test satisfactory, the systems shall be re- sterilized and reflushed until satisfactory samples are obtained. The Contractor shall fumish a letter to the Architect/Engineer stating that Chlorination has been completed. The letter shall also include a copy of a certificate or letter from the Health Department stating that samples taken have been found acceptable and the system is approved for potable use. END OF SECTION King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C SECTION 15420 SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Disconnection and relocatioin of waste and vent piping to serve the relocated sink. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and fitting shall match the existing piping systems. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Disconnect and reroute waste and vent piping from the existing sink location to the new sink location. 3.02 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All new pipe fittings and joints shall be tested and inspected by operation of the system and observing for any leakage. END OF SECTION 15420 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Plumbing Brass and Trim B. Water Heater C. Adjustment and Cleaning 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. C13159C Section 15010 - Section 15250 - Section 15410 - Section 15420 - 1.03 DEFINITIONS PART 2 - PRODUCTS SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES Mechanical, General Insulation Domestic Water Piping System Soil, Waste and Vent Piping System A. "Plumbing Brass" means "P- traps, Stops, Strainers, Tailpieces, flanges, and other brass fittings and accessories NOT including Faucets." B. "Trim" includes all plumbing brass items, faucets, and any fixture accessories. 1.04 REFERENCES A Uniform Plumbing Code. B. Uniform Mechanical Code. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall comply with Section 15010. B. Before beginning installation submit for approval manufacturer's product data for all plumbing fixtures. 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide new fixtures and fittings, approved, free from flaws and blemishes with finished surfaces clear, smooth and bright. Visible parts of fixture brass and accessories shall be heavily chrome plated. All products and connections shall be in compliance with the Uniform Plumbing Code the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. A. Products shall comply with Section 15010 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. 15450 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements B. Water Heater: A.O. Smith, Rheem, Ruud, States. C. Plumbing Brass: American Standard; Chicago Faucet; Kohler; Brasscraft; Crane; Frost; Speakman; Symmons; T &S Brass; Watrous. D. Faucets: Delta Faucet, Chicago Faucet; Symmons; Water Saver; T &S Brass; Eljer, American Standard; Kohler. 2.02 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. General: C. Water Heater: C13159C WH -1 Water Heater 1. Plumbing fixtures are listed below by reference numbers, corresponding to the reference number adjoining these items on the drawings. B. Sink Brass & Trim: Relocated Single Compartment Sink Sink: Existing sink to be removed and relocated as indicated on the drawings. Provide additional drilling in sink for hot water dispenser. Plumbing Brass: 1 -1/2" chrome plated tailpiece, and 1 -1/2" "P" trap; and loose key, metal -to -metal stops and flexible risers. Faucet: Elkay Model No. LK- 4340 -F -WH Single Lever Deluxe Kitchen Faucet with Pull -Out Spray Fitting. Hot Water Dispenser. Elkay Model No. LKH- 190-WH Hot Water Machine, 120 VAC, 775 Watts, with white finish providing 1.8 gallons per hour hot water at 190 degrees A.O. Smith Model DEL -20 electric water heater, 20 gallon capacity, with two (2) 5 KW immersion heaters for a total of 10 KW for operation with 230 volt single phase power. Water heater insulation shall meet or exceed ASHRAE 90A -1980. Controls shall include thermostat, set at 120 F with high temperature cutoff. Provide with drain valve and ASME pressure - temperature relief valve. 2.03 SPECIALTIES A. Unless indicated otherwise, the following fittings and materials shall be used: 1. Fixture Traps: 17 gage seamless chrome plated tubing with 2 inch minimum seal, size as required by Uniform Plumbing Code and to suit construction. 2. Exposed piping and fittings in finished areas: chrome plated or sleeved with chromed sleeves; all chrome to have bright polished finish. 3. Stops: Chromium plated, loose key metal- to-metal stops with flexible risers, Chicago Faucet No. 1006MM or Kohler K-7607. 15450 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements r—� A, B. Sealant: Silicone type, General Electric type SCS1202 series or Dow Chemical equal, color to match fixture. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. Alt fixtures shall be completely connected to piping as needed to make a complete and operable installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SPECIALTIES A. Escutcheons: Provide escutcheons at each point where an exposed pipe or other fitting passes through walls, floors, or ceilings. B. Stops: Provide stops in all water connections to all lavatories and sinks. 3.03' ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. After completion of installation thoroughly clean all fixtures, trim and fittings. B. Adjust all fixture stops, valves, and associated plumbing items as necessary for the proper operation of all equipment. C13159C END OF SECTION 15450 -3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Refrigeration piping. B. Condensing unit installation. C. System Leak Testing and Charging 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15250 - Insulation B. Section 15800 - HVAC Systems 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 15010 1.07 - Submittals. B. Provide product information on the refrigeration piping, condensing units and all refrigeration accessories. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM A. Provide performance data for the condensing unit showing compliance with the Washington State Energy Code. B. Condensing unit shall be UL labeled. C. In addition to one year un- conditional construction warranty condensing unit compressor shall include a five (5) year warranty which shall include all replacement labor. Warranty period shall be five (5) years from date of "start-up" noted in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals as recorded on the check- out/start-up documentation for each unit. In the event start -up dates are not properly recorded, the warranty period shall start at the date of final acceptance. See Paragraph 3.02.D. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 15010 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Condensing Units: Lennox to match indoor unit. C. Refrigeration Accessories: Parker, Aico, Henry, Mueller, Sporlan. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and fitting standards shall be as specified in Section 15060 -Pipe and Pipe Fittings. B. Piping shall be ACR Type L copper tubing, with silver brazed joints and wrought copper fittings. C13159C 15650 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ._i ....:..._ i�....: n.,_ ....._.u......�i:.:.:s,.:r..... n.......... n..., �.,..i..u.....�,.y.�..J„a.�a:y. c...... �� .aSi:.F•a:l,�r.� .;h}.;Gu.14.r; U 0 0: 0 'w =. J H LL w O: u-Q co H w. z1.. Z I: ;O N . w'` = U : Z. z • 2.03 CONDENSING UNIT: A. Fumish and Install an air - cooled heat pump . condensing unit in the location and manner shown on the plan. The units shall be properly assembled and tested at the factory. The unit shall be designed for use with environmentally approved refrigerant. Nominal unit electrical characteristics shall be 230 volts, 1 -phase as scheduled. B. The units shall operate down to 45oF outdoor air temperature entering condenser with standard controls for cooling. Condenser Coil: Shall be of nonferrous construction. Coil shall have aluminum plate fins, mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes. Coil shall be circuited for subcooling. Condenser fans and motors: Unit shall be fumished with direct - driven, propeller -type fan arranged for vertical discharge. Condenser fan motor shall have inherent protection, and shall be of the permanently lubricated type, resiliently mounted. Fan shall have a safety guard. Controls shall be included for cycling fan for intermediate season operation. Compressor Unit shall have 1 compressor with external spring isolators or rubber in sheer isolators. The unit shall be fumished complete with crankcase heater. SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Controls: Shall be factory wired and located in a separate enclosure. Safety devices shall consist of high- and low - pressure switches and compressor overload devices. Unit wiring shall incorporate a positive acting timer to prevent short cycling of compressor if power is interrupted. Timer shall prevent compressor from restarting for approximately 5 minutes after shutoff. The units shall have transformer for 24 -volt control circuit. Casing: Shall make unit fully weatherproof for outdoor installation. Casing shall be of galvanized steel, zinc phosphatized and finished with baked enamel. Openings shall be provided for power and refrigerant connections. Panel shall be removable to provide access for servicing. Connections: Only one liquid line, one suction line and one power supply connection shall be required for each unit. 2.04 REFRIGERATION ACCESSORIES A. Expansion Valves: 1. Where recommended by the condensing unit manufacturer, externally equalized with stainless steel diaphragm, and same refrigerant in thermostatic elements as in system. 2. Size valves to provide full rated capacity of cooling coil served. Coordinate selection with evaporator coil and condensing unit. B. Filter -Drier: 1. Filter -drier shall be sealed type using flared copper fittings. C13159C 15650 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements .......,m�uE\c1Y,sf,S 6R4:M �.a' ruix5;ir �2n' ru2 V.Wirr9JaW'.**WV ftlY 2. Size shall be full line size. SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM C. Sight Glass: shall allow visual inspection of refrigerant flow and indicate refrigerant moisture content. Shall be double port type, solder end connections, for use with types of refrigerant of system being installed in, same size as tubing installed. D. Manual Refrigerant Shut -Off Valve: 1. Ball valves designed for refrigeration service and full line size. 2. Valve shall have cap seals. 3. Provide service valve on each liquid and suction line at each compressor. 4. If service valves come as integral part of condensing unit, additional service valves shall not be required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment at locations and as shown on drawings. Provide concrete house keeping pad for all condensing units. B. Pipe and Fittings: Installation shall comply with Section 15060- Pipe and Pipe Fittings. C. Install piping between outdoor condensing units and indoor cooling coils and as shown on the drawings. Install filter dryer in the liquid lines at the outdoor condensing units. Install sight glasses in the liquid lines at both the outdoor condensing units and at the indoor cooling coils. Piping joints shall be silver brazed. E. Install isolation valves at refrigerant connections to each condensing unit. Factory valves are acceptable as equipment isolation valves. 3.02 INSPECTION, CHARGING AND STARTUP: A. Prior to charging, the system shall be inspected to insure all equipment and controls are properly connected and ready to operate. B. As a minimum, the following items shall be checked. 1. Compressor: a. Adequate crankcase oil level. b. Proper voltage at compressor motor. c. Overload heaters installed in compressor motor starter. C13159C 15650 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C project. SECTION 15650 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM d. Crankcase heaters energized prior to compressor operation in accordance with manufacturer's , recommendations. Verify heater operation. e. Fan motors lubricated and ready to operate, correct fan rotation verified. C. The system shall be charged with oil and refrigerant as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. The condensing unit compressor shall not be used to charge the system with refrigerant. Prior to charging, the system shall be purged with nitrogen, evacuated with a vacuum pump and the vacuum broken with refrigerant. ,) D. Condensing units shall be started up, checked out and adjusted by the unit manufacturer's authorized factory trained service mechanic. Mechanic shall use Manufacture's check-out/start-up sheet for each condensing unit with each item signed off by the start-up mechanic. Completed check- out/start-up sheets shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer and will become the time basis for start of the compressor warranty. Copies shall also be included in the Operations and Maintenance fl Manuals. Failure to submit these sheets shall cause warranty period to start at final acceptance of END OF SECTION 15650 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements . r g PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Electric Duct Heater B. Electric Wall Heaters 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. Section 15020 - Section 15800 Section 15840 - Section 15900 Air Balancing - HVAC Systems Ductwork - Controls SECTION 15760 ELECTRIC HEATERS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 15010 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Electric Duct Heaters: Enviro-Tec, Indeeco. C. Electric Wall Heaters: King Manufacturing; Chromalox; Markel. 2.02 GENERAL A. Size and Capacity: For all heaters shall be as shown on the drawings. B. Type and Manufacturer: As shown on the drawings. C. U.L. Listing: All electric heaters shall be listed and installed in accordance with their listing. Units shall be marked accordingly. 2.03 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER A. Electric duct heater shall be open coil flange mounted type electric heater of the size, capacity, and type scheduled on the drawings. B. Coil shall be U.L. listed for zero clearance to combustibles and shall be built to meet all requirements of the National Electric Code. C. Duct heater shall be furnished complete with overtemperature protection (primary and secondary), overcurrent protection, air flow switch, terminal box and factory control package. Control package shall include; SCR 100% proportional control with factory supplied duct thermostat. D. Terminal Box: All heater controls shall be mounted in side - mounted terminal box insulated from heater casing. E. Disconnect: Heater shall be provided with a built -in power disconnect switch with a terminal box door interlock. C13159C 15760 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ce w U O N w w =. , -J H-' • u- w O' • Q CO a = a. f.. w . z � O Z i.- 2 o 0 :O . :. C3 ff w w u. O '. ui z H F. O z PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 2.04 ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS A. Manufacturer, Type and Capacity: Markel baseboard wall heater with architectural cover consisting of base retum air opening and top grille for proper air circulation, wattage as scheduled, 240 volt, single phase with integral thermostat dial (adjustable). A. Electric heaters shall be fumished and installed under Division 15 and all power wiring shall be provided under Division 16. All control wiring shall be provided under Section 15900 - Controls in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. r. • Duct heater shall be installed in lined duct section with flanged type mounting arrangement sized to accommodate the lined duct section where installed. C13159C END OF SECTION 15760 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Exhaust Fan B. Blower Coil Unit 1.02 RELATED WORK PART 2- PRODUCTS C13159C A. B. C. D. E. F. G. A. Section 15010 - Section 15650 - Section 15760 - Section 15840 - Section 15860 - Section 15870 - Section 15900 2.04 BLOWER COIL UNIT A. (Th Mechanical, General Refrigeration System Electric Heaters Ductwork Duct Accessories Air Outlets and Inlets - Controls 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS • B. Blower Coil Unit: Lennox. C. Vibration Isolation: Mason Industries. 2.02 CABINET FANS SECTION 15800 HVAC SYSTEMS 15800 - 1 Cabinet Exhaust Fan: Broan, Cook, Greenheck, Penn; Kanalflakt. A. PENN Zephyr Series ceiling mounted cabinet fan shall have acoustically insulated housings and shall not exceed a sound level rating in excess of 5.0 sones at operating point. Fan shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal and U.L. Label. Integral backdraft damper shall be chatterproof. Fan shall have true centrifugal wheel(s). Fan shall be provided with cord, plug, and receptacle inside the housing. Entire fan, motor, and wheel assembly shall be removable • without disturbing the housing. Motor speeds shall not exceed 1100 RPM. Fan motors shall be suitably grounded and mounted on vibration isolators. B. Fan shall be arranged for ceiling mounting with access through the ceiling grille. C. Fan shall be fumished with solid state speed control switch for balancing of fan operating point. Speed control switch shall be shipped loose for field installation. Horizontal air flow arrangement with direct expansion cooling coil rated for capacity indicated on the drawing schedules with matched outdoor remote condensing unit per ARI Standard 210/240-89.. King County Solid Waste Division Bow lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ' • • 2.05 C13159C B. Blower coil unit shall be U.L. Listed to U.S. safety standards and components within are bonded for grounding to meet safety standards for servicing required by the NEC. C. Blower coil unit shall be developed in accordance with ISO 9002 quality standards. D. Cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel completely insulated with fiberglass insulation, pre - painted with textured enamel finish and primer coat on unpainted side of all panels. Removeable panels provide complete service access. Z ▪ ' CC E. Direct drive blower shall be statically and dynamically balanced with resiliently mouted multi- c..) v 0 speed Ieadless motor with plug in connections. Blower shall provide constant operating speed p for both cooling and heating applications to match airflows indicated on the plans. Fans shall ` ' ` co w not adjust speed between heating and cooling modes of operation. Fan operation shall be , continuous during all modes of operation during the occupied period. co a_ 0 Heat pump coil shall be enclosed within the blower coil cabinet with horizontal airflow arrangement with integral corrosion resistant drain pan. Q . ^ N � Heat pump coil performance shall have integrated performance ratings showing compliance °1 H w with the Washington State Energy Code with the selected outdoor condensing unit. Ratings shall be factory cataloged showing certified performance per A.R.I. Standard 210. fl ? !— H O Z L„1 H. Cooling coil performance shall include airflow pressure drop not to exceed the values as LU _ r-w U O — i 0 )- w w A. Vibration isolation provisions shall be provided for the blower coil unit consisting of deck (floor) '') • C.) mounted spring type isolators and flexible duct connections. i LI 0 PART 3 - EXECUTION scheduled on the drawings for a wet coil condition. VIBRATION ISOLATION w Z Spring isolators shall have a static deflection of not less than 1 -1/2 inch with no less than 50% F .:. v N additional capacity to solid. Mason Industries Series SSLFH or accepted alternate. ` 0 H Flexible duct connectors shall be glass fiber fabric complying with NFPA -90A. 3.01 , EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Install blower coil heating and cooling system with heat pump coils and all accessories. See Section 15650 - Refrigeration System for connection to outdoor condensing units. B. Install exhaust fan and accessories. C. Support exhaust fan from structure with and seismic restraint cables. D. Support blower coil unit from enclosure roof with floor mount spring isolators. END OF SECTION 15800 15800 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ti Z C13159C PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Sheetmetal Ductwork B. Duct Sealing C. Flexible Duct D. Acoustical Duct Lining E. Duct Cleaning and Testing 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15250 - Insulation B. Section 15860 - Duct Accessories C. Section 15880 - Air Filtering Equipment SECTION 15840 DUCTWORK 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct Sizes: All duct dimensions shown are inside clear dimensions. Where inside duct lining is specified or indicated, duct dimensions are to the inside face of lining. B. Low Pressure System: Velocities less than 2,000 fpm or static pressure in duct 2 inches w.g. or less. C. Gages: Steel sheet and wire are U.S. Standard Gage; aluminum sheet is Brown and Sharpe Gage. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate and install ductwork in accordance with SMACNA duct construction publications and ASHRAE handbooks. B. Materials and installations shall comply with NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, and the Uniform Mechanical Code. 1.05 REFERENCES A. SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards - 5th Edition. B. SMACNA High Pressure Duct Construction Standards - 3rd Edition. C. SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard - 2nd Edition. D. NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. E. NFPA 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning systems. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals for all components specified under this section Submittals. 15840 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sheet Metal: U.S. Steel, Republic, Bethlehem, Youngstown, United Sheetmetal. B. Spin -in Fittings: General Environment Corp., Clevepak Corp. C. Duct Sealant and Tape: Durkee - Atwood, Hardcast, Duro-Dyne, Benjamin Foster, Products Research and Chemical Corp. D. Flexible Duct: Wiremold, Clevaflex, Genflex, Manville. E. Acoustical Duct Lining: Manville, Owens-Corning, Knauf. 2.02 GENERAL MATERIALS A. Ducts: Construct of galvanized sheet steel, suitable for lock forming without flaking or cracking, having a zinc coating of 1.25 ounces total per square foot for both sides of a sheet. B. Fasteners: Use rivets and bolts throughout; sheet metal screws are acceptable on low pressure ductwork only. C. Spin -In Fittings: Factory fabricated of galvanized steel with die - formed mounting groove, and damper. Provide 45 degree extractor when the spin -in fitting is installed in a duct which has a width of 12 inches or more. General Environment Model SM -1 D or SM -1 DEL. D. Duct Sealant: Shall be fire resistant with a flame spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or Tess. Sealant shall also be water resistant, and compatible with mating materials and types of joints or connections being sealed. Exterior duct sealant shall be a polyurethane sealant: Products Research and Chemical Corporation No. PR -5365. E. Duct Tape: Shall be fire resistant with a flame spread rating of 25 or Tess, and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less. Tape used shall be specifically compounded for maximum adhesion to galvanized steel, and shall be compatible with the duct sealant used. 2.03 LOW PRESSURE DUCT FABRICATION A. Duct Gage and Reinforcement: Shall be as shown in SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards according to the pressure classification of the system and the duct dimensions. B. Joints and Seams: Construct in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Construction Standards. Leakage shall be less than 5% of total system airflow. Button punch or bolt through connections in standing seams shall be spaced on centers not greater than 6" apart. Coordinate joint spacing with duct reinforcement requirements so that transverse joints having the required stiffness may be incorporated in the reinforcement spacing schedule. C. Elbows and Tees: Shall be long- radius type with a center -line radius not less than 1 -1/2 times the width or diameter of the duct. Where space does not permit the use of long - radius elbows, square elbows with tuming vanes shall be used. D. Transitions: Increase duct sizes gradually. Transitions for diverging air flow shall be made with each side pitched out not more than 20 degrees. Transitions for converging air flow shall be made with each side pitched in not more than 30 degrees. C13159C 15840 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements z aa2 J U DO co W =: CO J � w O u- ¢ CO =a 1 w z �. I-O z 1- uj U � F- LU u i z LLi N H ; z E. Branch Connections: Duct take -offs from rectangular ductwork to round ductwork shall be made using spin -in fittings. 2.04 FLEXIBLE DUCT A. Construction: Spiral metal reinforced fabric liner or 2 ply flexible aluminum duct, with exterior insulation. Wiremold type 57K, or Clevaflex type 12FV. B. Insulation: Nominal 2" x 314 pound density fiberglass insulation, covered with vinyl, polyethylene, or rein- forced metallized vapor barrier, providing an overall thermal value of R -7. C. Code Compliance: Shall comply with NFPA 90A fire resistant standards (flame spread 25 or less, smoke development index 50 or less); shall be U.L. listed and labeled as a Class 1 connector (per U.L. Standard 181). D. Length: Shall not exceed 7 feet. 2.05 DUCT LINING ' A. Material: Flexible, inorganic glass fiber material, thickness as required to comply with the Washington State Energy Code, 1" thick, minimum 1.5 pounds per cubic foot density, coated to prevent erosion, and conforming to SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard. Manville "Linacoustic ". B. Mechanical Fasteners: Shall conform to the Mechanical Fasteners Standard, MF -1 -1975, as contained in the SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK AND PLENUM INSTALLATION A. Install all ductwork in sizes and locations as shown on the drawings, complete with all accessories and connections to provide complete and operable heating, ventilating and air conditioning system. B. Ducts shall be installed level and in neat lines with the building constructions. C. All ducts are to be installed concealed unless indicated otherwise. D. Attach flexible duct to sheet metal in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using sheet metal screws or draw bands to secure the duct; in addition, coat the inside of flexible duct at connection with duct sealant, and wrap duct tape over the insulation and vapor barrier at the connection. E. Apply a bead of duct sealant to all spin -in fittings where fittings seal against sheet metal duct. F. Install flexible duct with a centerline tuming radius not Tess than one duct diameter. Where this tuming radius cannot be maintained with the flexible duct, sheet metal elbows shall be used. G. Seal all joints in ductwork, both supply and return, by applying a bead of duct sealant. H. In addition to applying sealant to joints and seams all joints and seams shall be taped over with minimum 3" wide duct tape. C13159C 15840 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3.02 DUCT SLEEVES AND OPENINGS A. Provide duct sleeves for all round ducts Tess than 15 inches in diameter where the duct passes through any floors, walls, ceilings, or roofs. B. All square and rectangular ducts, and round ducts 15 inches and larger in diameter, shall be provided with framed openings where the duct passes through any floors, walls, ceilings, or roofs. C. Closure collar shall be provided for exposed ducts on each side of walls or floors where sleeves or prepared openings are provided. Collar shall be installed tight against surface. Collar shall fit snugly around insulated duct and shall be ground smooth to preclude tearing or puncturing the insulation covering of vapor barrier. Collars shall be installed with fasteners on maximum 3 -inch centers, except that not Tess than four fasteners shall be used. D. The space between the sleeve or framed opening and the duct shall be packed with approved fire sealant. 3.03 ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINING INSTALLATION A. Install in ducts to extent shown on drawings, covering all interior surfaces. B. Installation shall comply with SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standards and these specifications. C. The duct liner shall be applied with 100% coverage of adhesive. D. Horizontal duct runs: Tops of ducts over 12" wide and sides of duct over 16" high shall have liner additionally secured with mechanical fasteners. Vertical duct runs: Any side of duct over 12" in size shall have liner additionally secured with mechanical fasteners. F. Mechanical Fasteners shall be installed flush with the liner surface, and shall be spaced in accordance with SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standards, Figure 5. G. All joints and exposed edges of the liner shall be heavily coated with fire resistant adhesive. Damaged liner shall be removed and replaced. H. The liner shall be cut to assure tightly butted joints. I. Install metal nosings on the leading edges of the liner in ducts where the velocity exceeds 4000 feet per minute. 3.04 DUCT CLEANING AND TESTING A. All ducts shall be wiped or blown clean of all dust and debris prior to the installation of grilles or diffusers. B. All plenums shall be vacuum cleaned of all dust and debris prior to system operation. C. Ductwork shall be tested for leakage prior to concealing or insulating by operation of the system supply and exhaust fans. All joints shall be checked for leakage and any detected leakage shall be repaired, sealed and retested. C13159C END OF SECTION 1 5840 - 4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1 11 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Manual Dampers B. Flexible Connections C. Duct Access Doors C13159C SECTION 15860 DUCT ACCESSORIES 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15020 - Air Balancing B. Section 15840 - Ductwork 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction and installation of all duct accessories shall comply with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards - 5th Edition for Low Pressure Systems. 1.04 REFERENCES A. SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards - 5th Edition. B. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 15010, 1.07 - Submittals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 15010, 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Manual Damper Hardware: Duro-Dyne, Young Regulator Co., Ventfabrics Inc. C. Flexible Connections: Ventfabrics Inc., Duro-Dyne. D. Duct Access Doors: National Controlled Air. 2.02 MANUAL DAMPERS A. Dampers shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, two gages heavier than duct in which installed. B. Maximum blade width is 12 inches; fabricate multi -blade dampers with opposed blade pattem for ducts larger than 12" x 48 ". C. Damper regulator sets shall have quadrant dial regulator with locking nut, square end bearing one side, and spring or round end bearing other side, axis of blade the long dimension. Regulator sets shall be Duro-Dyne Model numbers as follows: • 15860 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Max. Blade Duro-Dyne Shaft Dimension Regulator Set Size 10" and Tess KS -145 1/4" 11" to 18" KSR -195 3/8" 19" and larger KS -12 1/2" 2.03 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Material shall be a flexible glass fiber fabric with an inorganic elastomeric coating. B. Material shall be flame retardant and comply with requirements of NFPA -90A. C. Flexible connections exposed to sunlight or weather shall use Ventfabrics "Ventlon' ; other flexible connections shall use Ventfabrics "Ventglas ". 2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Access doors shall be of double wall construction, made with minimum 24 gage galvanized steel, tight fitting, with sealing gasket, and cam locks. B. Doors shall be sized as indicated on the drawings, minimum 14" x 14 ". Where duct size will not accommodate this size door, the doors shall be made as large as practicable. C. Doors larger than 14" x 14" shall have a minimum of 4 cam locks. D. Doors in insulated ducts shall be insulated type, with minimum 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation. E. Access doors shall be rated for the class of duct in which installed and shall be sealed to prevent air leakage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 MANUAL DAMPERS A. Dampers shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with SMACNA requirements for volume dampers. B. Install dampers at locations shown on the drawings, and at other locations as required to allow for the balancing of the system. As -built drawings shall reflect all damper locations. C. Locate dampers at accessible locations in the duct systems. D. Set and lock dampers in the full open position prior to balancing. E. Provide flush - mounted concealed type damper quadrants for ducts concealed in walls or non - accessible areas above ceilings. 3.02 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Provide flexible connections at all duct connections to fans, where ducts of dissimilar metals are connected, and where shown on the drawings. C13159C 15860 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements r7 r 1 o: 6 • . u6 = JU O 0 0 . J = '. N u. w ° 2 J u. co i � Z = zo U 111 uj w ▪ U w z. co o z For round ducts, the flexible material shall be secured by zinc - coated, iron clinch type draw bands. For rectangular ducts, the flexible material shall be locked to metal collars which shall be connected to the duct using normal duct seam construction methods. D. Install flexible connections with sufficient slack to permit 2 inches of horizontal or vertical movement of ducts or equipment at flexible connection point without stretching the flexible material. 3.03 DUCT ACCESS DOOR A. Provide duct access doors at all automatic control dampers, upstream of cooling coils, downstream of electric heating coils, and any other compartments in the duct system that require service or inspection. C13159C Access doors shall be of sufficient size and so located so that the concealed items may be serviced and inspected or completely removed and replaced. END OF SECTION 15860 - 3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • L A. Pleated Air Filters B. Chemical Adsorptive Air Filters C. Filter Housings 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15020 - Air Balancing B. Section 15840 - Ductwork 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall comply with Section 15010, 1.07 - Submittals. B. Submit product information on all filters and filter housings complete with fabrication drawings. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASHRAE Standard 52-76, Air Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing -3 Particulate Matter, Method of Testing. s PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 15010, 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Pleated Air Filters: Farr, Eco-Air. C. Chemical Adsorptive Air Filters: Extraction Systems Inc. D. Filter Housings: Farr, Eco-Air. 2.02 GENERAL A. Filter Performance: Pleated air filter performance specifications refer to filter test results when tested per ASHRAE Standard 52-76. 2.03 PLEATED AIR FILTERS A. Type: Filters shall be class 1, medium efficiency, pleated panel type, disposable filters; 4" thick Airguard Model DP-40, Farr 30/30, Eco Air Model C35H, or approved equal. B. Efficiency: Filter Media shall have an average atmospheric efficiency of not less than 30%. C. Arrestance: Average synthetic dust weight arrestance shall be of not less than 90%. C13159C SECTION 15880 AIR FILTERING EQUIPMENT 15880 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements D. Dust Holding Capacity: Shall be not Tess than 60 grams per square foot of face area at 1.0" w.g. filter resistance. 2.04 CHEMICAL ADSORPTIVE AIR FILTERS A. General: The chemical adsorptive filters shall provide control of odors and organic vapors. B. Filters shall be 400 Series VaporSorb 1076 as manufactured by Extraction Systems Inc. with the following airflow performance and arrangement for a 24" x 24" filter module: 1. Rated airflow (maximum): 2,000 cfm 2. Rated air velocity (maximum): 500 fpm 3. Airflow resistance 0.29" of water at 500 fpm 4. First pass removal efficiency: 95% 5. Installation arrangement: side loading 6. Overall Dimensions: 23.313 high x 23.313 wide x 11.313 deep C. Filter Model Number 400B-242412. 2.05 FILTER HOUSING A. General: Two stage side access fitter housings shall be Sureseal as manufactured by Eco-Air Products, Inc. Unit shall be a factory assembled housing with upstream and downstream outwardly tumed flanges for installation in the ductwork on the inlet side of the air handling equipment. Housing must be capable of accepting primary filters without the use of holding frames or fasteners. B. Construction: Housing shall be constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel, with "Z channel vertical support members on all four corners. Metal- to-metal joints shall be sealed with silicone compound. Filter tracks shall be extruded aluminum and incorporate a replaceable polypropylene pile gasket to insure sealing of the filters to the track. Prefilter tracks shall be an integral part of the assembly. Leakage shall be prevented between filters and access door by factory - installed polyfoam gasketing on the vertical sides of the primary filter. Access doors shall have continuous neoprene gasketing on the perimeter and be equipped with positive pressure adjustable latches with easy -grip knobs. B Filter Housing shall be Surseal Model SS-10H- consisting of 4" deep pleated prefilter section and 12" deep chemical adsorptive filter section with side loading arrangement. 2.06 SPARE FILTERS A. One set of spare pleated media filters and one set of chemical adsorptive filters shall be provided for each installed filter housing in addition to the filters installed In each fitter housing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide and install filter housings as indicated on the drawings. Provide complete with two sets of all filters, one for operation during startup, and one for delivery to the owner with each filter identified by unit designation in which filter is to be installed. END OF SECTION C13159C SECTION 15880 AIR FILTERING EQUIPMENT 15880 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements r PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Complete system of electric automatic controls of the HVAC systems shown on the drawings and described herein. B. Control devices and components. C. Design and shop drawings of the complete temperature control system as described herein. D. Testing and adjustment. E. The work of this section shall include all line voltage wiring to components furnished under this section and all low voltage wiring as required to provide the sequence of operation specified. Line voltage power supply wiring shall be provided from the area electrical panels to serve the control system. Circuit breakers will be installed by the Division 16 contractor. All line voltage wiring shall be installed in conformance with the requirements of Division 16. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15010 - Mechanical, General B. Section 15020 - Air Balancing C. Section 15760 - Electric Heaters D. Section 15800 - HVAC Systems E. Division 16 - Electrical SECTION 15900 CONTROLS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Products shall comply with Section 15010 2.01 - Acceptable Manufacturers. B. Submit product information on all control components. C. Submit shop drawings showing all components and wiring as required to provide the sequence of operation as specified. 2.02 THERMOSTATS A. Duct heater with SCR control package, shall be furnished with the individual duct heater and installed under this section of the specifications with appropriate interlocks as described under the sequence of operation. 2.03 RELAYS A. Combination transformer /relays for start/stop control of exhaust fans shall be provided and installed under this section of the specifications. B. Additional relays necessary to provide the sequence of operation specified shall be provided and C13159C 15900 - 1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safetey Improvements PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION SECTION 15900 CONTROLS installed under this section of the specifications. 2.04 CONTROL DAMPER AND DAMPER OPERATOR A. Control damper with low voltage damper operator shall be provided under this section as required to provide the sequence of operation as described herein. A. Provide and install all control devices as required to provide the sequence of operation as described herein. Line voltage wiring as required to control the building HVAC system shall be provided under this section and installed in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. B. Thermostats shall be mounted where shown, 5' -0" above finish floor, unless indicated otherwise. 3.02 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. HVAC System F- 1 /CU -1: 1. System is be controlled under program control of the room thermostat located as shown on the drawings. 2. The duct heater in the retum air duct, when the supply fan is operating, the duct heater shall operate in response to the duct thermostat to maintain minimum mixed air temperature of 65 degrees F (adjustable) during the heating and deadband modes of operation. Duct heater operation shall be locked out during the cooling mode of operation. Adjustment shall be located adjacent to the duct heater. 3. Interlock the respective system outside air damper to provide minimum outside air during the occupied mode and 100% retum air during the unoccupied mode of operation. 4. During the programmed occupied mode, the supply fan and bathroom exhaust fan shall operate continuously. During the unoccupied mode of operation, the fans shall be off. Supply fan shall cycle on and off in response to setback temperature. Outside air damper shall remain closed and exhaust fan shall remain off during the unoccupied mode. 5. During heating mode of operation, heat pump condensing unit shall operate in response to the room thermostat to maintain space temperature with duct heater operation set to maintain minimum mixed air temperature as described previously. On call for second stage heat and during defrost mode, duct heater shall operate to provide full electric heat capacity. C131590 6. Program the thermostat to provide the schedule of operation provided by the owner. END OF SECTION 15900 - 2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safetey Improvements r 1 PART 1– GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 16010 C13159C BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Section includes basic electrical requirements applicable to the Work and the other Sections of Division 16— Electrical. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02225 Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Utilities 1.03 REFERENCES A. Conform to the following Codes and Standards, as applicable: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. Canadian Standards Association (CSA). 3. Electronic Industries Association (EIA). 4. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 6. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 7. Insulated Cable Engineers' Association (ICEA). 8. National Electrical Code (NEC). 9. National Electric Safety Code (NESC). 10. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA). 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide electrical equipment, materials, details of construction, and installation. Perform necessary tests, in conformity with NEC and UL as well as other codes, ordinances, or regulations as specified and that may otherwise apply. B. Referenced codes and standards establish the minimum requirements for the Work. Wherever these Contract Documents require higher grades of materials or workmanship than required by the codes and standards, these Contract Documents apply. C. Should the specified reference standards conflict with these Contract Documents, request clarification from the Engineer before proceeding. 1.05 DRAWINGS A. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic and the location of outlets and equipment terminals are approximate unless detailed or dimensioned. 1. Exact placement and routing of cables and raceways: governed by structural conditions, physical interferences, and the location of electrical terminations on equipment. 2. Examine the Drawings and equipment manufacturers' drawings, including plans, elevations, block, riser, and control diagrams, before determining the exact number and routing of raceways required. 3. Examine the existing site conditions; the architectural, structural, and mechanical Drawings; and the Shop Drawings of equipment, in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for raceways and cables. B. Stub conduits up as near as possible to equipment terminals. C. Allowance has been made in the design for the number of raceways, cables, and conductors that are considered adequate for feeding the various drives and equipment. 16010 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements D. The Drawings are based on available data pertaining to a particular design of equipment, and portray the systems that have been chosen to effect the required operation and level of control. 1. Equipment furnished and installed, even though of the make and model specified, may differ in detail, arrangement, connections, or configuration from that shown on the Drawings. 2. Furnished and installed equipment that differs from that shown and requires modifications to power, control, or other electrical services will not be approved unless the required modifications are provided. Quality of equipment is to be the same as that specified, and provided at no additional expense to the Owner. 3. Size conductors and raceways for proposed changes in accordance with the requirements of these Contract Documents. E. Typical control diagrams may be shown to delineate the basic circuit arrangements that are to be used. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 1 0Submittals, Shop Drawings, Project Closeout, Operations and Maintenance Manuals, and as follows. B. Equipment Material Submittals: 1. Within 30 days after delivery of the Notice to Proceed, submit the material proposed under this division of the Work for review as follows: a. • Name of manufacturer. b. Identifying trade name. c. Model designation. d. Catalog cuts. 2. Endorse catalog cuts for the specific parts and ratings of the equipment being supplied, especially where multiple parts and ratings appear on one sheet. Indicate the intended use for operating devices. 3. • Submit information on major equipment and panels at least (1) one month prior to the scheduled incorporation of the equipment in the Work. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide complete information prior to manufacture for major electrical equipment, such as motor control centers, safety switches, motor starters, panelboards, lighting fixtures, control panels, electrical cabinets, and any special electrical equipment. 2. Provide complete information, prior to manufacture, covering special controls, instrumentation, telemetry, or similar systems. 3. Use the diagrams and descriptions as shown or specified, the drive specifications, the electrical and instrument layouts and specifications, along with equipment supplier's information as applicable in order to produce the required drawings. 4. Diagrams: showing the power and control systems in detail. 5. Interconnection diagrams: submitted where not otherwise covered above. 6. Diagram Format: a. Place rungs of elementary diagrams horizontally and number each line. b. Symbols: ANSI Standards. c. Cross reference contact locations by line numbers. d. Clearly describe switching functions including level, pressure, and timing. Indicate the value of the switching point. Provide each device with a clear description and a contact development. e. Coils and indicating lights: provided with descriptive text to define operation. f. Identify and number terminal points on elementary, internal, and interconnection diagrams. D. Test Reports: submitted as specified hereinafter. King County Solid Waste Division C13159C Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 16010 -2 rTh "-" a r E. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Construction record drawings showing as -built conditions of project. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3. 1.08 UTILITY POWER AND TELEPHONE SERVICE C13159C 16010 -3 A. Perform Work in accordance with Division 1— General Requirements, and as follows: 1. Protect materials and equipment from dust and moisture prior to and during construction. 2. Repair by spray painting, after properly preparing the surface, scratches, or defects in the finish of the equipment. Use only identical paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer for such purposes. A. Arrange and pay for power and telephone connections. Give the utilities sufficient notification so that permanent power and services are available at the Project service point at the time required. .B. Schedule any required power outages with the Owner. 1.09 WARRANTIES A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 1— Warranty /Bonds. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use new materials, of current manufacture. B. Use same manufacture and quality for each type of material incorporated into the Work. C. Furnish products UL- listed and - labeled for the purpose for which they are intended, where such listing exists. If no such listing exists, then CSA or other approved third -party listing and labeling will be acceptable. 2.02 CORROSION PROTECTION AND PAINTING A. Treat equipment and appurtenances furnished under Division 16 - Electrical, unless otherwise specified, with zinc phosphate, bonderize or otherwise give a rust preventive treatment, then prime and paint with a durable lead -free enamel finish of not less than 5 mils total dry film thickness. Final finish unless otherwise specified as follows: 1. Exteriors: ANSI 61, light grey. 2. Interiors: white. B. Conform hot -dip galvanizing, where specified, to the applicable requirements of ASTM A 123, A 153, A 384, and A 385. Coat field cuts of hardware and minor damage of the galvanized surface with GaIv -Bar galvanizing repair system. C. Provide stainless steel hardware for electrical devices and equipment installed out of doors, below grade, or in other damp locations. 2.03 EQUIPMENT VARIANCE FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. If the equipment proposed for use in the Work differs in control circuitry, or if the equipment is of larger horsepower than that shown on the Drawings, furnish and install the controls and wiring properly to serve the proposed equipment. 1. Submit information prior to installation showing the complete system. 2. Mark final sizing of revised or added conductors and raceways after completing the required diagrams and determining the exact conductor count. 3. Size conduit for revised power and control systems in accord n9 ith No E � Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ttrcist, lrrt.Y3#'it% Woo) • s'F; PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 DUST CONTROL 3.02 REWIRING, RELOCATION, AND MODIFICATIONS OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT 3.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate electrical installation work with other trades on the job site. 3.05 TESTING A. Furnish power, labor, materials, instruments, and tools as required for testing. Demonstrate that equipment is operating as intended prior to the acceptance of the Work. Protective devices are to be operative during testing of equipment. Notify the Engineer 24 hours in advance of the tests listed below. The Engineer may be present to witness the tests. Correct deficiencies or unsatisfactory conditions in a satisfactory manner, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Record and submit to the Engineer, in report form, the detailed results of each of the tests, as specified hereinafter. C. Make a phase rotation check to demonstrate that service feeders, main power feeders, 3- phase power receptacles, and motors have the same ABC phase rotation. D. Test miscellaneous equipment by operating electric motors, relays, switches, and heaters sufficiently to demonstrate their intended function and electrical connections. C13159C A. Accomplish operations involving grinding of concrete, sweeping, or similar activities under controlled conditions of ventilation that keep cement dust or other dust and particles from contaminating the electrical equipment. B. Adequately cover and protect from dust any parts susceptible to damage. C. At the completion of the Work, clean the electrical equipment and render the interior of panels and cabinets dust free. A. If a portion of the Work involves rewiring, relocation, and modification of existing electrical equipment, this portion is specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents. B. Disconnect removal and demolition of existing electrical and lighting systems in facility building is required. Existing panelboard shall be salvaged and reused for modifications, contractor shall notify engineer if existing panelboard is damaged and /or unsafe for electrical modifications. INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Install equipment per manufacturer's requirements and as specified hereinafter. B. Openings in Structures: 1. Locate wall, ceiling, roof, and floor openings for passage of conduit, and cable entrances to electrical enclosures from supplier's equipment data, in accordance with the structural requirements of the Contract Documents and the requirements of other trades. 2. Make arrangements for the forming of openings in cast -in -place and precast concrete building elements during the casting of these elements whenever possible. 3. Do not cut, notch, or drill structural steel members unless specifically approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 16010 16010 -4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements (' 1 • Z . re W. 6 � UO • 0 J = H w O g Q . cs Z � I— 0 Z I O N O I- • u O N z It v samples before placement. tit PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes basic electrical materials, equipment, and methods applicable to the Work and to other sections of Division 16—Electrical. 1. Boxes and enclosures. 2. Wiring devices. 3. Nameplates. 4. Concrete expansion anchors. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010, and as specified herein. B. Nameplates: 1. Submit nameplate schedules for review prior to inscription. 2. If any nameplates are proposed to be secured by adhesive, submit data and 3. PART 2– PRODUCTS fl • 2.01 BOXES AND ENCLOSURES C13159C SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. General: 1. Boxes include outlet, switch, junction, pull, floor, and special purpose boxes. 2. Enclosures include wall- or pad-mounted-type field panels and terminal enclosures. 3. Freestanding panels and cabinets, branch circuit panelboards, and the service meter socket are specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents. B. Device and Fixture Support Boxes: 1. Cast ferrous alloy with zinc electroplate. 2. Having integrally cast threaded hubs or bosses for conduit entrances, providing for full 4-thread contact on tightening. 3. Cover plates: of similar zinc electroplate cast ferrous alloy material. Furnish full-body neoprene gasket and type 316 stainless steel machine screws with the cover. 4. Manufacturers: 0.Z./Gedney, Crouse-Hinds or Appleton. C. Junction Boxes: 1. Hot-dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy. 2. Having integrally cast threaded hubs or bosses for conduit entrances, providing for full 5-thread contact on tightening. Drilling and threading done before galvanizing. 3. Covers: of similar hot-dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy material. Furnish full-body neoprene gasket and Type 316 stainless steel machine screws with the cover. 4. Manufacturers: O.Z./Gedney or special Crouse-Hinds or Appleton units furnished with factory-applied hot-dip galvanized finish. 16050-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • ' " 6S () C.) 0 , cn 0 n ILI w w co 3 uj Z 0 w Z 1— ui C.) 0 I-- I C.) C) (.) 0 z • 2.02 WIRING DEVICES C13159C D. Floor Boxes: 1. NEMA 4, cast, hot -dip galvanized with recessed ring neoprene gasket, hot -dip galvanized steel checker plate cover, and type 316 stainless steel machine screws of not less than 1 /4 -in. diameter. Cover screws: flat head type or recessed socket head screws without projecting above the level of the cover. Manufacturers: Crouse - Hinds, Hope Electrical Products or O.Z. /Gedney. 2. Installed in indoor, dry locations for telephone, signaling, or 120 -V receptacles: adjustable cast -in -place type, complete with cast iron body, inner ring, adjusting ring, cover plate, and receptacle or appropriate fitting. Manufacturers: Lew Electric Products Co., or equal. E. Pull Boxes: 1. Commercially fabricated of sheet metal of code gage or heavier. "C" or "L" configuration, or designed for special applications. 2. Covers: attached with machine bolts and permanently attached nuts furnished under the lip of the box. Furnish a neoprene gasket between the cover and the box. 3. Finish: hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 4. Use only with Engineer's approval. F. Enclosures: 1. NEMA 1, 3R, or 12: fabricated from code gage galvanized sheet metal, unless otherwise specified or shown. 2. NEMA 4, 7, or 9: meeting the requirements of the NEMA group and fabricated of heavy sheet steel, cast ferrous alloy, or cast aluminum as applicable. 3. NEMA 4X: of stainless steel, polyester fiberglass, or epoxy resin construction as applicable. 4. Furnish cast enclosures with welded hubs. 5. Furnish steel enclosures with either welded hubs or weathertight hub box entry fittings. 6. Furnish enclosures without knockouts. 7. Provide enclosures with hinged doors unless otherwise shown. Door construction: allowing 110 - degree minimum door swing. 8. Furnish NEMA 12 enclosures with door edges turned in to provide a seal with the groove in the steelwork around the cabinet opening and with neoprene gasketing to exclude moisture and dust entry. If the enclosure is to be mounted outdoors, furnish it with a rain cap. 9. Furnish mounting pans on the back of each enclosure unless otherwise shown. G. Device boxes and small enclosures in HVAC or mechanical rooms, or architecturally finished dry areas, indoors and above grade, may be standard electrogalvanized sheet metal (in lieu of cast junction and device boxes). Furnish electrogalvanized or cadmium - plated hardware. Minimum size: 4 -in. square by 1- 1 /2 -in. deep. A. General: complying with NEMA WD -1. Specification grade with provisions for back wiring and side wiring with captive binding screws. B. Switches: 1. General duty, suitable for 120 -277 -V service: a. Flush toggle type, totally enclosed in melamine, or melamine and urea plastic face and body, with ivory toggle handle, and screw terminals. b. Rated for 20 A at 120 - 277 -Vac, and 1 hp at 120 -Vac. c. Conforming to Federal Specification W- S -896d, Type III, Class 1, 2, or 3 as applicable. 16050 -2 4K.114 O.vrry.v.� -..... n.... King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements d C13159C d. Manufacturers: Sierra 5721 series, Hubbell 1221 -1 series, Leviton 1221 series, or Pass & Seymour (P &S) 20AC1. C. Receptacles: 1. General: a. Provide parallel blade grounding type for general duty 20 -A, 125 -V applications unless otherwise shown. b. Specification grade, grounding type: with NEMA contact configurations. c. Per the following table: Type Rating Circuit NEMA Levito Hubbel P&S n I Nonlock 125V,20A 1 -Phase 2P- 5 -20R 5362 5362 5362 3W Lock 125V,20A 1 -Phase 2P- L5- 4700 L520- 3W 20R R Lock *250V,20 1 -Phase 2P- L6- 7310 L620- A 3W 20R R *Use also for 208 -V single -phase applications 2. Corrosion - resistant type: NEMA 6 -20, gray nylon or melamine construction with metal parts of monel or nickel - plated brass. Receptacles and other fittings to be Hubbell No. 52CM 61 G4 or Pass and Seymour CR 6301. 3. Provide 120 -V ground fault circuit interrupt (GFCI) receptacles where the receptacle circuit is not otherwise protected by a GFI circuit breaker or through - feed GFCI receptacle. a. Receptacles: capable of detecting and interrupting ground fault currents of 5 mA or more, with provisions for trip indication, testing, and resetting. b. Provide GFCI protection in areas below grade, outdoors, in restrooms, and as shown. c. Manufacturers: Pass & Seymour, 3M, or Square -D. 4. Special purpose NEMA configuration receptacles: as shown. Device Covers and Plates: 1. Switch covers for cast boxes: cast alloy cover plates of the weather - resistant type, with rocker arm operator. 2. Furnish stainless steel device plates in architecturally finished areas where flush devices are furnished. 3. Weatherproof receptacle covers: a. Weatherproof when closed: specification grade, stainless steel, top - opening, spring - loaded, self - closing with twin -seal vinyl gaskets. Key locking where shown. Manufacturers: Leviton 4976, Crouse -Hinds type WLRD, or Pass & Seymour WPH 8. b. Weatherproof while in use: industrial grade, meeting NEC 410 -57, UV- stabilized polycarbonate with sealing gaskets and stainless steel mounting screws. Key locking where shown. Manufacturers: Taymac Safety Outlet Enclosure, or equal. • E. Telephone Outlet Boxes and Cover Plates: furnished where shown. If the telephone system is being provided by the telephone utility, conform boxes and covers to their requirements. 16050 -3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2.03 NAMEPLATES A. Provide a nameplate designating the function of the device and its identifying number (if applicable) for each motor control center compartment, device switch, individual controller, control station, field panel, and control device. Also identify with nameplates relays, pressure switches, solenoid valves, and similar devices mounted outside of their associated control panels, as well as numbered instruments and devices. B. Nameplates: 1 /16 -in. -thick machine - engraved laminated phenolic having white letters not less than 3/16 -in. high on a black background or as otherwise shown. Nameplates for wiring devices such as switches and receptacles may have 1 /8 -in. -high lettering. Spell equipment titles out completely on nameplates, as shown on the Drawings. Provide stainless steel drive screws for securing nameplates on the exteriors of steel panels. Identify relays and devices that are located inside panels with nameplates of either sandwich phenolic as described above, white fiber strips marked in India ink, or 3 /8 -in. minimum size Dymo tape. Clean the surface to which adhesive labels will be applied with mineral solvent or denatured alcohol and wipe clean with lint -free absorbent cloth just prior to application of the label. 2.04 CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHORS C13159C D. E. A. A. Stud Bolt Wedge Anchors: 2 -piece type, stainless steel. B. Manufacturers: Kwik -Bolt, Parabolt, or equal. 2.05 SEALANTS 2.07 ROTATING BEACON Building Penetration: 1. Watertight: a. Where a conduit passes through a below -grade concrete wall, seal opening around the conduit with a minimum expanding foam sealant, that will form a durable, airtight, waterproof bond to metal and masonry. b. Manufacturers: Insta -Foam Products "Great Stuff," or equal. 2. Fire and Gastight: a. Where conduit passes through fire -rated floors or walls, seal opening around conduit with fire- resistant foam sealant. Maintain original fire rating of the floor or wall as required by NEC 300 -21. b. Manufacturers: Chase Technology, CHASE -FOAM, CTC PR -855, or equal. 2.06 POWER AND SENSING HANDHOLE A. Handhole: 1. Concrete, 36 -in. long by 24 -in. wide by 36 -in. deep minimum, with open bottom. 2. Cover: traffic rated with locking device. 3. Mounding bracket: stainless steel, sized to suit devices being installed. Fasten securely to both sides of the handhole. 4. Dry well: compacted bedding material, 1/2 cu yd minimum. A. With a red shatter resistant acrylic dome, a stainless steel parabolic reflector, stainless steel dome bands, brass and delrin gears, and driven by an ac synchronous motor. Containing provisions for mounting on a 3/4 -inch conduit. 16050 -4 fl King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements t-rri i e t urd B. Manufacturers: Edwards 52R, or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION C13159C A. Perform installation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010 and as specified herein. B. Wiring Devices: installed in boxes with adequate space for the device, wiring, and splices. Ground devices by means of a ground lug, where provided, and through the mounting strap. C. Boxes and Enclosures: 1. General: a. Locate boxes and enclosures so as to provide ample clearance between the unit and any other equipment including fixtures, pipes, beams and ducts. b. Mount units with doors, so that the doors may be freely opened to at least 110 degrees. 2. Receptacle, switch, and other device boxes: a. Mount switch boxes 48 in. above the finished floor. b. Unless otherwise shown, mount receptacle boxes 12 in. above the finished floor in offices (and similar areas) and 48 in. above the finished floor in other areas. Mount kitchen and counter top receptacles 6 in. above counter surface. c. Mount other device boxes at the heights shown. d. Mount outdoor receptacle boxes 12 in. above grade or walkway. 3 Terminal enclosures: a. Provide at locations where terminations of signal or control cables are shown or allowed. b. Provide with adequately sized terminal blocks and a copper ground pad with at least 1 threaded ground stud. 4. Mounting: a. Place boxes and cabinets accurately, with vertical sides plumb. Support them independently and securely. b. Wooden plugs, plastic inserts, and powder- driven inserts inserted in masonry or concrete will not be allowed as a base to secure boxes. c. Welding or brazing will not be allowed for attachment of boxes or cabinets. • d. Secure boxes and cabinets by framing channel, expansion anchors, toggle bolts, or machine or wood screws in accordance with the type of construction. e. Space boxes (except wiring device boxes) and cabinets out from the mounting surface by a minimum of 3 /8 -in. unless otherwise shown. f. Where boxes are shown recessed in concrete work, the box is to have a hot -dip galvanized finish. If the particular box is unavailable in ferrous material or in hot -dip galvanized finish, coat it with 2 coats of bitumastic paint prior to installation. D. Sealants and Nonshrink Grout: placed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 16050 -5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 613159C 3.02 FIELD CHECKOUT AND TESTS A. Make field checkout and tests in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010. END OF SECTION 16050 16050-6 • King County Solid Waste Division Bow lake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • ! • 1 r l C13159C PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes raceways, fittings, supports, and appurtenances. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PART 2 — PRODUCTS SECTION 16111 RACEWAYS Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010. Conform raceways to the definition given in 'Article 100 NEC. Furnish and install raceways in accordance with the UL listing and applicable NEC articles. Minimum Conduit Size: 3 /4 -in, unless specifically noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2.02 RACEWAYS A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGS): 1. Conforming to ANSI C80.1. 2. Hot -dip galvanized inside and outside after threading. B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC): 1. In accordance with NEMA Standard TC -2 and TC -6, and with one of the following: a. Schedule 40 heavy wall high- impact polyvinyl chloride, UL- listed for concrete encasement or direct burial. 2 Use polyvinyl chloride solvent weld type fittings in accordance with NEMA Standard TC -3. 3 Use rigid galvanized steel for all elbows and risers. 4. Furnish expansion joints in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): 1. Formed from spirally wound galvanized steel strip with successive convolutions securely interlocked. 2. Fittings: compression type. 3. Provide with internal ground wire. D. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): 1. Type: formed from spirally wound galvanized steel strip, with successive convolutions securely interlocked, jacketed with liquidtight plastic cover. 2. Fittings: cadmium - plated malleable iron body and gland nut, brass grounding ferrule threaded to engage conduit spiral and 0-ring seals around the conduit and box connection and insulated throat. Use matching 45- and 90- degree fittings where applicable. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 2.03 FITTINGS 2.04 RACEWAY SUPPORTS C13159C E. Wiring Gutters: NEMA 3R type with hinged covers, and 4 -in.- square minimum. Use only where shown or after Engineer's approval. A. Unions: 1. Cast ferrous alloy, electroplated with zinc, suitable for use in hazardous locations as well as in moist atmospheres. 2. Type designated UNF or UNY by Crouse -Hinds or Appleton. B. Locknuts: extra heavy steel electroplated with zinc for conduit sizes 3/4 in. through 1 -1/2 in. and malleable iron for conduit sizes greater than 1 -1/2 in. C. Bushings: electrogalvanized steel or malleable iron with a molded phenolic or nylon insulating collar. Grounding bushings, furnished with separate lugs for ground conductor attachment and a set screw for securely locking the bushing to the conduit. Manufacturers: O.Z. /Gedney or Appleton. D. Bushed Openings for Protection of Cables Passing through Metal Barriers: high- impact thermosetting phenolic. Manufacturers: O.Z. /Gedney Type ABB, or equal. E. Conduit Bodies: 1. Oblong, round, or rectangular condulet type. 2. Zinc electroplated cast ferrous alloy with integrally cast threaded hubs, and with a minimum of 4- thread contact on tightening. 3. Cover plates: of a material similar to the body and secured to the body by Type 316 stainless steel machine screws. Furnish a full -body neoprene gasket with each cover. 4. Manufacturers: O.Z. /Gedney, Crouse - Hinds, or Appleton. F Weathertight Connectors (hubs) for Conduit Attachment to NEMA 3R, Non -cast NEMA 4, NEMA 4X, and NEMA 12 Enclosures: electroplated zinc malleable iron or stainless steel, with a LEXAN insulated throat, 0-ring gasket, and grounding face as part of the unit. Manufacturers: Meyers "Scru - Tite," or equal. G. Liquidtight Connectors for the Attachment of Liquidtight Flexible Conduit to Enclosures and Fixtures: Electroplated zinc malleable iron, with 0-ring gasket and approved grounding insert. Use matching angle connectors, where applicable. A. Surface- mounted Conduit Supports: 1. Clamps: one -hole hot -dip galvanized malleable iron. Use with hot -dip galvanized clamp backs (and nesting backs where required for spacing). Manufacturers: O.Z. /Gedney or equal. 2. Racks: hot -dip galvanized framing channel, with hot -dip galvanized pipe clamps with stainless steel fasteners. Manufacturers: Unistrut, or equal. Ceiling Hangers: adjustable galvanized carbon steel pipe hangers. Hanger Rods: 1 /2 -in.- diameter, minimum, electrogalvanized all- thread rod and fabricated of steel conforming to ASTM A 307. 2.05 DUCT SPACERS A. Fabricated plastic base and intermediate spacers, designed to maintain NEC required spacing for buried conduit runs. B. Manufacturers: P.W. Pipe, or equal. 2.06 MARKING TAPE A. Detectable Type: 1. High tensile strength, with an elongation factor of 35 %. 16111 -2 w . w .+: s>. rs dnr?: M"! ROM}: S2'' yIRN«' H . ?W,VeH4Ue�.CCXw?wnre++eaa -...e «.,:..... King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake.Transfer Station Safety Improvements itgOi • a 2.07 PULL TAPE (STRING) A. Tape: 3/16 -in.- diameter. 2.08 CONDUIT TAGS A. Tags: nonferrous aluminum, with raceway designations pressure stamped onto them. Furnish tags with Type 304 stainless steel wire or aluminum tape strips for mounting. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION C13159C 2. Solid metal core to provide for easy detection. 3. 2 in. in width minimum. 4. Red in color, with the words "CAUTION - ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW" printed in black. 5. Manufacturers: Terra Tape Sentry Line No. 1350, Reef Industries, Houston, Texas, or equal. B. Non - Detectable Type: 1. Polyethylene, 4 mil. 2. 6 in. in width, minimum. 3. Red in color, with words "CAUTION - ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW" printed in black. 4. Manufacturers: Thomas and Betts, or equal. A. Perform installation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010 and as specified herein. B. Raceways: 1. Types of conduit for use, as follows: a. Exposed conduit: RGS unless otherwise shown. b. Underground conduit: PVC unless otherwise shown. Use of PVC conduit in CMU walls or exposed locations will not be allowed. c. Do not use flexible conduit as a general purpose raceway, but only install it in locations requiring flexibility, due to vibration or movement. Use Iiquidtight flexible conduit for nonsubmersed motor connections. Maximum length: 24 in. unless otherwise shown. Non - jacketed flexible conduit may be used only for connections to lighting fixtures in furred spaces. d. Conduit and fittings installed in the listed corrosive areas: PVC - jacketed rigid steel. Seal joints with liquid PVC compound of the same color. 2. Run exposed conduit on supports spaced not more than 8 ft apart. Install with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members, or intersections of vertical planes and ceilings. Conduit is not to approach closer than 6 in. to any object operating above the rated temperature of the insulation of the conductor within the conduit. Space conduit out from surfaces at least 3 /8 -in. 3. Secure conduit supports to concrete surfaces by means of expansion anchors. Field drill holes for anchors. Use of wooden plugs, plastic inserts, or power - actuated fasteners to secure conduit supports will not be allowed. 4. Welding, brazing, or otherwise heating of the conduit will not be allowed. Use of straps or plumber's perforated hanger tape for securing or bonding of conduit, devices, or equipment will not be permitted. 5. Where required for ease of pulling and as necessary to meet code, install junction or pull boxes, even though not shown on the Drawings. Where two or more 16111 -3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C conduit runs of different systems use the same pull box, separate the conductors by means of suitable barriers. 6. Terminate conduits at junction boxes, outlet boxes, or panels with proper fittings, except as otherwise shown. Effectively ground metallic conduit. a. Terminate conduit feeding freestanding panels and cabinets, such as motor control centers, from below, in clear wiring space. Terminate conduit end with a grounding bushing. b. Secure conduit entering NEMA 1 sheet steel boxes or cabinets with a Iocknut on each side and an insulating bushing on the end of the conduit inside the box. c. Terminate conduit entering NEMA 3R with sealing locknuts on both the interior and exterior of the box. Install an insulating bushing over the conduit end. d. Terminate conduit entering noncast NEMA 4, NEMA 4X, and NEMA 12 enclosures by means of a raintight hub having an insulating liner. e. Surface- mounted Cast Boxes: To have threaded hubs. f. Make up conduit joints with a conductive corrosion inhibiter, such as T &B Kopr Shield. Apply inhibiter to the male threads only. 7. Install underground conduit with a minimum of 24 -in. cover, unless otherwise shown. When not run with other utilities, run conduit in a trench with sand backfill 6 in. all around conduit. 8. Place conduit installed in concrete slabs or walls in the middle third where possible. Thicken slabs laid on the earth by trenching, if the conduit cannot be placed within the slab thickness shown on the Drawings. Apply 2 coats of Bitumastic No. 50 paint to the conduit, prior to placing concrete, where the conduit emerges from the slab or curb. 9. Install each conduit passing from a hazardous area into a non - hazardous area with a sealing fitting located as shown. Install the seal in accordance with NEC and local requirements. Fill seal with compound after installation of conductors. Install conduit fittings in hazardous areas in accordance with Article 500 of the NEC and with applicable state and local codes. 10. Prevent the entrance of dirt, concrete, or debris in conduit, fittings, or boxes during the course of installation. 11. To Test Conduits for Obstructions or Flattening: Pull a round, solid cleaning mandrel, not less than 10 in. long, correctly dimensioned for each size of conduit, through buried underground conduit. If an obstruction is found, that section must be replaced. Then pull through stiff bristled brush, or blow conduit out with compressed air, just prior to pulling in conductors or cables. 12. Furnish and install separate raceways for circuits supplying different pieces of equipment, or of different voltages or type of system, unless otherwise shown. Home runs of circuits fed from panelboards may be combined. 13. Complete the whole conduit run, including terminations, supports, and fittings, prior to pulling in conductors. C. Appurtenances: 1. Install pull tape in all spare conduits and in telephone conduits. Leave adequate length for attachment of a pulling line. 2. Seal ends of conduit entering handholes or pad- mounted electrical cabinets with permagum sealing compound. Install the compound around conductors or pull strings. 3. Place concrete curbs around all conduit rising through finished floors as detailed on the Drawings. 4. Install marking tape 12 in. below finish grade directly above buried cable, conduit, or duct runs. 5. Paint conduit in accordance with requirements of Division 9— Finishes. 6. Attach conduit tags to raceways with Type 304 SS wire or aluminum tape strips. 16111 -4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements cuA pri C13159C FIELD CHECKOUT AND TESTS A. Make field checkout and tests in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010. END OF SECTION 16111 16111 -5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements PART 1 — GENERAL • 4 C13159C fl SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Conductors, cables, terminating devices and wiring accessories. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. General: 1. Cable Construction Standards, Definitions of Terms and Conductor Insulation: In strict accordance with applicable publications of the ICEA for the cable provided. 2. Conductors: Copper, with Class B stranding unless otherwise noted. 3. Minimum Conductor Size: No. 12 AWG for power circuits and No. 14 AWG for control circuits, unless the conductor is supplied as part of a manufactured equipment assembly and is approved, or where a specific size is shown for a specific application. 4. • Perform voltage drop calculations for long runs servicing receptacles and lighting fixtures. Ensure that conductor sizes are adequate for the service required. General Purpose Power and Control Cable: 1. Conductor Insulation for Use on Circuits Rated 600 Volts or Below: a. Power conductors No. 6 AWG and above: Type XHHW. b. Power and control conductors No. 4 AWG or below: Type THWN/THHN. c. Lighting conductors: No. 12 AWG solid copper, minimum, may be solid. Type THWN/THHN, except where high temperature insulation is required (fixtures). Color coding of general purpose conductor and cable, in accordance with the following table: 16120-1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements ' ' , 2.03 WIRING ACCESSORIES C13159C Application Cable or Conductor Color 3- Phase, 480 -Volt Power Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow 3- Phase, 208- or 240 -Volt Power Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue 1- Phase, 208- or 240 -Volt Power Line 1 Black Line 2 Red Control Pink* All Systems Neutral White or Gray Ground Green or Bare * Other colors acceptable upon approval. C. Instrumentation and Communication Cable: 1. Cable for Installation in Panels and Raceways: Individual aluminum -mylar shielded pairs or triads, No. 20 AWG minimum. Furnish cable with an inner PVC or polyethylene jacket, a 2 -mil minimum shield and an extruded PVC jacket overall. Furnish cable, that must be run in the same raceways, enclosures, handholes, or manholes with power and control cables, with 600 -Volt rated insulation, No. 20 AWG stranded, paired cable. Cable to be Okonite VFR Type SP -OS having pair shielded construction. Furnish an aluminum mylar tape shield with copper drain wire over the conductor bundle and a 60 -mil, minimum thickness, jacket overall. 2.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TERMINATING DEVICES A. Devices: Designed and manufactured for the applications specified herein. B. Power Cable Terminators (No. 8 AWG and larger): Tin - plated copper and of solid tubular construction designed for high - pressure power tool indenting or compressing of the sleeve. C. Control and Small Power Cable Terminators (No. 10 AWG and smaller): Of welded seam or tubular tinned copper construction. Designed for fastening to the conductor by indenting the terminal sleeves. Lighting and Receptacle Circuit Conductor Terminators: Spring -type connectors, locking firmly when properly tightened. Fully insulated and color -coded for the proper wire size terminations. E. Stranded Instrumentation and Communications Conductor Terminators: Self - insulated type compression terminals. Insulation material: vinyl or nylon. Terminators are not required for solid instrumentation conductors. A. Conductor Markers: legible, permanently coded, tubular yellow or white polyvinyl chloride tubing, sized to fit the conductor insulation; or heat shrink polyolefin tubing. Marking: machine printed in black with the conductor coding. B. Terminal Blocks: 1. For Power Loads: channel- mounted solderless box lugs with ample size and capacity to accommodate the required loads, preferably provided with pressure plates. 16120 -2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements MN z 1 c QQ 2 JU 0 co W = J 1-- N ib w O. u_ a co d = w H = z t•- O z i— ll! 0 • CO 0 1— w W • O l z U= 0 I- z PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 3.02 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TERMINATING DEVICES C13159C 16120 -3 2. For No. 10 AWG and No. 12 AWG Control and Small Power Wiring: either with binding head screw -type or with box -type lugs capable of receiving two conductors in each lug. 3. For No. 14 AWG Control Wiring: channel- mounted type, of nylon, with binding - head or washer -head screws. 4. For Instrument Wiring: with two binding head screws per point and each point or section isolated with a barrier from the adjacent point. 5. For Solid Telephone Wiring: saddle -type compression terminals. 6. Furnish spare terminals in terminal block assemblies in quantities of not Tess than 10% of the total terminals used for control and small power circuits. C. Wedge Clamps for Cable: 1. Strain relief wedge clamp holding device, with aluminum wedge and aluminum shell, with an irridite finish and solid stainless steel ball. 2. Each device suitable for type and size of cable. 3. Manufacturers: Reliable Electric, 7100 Series, 2024 shell with 5052 wedge, or • equal. A. Exercise care in pulling cables into conduit so as to avoid kinking, putting undue stress on the cables, compressing, distorting or otherwise abrading cable insulation. Grease will not be permitted in pulling cables. Only UL- listed pulling compound will be permitted. Complete and protect the raceway installation from the weather, before pulling cable into it. B. Splices in power and control circuits are not permitted. Run conductors from point -to -point and from termination -to- termination in continuous lengths. C. Make up cables crossing hinges into groups not exceeding 20, so arranged that they will be protected from chafing when the hinged member is moved. Run groups of cables parallel to hinge axis for at least 12 inches. D. Do not install circuits below 100 Volts in the same raceway or enclosure with circuits above 100 Volts except where adequately barriered or where necessary to terminate the circuits. E. Install at least one spare control conductor for every five control conductors utilized. F. Install a green equipment grounding conductor for each power and lighting circuit, in the same raceway as the power conductors. G. Terminate grounding conductors at each end, to a ground lug or screw terminal. H. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape and an identifying label. I. Make conductor lengths equal for parallel circuits. J. Install direct buried type USE cable with a minimum of 24 inches of cover, and with a minimum of 6 inches of sand all around. Backfill material may be used above the sand. A. Apply devices only to the conductor sizes within the size ranges for which they are designed. Use terminating devices rated for the full ampacity of the cables. B. Terminations of power conductors, No. 8 AWG and larger, may be made without terminals directly in box -type lugs where such lugs are part of the electrical equipment or device as manufactured and providing that the lugs are of adequate capacity and rating. C. Install terminals and connectors with the compression tool recommended by the terminal manufacturer. Electrical spring connectors permitted only on lighting and receptacle circuits. D. At wire -to -wire (pigtail) connections other than described above, connect conductors by means of compression connectors. Provide connections at each 3 -phase (208)(240) King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 460 -Volt motor terminal with a compression connector on each conductor end and then bolt connectors together. Obtain continuity of insulation at the bolted connection by filling the voids around the bolt and nut with electrical putty and then applying two 1 /2 -lap layers of adhesive varnished cambric tape covered with two 1/2-lap layers of vinyl plastic electrical tape. 3.03 CONDUCTOR MARKERS A. Tag control circuit conductors at each end in motor control centers, control panels, field panels, control stations, interconnecting terminal boxes, equipment terminal boxes, instruments and instrument panels, with a legible, permanently coded wiremarking sleeve showing the complete wire designation. C13159C. 16120 -4 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements int Via 3.04 FIELD CHECKOUT AND TESTS C13159C A. Make field checkout and tests in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010 and as specified herein. B. Wiring System Testing: 1. Preliminary: Test thoroughly for shorts and grounds. Measure each 3 -phase 208 -Volt motor's insulation resistance to ground with a 1,000 -Volt "Megger" prior to connection. Test single conductors in the same conduit, to each other and to ground. 2. Final: Make measurements of the insulation resistance of each 3 —phase 208 — Volt circuit with the Toads connected and contactors, if any, blocked closed to give a complete circuit test. Measure insulation resistance of complete circuit, from the circuit breaker Toad terminals, with the breaker open. 3. Values of resistance Tess than 10 megohms will not be acceptable. 4. Electrical System Data and Test Report: Per Form 16120, following this section. END OF SECTION 16120 16120 -5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements BY: ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DATA AND TEST REPORT CO.: DATE: A. EQUIPMENT NAME: NO. B. CONDUCTOR SIZE AND INSULATION TYPE: 1. Phase Conductors: . Neutral Conductors: C. MEASURED OPERATING CONDITIONS FOR CONDUCTORS: a. In Volts A -B B -C C -A Volts A -N B -N C -N Volts b. In Amps A B C Amps 2. Conductor Insulation: CMPS40 . Operating Loads: (IF USED) Resistance A -B B -C C -A megohms A -G B -G C -G megohms King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 1 PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service and distribution work necessary to grounding, distribution of power, transforming of voltage level, and branch circuit protection. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010, and submit test results as specified herein. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSED DISCONNECTS A. Provide fused disconnect for existing 112.5 kVA transformer secondary with an insulated neutral bus with link, main bonding jumper, and a ground bus, each with sufficient lugs to provide individual connection for the neutral and grounding conductors required. Heavy — duty quick —make and quick— break, 400 A, 600 V rated. B. Provide fused disconnect for Temporary Scalehouse power with insulated neutral bus with Zink, main bonding jumper, and a ground bus, each with sufficient lugs to provide individual connection for the neutral and grounding conductors required. Heavy —duty quick —make and quick break, 100 A, 600 V rated. C. Entire Unit: UL rated in compliance with the requirements of the local inspection authority. D. Mounting: in a NEMA 3R enclosure. E. Fuses: Bussman "Fusetron" or equal, 600 V. 2.02 GROUNDING A. Furnish and install the grounding system in compliance with NEC, state, and local electrical codes and as shown on the Drawings. Bond together and effectively ground exposed non - energized metal surfaces containing energized devices, parts or conductors, building steel, metallic electrical raceways, and the neutrals of transformers and generating equipment. Grounding Conductors: soft -drawn stranded copper. Ground Rods: 1- piece, 3/4 in. in diameter by 10 ft in length, minimum. Copper -clad Steel: copper exterior molten - welded to the steel core. Rod heads chamfered to prevent mushrooming during driving. D. Ground Rod Connections: made by the exothermic weld process, such as Cadweld or Burndy Thermoweld. C. 2.03 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD C13159C SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 16400 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements i 'r " ":rk ":bCis ?i:SiiL'tiit:r:%nt A. 600 Amp, 600 Volt, 3P4W panelboard with 400 Amp main circuit breaker. Panelboard suitable for mounting on wall supports. Contractor to provide wall mounting accessories. B. Branch breakers as indicated on project drawings. Contractor to determine trip setting based on existing and new loads, and reference drawings for single line. C. Manufacturers: Cutler - Hammer, Square -D, or approved equal. 2.04 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS C13159C A. General: 1. Reuse existing facility panelboard if practical and /or salvageable. Panelboard to meet following criteria: a. Branch circuit lighting and power panelboards, including ,cabinets, to conform to standards and requirements established by UL, NEMA, and NEC, and equipped with the number of circuits, bus capacity, and arrangement and rating of circuit breakers shown. b. Dead -front bolt -in type circuit - breakers unless otherwise shown. B. Fabricate cabinets from galvanized code -gage steel without knockouts. Fabricate fronts of cold - rolled steel, complete with flush- hinged door equipped with catch and lock, and a directory frame faced with transparent plastic. Key locks alike and furnish 2 milled keys with each lock. C. Suitable for surface mounting. D. Panelboard Buswork: copper and arranged for single - phase, 3 -wire. Furnish panelboards with the isolated neutral bar and ground bar mounted at the opposite end of the enclosure from the main lugs. Furnish a removable link for bonding the neutral bar to the ground bar. E. Furnish typewritten circuit directory in accordance with the schedule on the Drawings, modified to show as- installed conditions. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION A. Remove Panel A circuits as indicated on Attachment 1 of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation: in accordance with Section 16010 and as specified herein. B. Grounding: 1. Make grounding surfaces smooth and clean before connecting the grounding electrodes and conductors. 2. Ground conduit directly or through equipment frames and ground buses to the grounding system. In addition to the conduit system, ground equipment having a 120 V supply to the supply source ground bus, by a green insulated ground cable installed in the conduit with the phase cables. Ground cables for small panels and equipment, No. 8 AWG copper minimum, unless otherwise shown. 3. Install an insulated grounding bushing on each conduit that does not terminate in a grounded cabinet or on panel steel. Bond the bushing to the cabinet or panel ground bus with an equipment grounding conductor of proper size. 4. Weld the facility ground cable to the ground rods. Install the ground rod connections in the ground rod handholes as shown, so they can be readily inspected. 3.03 FIELD CHECKOUT AND TESTS 16400 -2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements Z W ` 6 O 0 co o `cn W 1 w 0 u_ �a =w Zr~ E-0 w 1 . 0 O N w !L . H U IL 0 Z w U � O Z C13159C END OF SECTION 16400 16400 -3 Perform field checkout and tests in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements •! it • ...., . • • 3 1 11 11 11 • --;.• " .41 11 II . - • - 5 Ti.ei.7F4r I o c•■ T1 cit ?. 6 lAorth middle :11;7n Lt.s. ae. 41's:44:Av , ec A/afm- ,'/,'/&r i..r r"s .1. ,.. L. 4 1... . 4. 7,NrIrth T-Tapt , p,, , ..„ e rp . c .i.,t • 51f,ort..11 m ml.g.u. ii..,s. 9 . btorage room lights • 10 ' 1 South middle high its. ' recns. • t • • .,.: , •11 •.c, (;. T2iSouth 'middle high .lts. AA4 _ - CitiCc:5.. 6A 1 . 13'-'4Q 14 I South 'high 'lights. ,..-.... „...........-...,.........--- I 15 Farr). root rect^ 'A : • 16 , c . ‘;‘-n. th hi rir 1 i jit _ps, _..... :., • ,, %,. ', 4,,\. I - . 1,' . ,„.....„, _ • (1.oti • ' 18. r .. , , - 1 • : -,,, k. ? ' room r'Pt '1 'I 17 .. .... _._ • ,,,..\ . • T", 0. ; :V.: '•\ 'e'. '' it 1 .. ' '.... \ \ \ '' 'CI 1 9 ....' (1 - 61T1 ...'o ("nits ., \ I 20 , 1:: , o - t.`4.wg.t.ei-\,..tank. ' ‘..:,...,:s•:.!.. • ,,..,, -4... • '_'''; ' ., . . -robin lights. -• 14 21 22 411 thei.4r;\, Th, ...'.; il , ....f........... , .........I..•....-_' . • -...L.,.....- \ \ ,,. \ %., 23 Pit and stair . „. rx: ."-------- an \ VI Licl-t ;-- Flood liot • — % •261 t _ '''' 1 t ....., . I, . -25 ... „ • ,_.." ,, ,... , ..;:„.,...b„,-..N..0 -..--. k_ ' :- -r-c.,:ot.tr,R1);, 27 t, .28 Night is Flood lights. 1 .,BiSebaard ., ,heaters . .\_. \ ‘. \ \ \ `...',... . South bee t tape retpts. A.,■,,a • h, ,........c.... , 31 eptic tank pump #1.. "32 sewer pump #I, . i 33 \ SP:ratio t.pink pimp 42 • 3413 sci-K.:rpr ryilmn ...." . Gas detector. - 61 'Storm. 'sewer pump #.I. - 3i sewer pump f2. Sr or/ :.. - • 1- . . 39 p. + P1 P .. 0 - a?torri. k sewer Durrip..#2. _Ki.r.eplerm I ' • IT : 4 .toseWer •pump #2. 4 2- ... ... ■•• 77 1■ -IL' \ Qui! 1 0 \ \ 0 a‘t. c-1 ■bp3 . • • • f"'"'7;*g.:.7..•s• 7'7 • • p . - WESTIN Mit) SE CIRCL OR anel ' Road Pole Liht s ''"?' .Nc,hHihL'ihts h so v17( liearr 7 37.-A36 Ss .biSC..61J1`..... '4€&i . i.. 1 t=i4 ■ 1C4c13—ii • . - 1-1.1 Ct P6; 1-4-2,Er -0.-24 c ep) ,• • , , • _ ,• • • , i•• s„1,4 PART 1 — GENERAL + � 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes automatic transfer switch and controls. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010. 1.04 FUNCTIONAL SUMMARY OF OPERATING SEQUENCE A. Upon complete failure of the normal power source, loss of any phase or reduction to 70% of rated voltage, the adjustable voltage- sensitive relays are to signal power failure from the utility source. After a delay, if the failure persists, the engine start contact is to close and the engine controls are to be signaled to crank and start the engine generator. When the generator voltage has reached 90% of rated voltage and frequency, the transfer switch is to begin timing to transfer to the standby source. Connected loads are then to receive power from the standby source. B. Upon return of utility power, the system is to time for stable power availability and then initiate retransfer to utility power. After the switch has retransferred back to the utility, and engine start contacts are to open, engine cool -down timed operation, shutdown, and reset will be accomplished by the engine control system. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 DESCRIPTION 2.02 MOUNTING C13159C SECTION 16495 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SYSTEM 16495 -1 A. Transfer Switch: 1. Contactor type, to remain closed on fault currents. 2. 2- position, mechanically held, solenoid or motor - operated rocker arm type. 3. Having the number of poles and 400 ampere rating shown on the Drawings and rated to operate 208 V, 3- phase. 4. Listed for the application, in accordance with UL 1008, with UL 1008 temperature rise test conducted after overload and endurance tests. 5. Rated for surge withstand capability in accordance with ANSI /IEEE standards C37.90 -1. 6.. Main contacts: readily accessible from the front of the transfer switch enclosure, for inspection and maintenance. 7. Buswork: braced for the short circuit duty required for the application. 8. A regularly manufactured assembly of a single manufacturer. 9. Manufacturers: Automatic Switch Company (ASCO), Onan or R.G. Russell Company. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • SiXt ri LiiMI %44 :.;:‘ osi >;„sk�cr.�.�.k?J.c �:i :mss; t�.%:ktt�a7VV.Vgfl4,;t i,t9 4 /;t6v,J,^1 A. Furnish the switch in a NEMA 3R cabinet as shown. Suitable for surface mounting. B. Maintain adequate clearances within the enclosure for buswork, wiring, and devices. Wire bending space: complying with NEC Table 373 -6b. C. Contractor to provide supports and wall mounting accessories for installation of switch. 2.03 FEATURES PART 3 — EXECUTION A. Include the following features: 1. Time delay (nonadjustable) 3 seconds. 2. Adjustable time delay on transfer to standby power (2 minutes maximum). 3. Adjustable time delay on retransfer to utility (motor- driven type 0 -30 minutes). 4. Close differential voltage protection on normal set at 90% pickup and 80% dropout. 5. Test switch on panel door. 6. Override switch to manually bypass time delay on retransfer to normal. 7. Auxiliary contact to close for engine starting, gold plated, 32 -Vdc rated. 8. Auxiliary contact to close for an external power failure alarm. 9. Green indicating light for "transfer switch in NORMAL" position. 10. Red indicating Tight and isolated auxiliary contact for "transfer switch in ESSENTIAL" position. 11. In -phase monitor. 12. Plant exercisor. 2.04 CONTROL WIRING ARRANGEMENT A. Relays and Devices: with 120 -Vac operating coils. B. Control Transformers and Fusing: furnished in accordance with the specified device standards. C. Ground 1 side of the 120 -V control circuit and connect 1 side of motor operators, contactors, and relay coils to the grounded neutral side of the control circuit. No contacts of any kind will be permitted between the motor operators or coils and the grounded neutral conductors. 3.01 INSPECTION AND TESTING C13159C A. Inspection and Testing: in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010. B. Inspect the switch for mechanical operation and for electrical clearances of parts, devices, and busses prior to energization. C. Perform operational tests using proper simulation of the operating conditions specified, in the presence of the Engineer, prior to energization of the main power contacts. D. Any failure of the transfer system to function, beyond simple wiring checkout and delay timing: corrected by a factory- trained representative of the transfer switch manufacturer prior to acceptance of the equipment and energization of the system power buses. END OF SECTION 16495 16495 -2 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements • r. 1 M10 VIIN z • 6 w JU. UO N 0 : . w � D Z I— I— O .Z IIJ U � O N w U u. O . z. O ~ z PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes lighting fixtures and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.03 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 16010. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 REFRACTORS AND REFLECTORS A. Glassware or Plastic: uniform, free from defects, and photometrically tested for distribution by an independent testing laboratory. B. Plastic Diffusers: of new virgin acrylic plastic material, or of polycarbonate, as specified. 2.02 BALLASTS 2.03 LAMPS C13159C SECTION 16500 LIGHTING A. Provide lighting fixture units as specified on the Drawings. B. Furnish fixtures completely wired. C. Furnish lamps of the sizes specified. A. Fluorescent Fixtures: 1. High - efficiency electronic ballasts with a high frequency output. Frequency: 20 kHz minimum for operations on 120 Vac, or as noted on Drawings. 2. Use multiple ballasts, where applicable. 3. Conform to Part P, Article 410 of NEC. 4. Suitable for operation at temperatures down to OCF. High - Pressure Sodium Fixtures: constant wattage, high -power factor ballasts for use on voltage shown. A. Fluorescent Lamps: T8 type, medium bipin of 3,000 K design, rapid start. B. incandescent Lamps: rated for extended service at 130 V. C. Sodium Vapor Lamps: high - pressure type, mogul base, coated. 2.04 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL A. Photocell Relay for Lighting Control: rated 1,800 V -A at 120 Vac. Provide a Tight mask to allow the operating point to be readily changed. B. Mount relay unit on a conduit body or FS box. 16500 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements v C13159C D. 3.02 FIELD CHECKOUT AND TESTS END OF SECTION 16500 16500 -2 C. Manufacturers: Precision - Multiple Model T -15 or Tork Model 2100. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010 and as specified herein. B. Install fixtures carefully and neatly, complete with necessary connectors, adjustable mounting brackets, and trim, as required for mounting conditions. C. Concrete Ceiling: Space surface- mounted fluorescent fixtures, which are fed from flush boxes, out from the at least 1 /4 -in., using a nipple and nylon spacing washer. Remove labels and marks on reflecting surfaces, trim, lens, or diffusers of the fixtures. Replace lenses that have scratches, cracks, or imperfections at no expense to the Owner. E. Clean fixtures and replace incandescent lamps not more than 1 week prior to acceptance of Work by Owner. A. Perform field checkout and tests, in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 16010 and as specified herein. B. Test fixtures and installations for proper light output and for operation using the switching sequences shown. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements tori FAA &so F= W oo coo. WI'' • W; W 0 ' ga ▪ Q co a W, Z ►- F- 0; Z W; 'W W I ui z U N; O Hr tt PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes standby diesel engine generator unit and system accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 PERFORMANCE AND RATING REQUIREMENTS 1.05 SUBMITTALS C13159C SECTION 16605 STANDBY ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM A. Provide a standby engine generator unit that has been prototype tested, factory built, production tested, and that is of the latest commercial design, together with all necessary accessories, for a complete installation. Provide a manufacturer's standard model that is CSA certified. B. Provide a new unit that is catalog listed and shown, and is in current production by a firm manufacturing either the engine or the generator. The manufacturer is to assemble the unit as a matched set, so that there is one - source responsibility ,for warranty, parts, and service through a Seattle- Tacoma area representative who has factory- trained servicemen available on a 24 -hour basis. C. The unit is to be capable of starting any step of load without exceeding a 27% maximum voltage dip. D. Design the mass elastic system including engine, flywheel, generator, intermediate couplings, and accessories attached to the power train so that there are no dangerous torsional vibration critical speeds between 10% below minimum idling (50% of rated) speed and 15% above the unit's operating synchronous speed. E. Years of Experience: 25 minimum. F. Manufacturers: Onan, Kohler, Katolight, or Caterpillar. A. General: 1. Unit output: not Tess than 90 kW at 208/120Y, reconnectable, 3- phase, 60 Hz and with 112.5 kVA at 0.8 power factor lagging current. 2. Engine type: heavy -duty industrial, and rated for continuous standby power service, with a minimum of 1.5 hp per kW to operate the generator under any conditions of load. Substantiate ratings with manufacturer's standard published curves. 3. Generator: meeting the specific loading requirements listed herein. B. Unit: capable of meeting specified performance and rating requirements when installed at an elevation of 1,000 ft above sea level and operating within ambient temperature limits of 0° to 110° F. A. In addition to the requirements of Section 16010, submit the following within 30 days from the date of Notice to Proceed: 1. Engine descriptive data: a. Complete outline dimensions. 16605 -1 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements „ ... w enco�+t�cNx�nS;'•i V. 5: 7'St 1%,� z Z' O O' • coo: w i. w 0; • Q . •= C1 111 z � z 1-• w • o O N o t` = 1 — —. u' O, W z 0 — H z it b. Sizes and locations of piping connections, locations of trim piping, safety devices, auxiliary equipment, installation plan, required floor penetrations, mounting base, and mounting locations. c. Position of hangers for the silencer and piping. d. Complete details of engine monitoring devices. 2. Generator and generator control panel: a. Stator and field ratings. b. Temperature rise at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, full, and overload conditions. c. Transient, subtransient, and synchronous reactances. d. Locations of electrical connections. e. Wiring diagrams and identification of termination points for the interconnections to a remote mounted automatic transfer switch and alarm monitoring. f. Complete details of protective systems and proposed control and monitoring devices. 3. Cut sheets for system accessories being supplied with the set. 4. Complete unit weight. Design of the foundation and mounting space dimensions as shown on the Drawings are based on units manufactured by Onan or Kohler. Incomplete submittals will be rejected. Complete information must be provided for individual components. 1.06 PROTOTYPE FACTORY TEST A. Perform tests in the factory on a prototype unit to determine the following: 1. Maximum power in kW. 2. Maximum starting kVA at 30% instantaneous voltage dip. 3. Alternator temperature rise by embedded thermocouple and by resistance method per NEMA MG1 -22.40 and 16.40. 4. Governor speed regulation under steady -state and transient conditions. 5. Voltage regulation and generator transient response. 6. Fuel consumption at no Toad, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full load. 7. Harmonic analysis, voltage waveform deviation, and telephone influence factor. 8. Three -phase line -to -line short circuit test. 9. Alternator cooling air flow. 10. Torsional analysis testing to verify that the unit is free of harmful torsional stresses. 11. Endurance testing. B. Make the test records available to the Engineer, upon request. 1.07 FINAL PRODUCTION UNIT FACTORY TESTS A. Conduct final production unit testing in accordance with NEMA standards and the engine manufacturer's standard practice for proof - testing. Include typical and atypical loads and transients anticipated in the service where applicable. B. Test unit with exhaust system in place. C. Tests including: 1. Barometric pressure, test cell ambient temperature, inlet air temperature (if different from test cell), speed (frequency), speed (frequency) droop on application of Toad increments, output voltage (each phase), output amperes (each phase), voltage dip on application of 3 increments of load (high speed chart recording), amperage at application for each increment of load (high speed chart recording) for 6 hours. 2. At each increment of load, record jacket water and lube oil inlet and outlet temperatures at start and step, and record lube oil pressure. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C 16605 -2 r CIO 3. Safety shutdown devices. Furnish the Engineer with 1 week written advance notice of the date, time, and place of the tests. Upon request, make arrangements for the Engineer to witness the tests. E. Submit copies of the test data to the Engineer for review. Equipment must not be shipped until factory test data has been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. D. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL 2.02 ENGINE AND ACCESSORIES C13159C A. Supply a complete system including the following: 1. Engine, exhaust system, combustion air filter, pressure lubricating oil system, cooling system, governor, engine protective devices, monitoring and measuring devices, starting system, battery charging alternator, and jacket water heater. 2 Generator, terminal box, exciter, voltage regulator, generator control panel, and output power circuit breaker. 3. Subbase with vibration isolators, and fuel tank. 4. Starting batteries and starting battery charger. 5. Enclosure as specified herein. A. Engine: 1. Water - cooled, 4- stroke cycle, or 2- stroke cycle full compression ignition, 1,800 rpm. 2. Designed to operate on No. 2 diesel fuel, conforming to ASTM D 396, with a cetane rating of 35. Exhaust System: 1. Silencer: a. Critical type with side inlet, including flexible exhaust fitting for remote mounting. b. Properly sized and configured for the application, or as shown on the Drawings. c. Fabricated from carbon steel with drain fitting. d. Manufacturers: Universal, Maxim Silencers Division, or equal. Connections: flanged, gasketed, and bolted. Exhaust piping: a. Fabricated from Schedule 40 black carbon steel and of sufficient pipe size to ensure that the measured exhaust back pressure does not exceed the maximum limitations specified by the engine generator set manufacturer. b. Use flanged joints with heat - resistant gaskets as necessary for the installation and removal of the stack, without welding. 4. Exhaust flex: a. Stainless steel with flanges. b. Live lengths: as required to make the appropriate connection without placing damaging stress on the equipment or adjacent piping during any condition of service. Minimum: 18 in. c. Temperature: designed for 1,200° F service. d. Flanges: carbon steel. e. As manufactured by Flexonics Corporation. C. Fuel Transfer System: 1. Fuel rack solenoid: suitable for 12 -Vdc or 24 -Vdc service. D. Combustion Air Filter(s): 1. Dry type, with replaceable filter element. 16605 -3 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C 2. If engine is furnished with a turbocharged intake, equip it with a silencer or with a filter design that reduces turbocharger noise. E. Pressure Lubricating Oil System: 1. Capable of distributing oil to any of the engine's moving parts. 2. Pump: positive displacement type, gear driven from the engine crankshaft or camshaft. 3. Filter: full flow with a built -in pressure relief bypass, complete with a pressure actuated valve that is capable of conveying the maximum rate of oil flow around the filter. F. Cooling System: 1. Complete cooling solution circulating system designed to provide ample quantities of cooling solution to the engine jacket and to the lube oil cooler and, if provided, turbocharger aftercooler. 2. Utilizing a water and glycol solution to prevent freezing. • 3. Pressurized to allow water jacket temperatures to exceed 212 °F, without boiling. 4. Complete system including: a. Engine driven circulating pump, gear or belt driven by the engine, with adequate head capacity to provide full flow of cooling solution through the engine jacket, piping, and radiator. b. Radiator: 1) Designed to adequately cool the engine at its maximum rating under an ambient temperature of 110 °F. Air flow restriction from the radiator is not to exceed 0.5 in. of water. 2) Provide radiator exhaust with a duct flange designed to mate with the flexible connection to the exhaust ductwork. c. Expansion tank sized to accept total cooling system expansion. d. Internal thermostat. e. Interconnection piping and hoses. G. Governor: frequency regulated, 3 -5% providing synchronous speed, with provisions for local adjustment of speed, load limit, and speed droop. H. Engine Protective Devices: 1. General: a. Provide engine with factory- installed and - adjusted protective devices. Connect each device to provide the function listed and, if critical, to provide engine shutdown functions. b. Connect the devices independently so as to provide alarm and engine shutdown functions. c. Connect the protective devices to the generator control panel for alarm indication. 2. Overspeed device: independent of the governor, to provide shutdown and alarm functions when engine speed surpasses synchronous speed by 10 %. 3. Cooling system temperature monitoring devices: with electrical contacts to close on high water temperature. 4. Low oil pressure switch: with a pre - alarm, alarm, and shutdown contacts on engine low oil pressure. Provide an interlock in the low oil pressure electrical control system to prevent energization of alarm and shutdown circuits prior to oil pressure build -up on engine start -up. 5. Oil temperature device: with alarm and shutdown contacts to monitor engine oil high temperature. 6. Low coolant level: with a monitor contact to activate an alarm. Monitoring and Measuring Devices: Provide gages mounted on the generator control panel for monitoring and indication of oil pressure, oil temperature, and jacket water temperature. 16605 -4 King County Solid Waste Division BowlakeTransfer Station Safety Improvements • tai i • t • MOKI r 2.03 GENERATOR C13159C J. Starting System: 1. Provide a complete local and automatically controlled multiple cycle crank - and -rest starting system, complete with solenoid shift starter, batteries, battery racks, and cables. 2. Provide a cranking duration timer that is capable of 3 crank - and -rest cycles. If unit fails to start, deenergize the starting cycle system and activate an alarm on the generator control panel. K. Battery Charging Alternator: 1. Belt driven with integral solid state regulator. 2. Rated for 12 -V or 24 -V nominal and not Tess than 30 A. L. Jacket Water Heater: 1. Unit - mounted thermal circulation type, furnished to maintain engine jacket water at 90 °F in an ambient temperature of 0 °F. 2. Single- phase, 60 Hz, 120 -Vac. 3. Manufacturers: Kim, Universal, or equal. M. Engine Wiring: 1. Wire the engine in accordance with the manufacturer's standards. Run wiring neatly; secure to the frame at frequent intervals; and keep away from the vicinity of rotating, vibrating, or high temperature parts and clear of areas where oil or moisture are likely to cause damage. Wiring that leaves the engine is to be brought to conduit boxes for continuation to other equipment, in rigid conduit. 2. Cover open electrical terminals of whatever voltage, with covers, caps, or barriers to prevent accidental contact by personnel or tools. A. General: 1. Provide a coordinated package, complete with alternator, exciter, regulator system, and ancillary devices. 2. Design: a. 3- phase, 60 Hz, single- bearing, synchronous type with brushless exciter. b. Built to NEMA standards. c. Both alternator and exciter with Class F insulation on stator and rotor. Protect insulation using 100% epoxy impregnation with an overcoat of resilient insulating material to reduce possible deterioration due to fungus or abrasion. d. Self - ventilated, drip -proof construction. 3 Temperature rise: a. Stator: Not to exceed 100 °C, verified by embedded detector measurement. b. Rotor: Not to exceed 105 °C by resistance while operating nameplate loads in 40 °C ambient temperature. B. Terminal Box: 1. Large enough to mount devices listed below and room for cable bending radii. 2. Insulator bushings mounted on suitable framing within the enclosure for termination of the power leads. 3. Potential and current transformers required for the regulator, protection and metering circuits, mounted in an accessible manner. C. Brushless Rotating Exciter: 1. General: Conservatively rated for the forcing characteristics required to maintain terminal voltage to the generator, at the specified levels during motor starting duty. 2. Windings: of similar construction as the generator field windings. 3. Rectifiers: mounted on a suitable heat sink and make readily accessible for replacement, by removal of inspection covers. 16605 -5 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements C13159C D. Voltage Regulator: 1. Matching the generator characteristics. 2. Providing 1% or better steady state regulation for full range of loading, with frequency variations of up to 5% and with a full range response time of not greater than 16 milliseconds. 3. Solid -state design, providing series boost regulation for motor starting applications. 4. Provide with the following: a. AUTO - OFF - MANUAL control selector switch. b. Manual voltage adjust potentiometer. c. Voltage level (gain) potentiometer, providing +5% adjustment of the generator terminal voltage at rated Toad. 5. Mount regulator inside the generator control panel, with controls readily accessible when the panel door is open. 6. Bring regulator power, voltage, and current sensing circuits to the generator control panel via a conduit separate from other circuits. 7. Under short circuit conditions the generator is to be capable of sustaining line currents equal to, �r greater than, 300% of the generator's full Toad current. E. Coupling Between Rotor and Flywheel: a single maintenance -free bearing directly connected to the flywheel housing with a semiflexible coupling. 2.04 GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL A. General: Provide a complete system, containing meters, control relays, protective relays, alarm indicating lights with a common output relay contact for remote alarms, terminal boards, and selector switches for selecting MANUAL - AUTO - OFF -RESET modes of engine generator operation and OFF -1 -2 -3 switches for selecting phase to be monitored by the indicating meters, and fused dc circuits. B. Enclosure: Weatherproof. C. Panel hardware and instrument attachment hardware: corrosion resistant. D. Oil pressure and coolant temperature gages: barriered in the panel area they occupy (behind the panel face) from the electrical portion of the panel, if they are direct - reading. E. . Meters (as a minimum): 2% accuracy, taut -band panelboard -type voltmeter, ammeter, frequency meter, and engine running time meter. The voltmeter is to indicate line -to -line voltage and the ammeter line current, with phase selection by a selector switch. F. Control Relays: 1. Individual relay alarm contacts for each engine alarm condition. 2. Contacts for a master trouble alarm to provide remote indications as follows: a. ENGINE FAIL TO START. b. ENGINE TROUBLE. c. LOW COOLANT LEVEL. d. SELECTOR SWITCH IN ON POSITION. 3. Contacts for . operation of remote 120 -Vac intake and discharge air louver operators. G. Mounting: Vibration isolated mount on the generator. H. Microprocessor control board: conformal coated. I. Annunciation: 1. Indicating lights (in colors indicated) to signal: a. RUN (green). b. PRE - WARNING LOW OIL PRESSURE (yellow). c. PRE - WARNING HIGH COOLANT TEMPERATURE (yellow). d. LOW COOLANT TEMPERATURE (yellow). e. LOW FUEL LEVEL (yellow). f. OVERCRANK SHUTDOWN (red). g. OVERSPEED SHUTDOWN (red). 16605 -6 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements u.i:tSi.L:i.S •(•.v ..' __ .._ itnts 1 C13159C h. LOW OIL PRESSURE SHUTDOWN (red). i. HIGH COOLANT TEMPERATURE SHUTDOWN (red). j. SELECTOR SWITCH IN OFF POSITION (flashing red, indicating that unit is not in auto -start mode). 2. Common alarm relay for remote indication. 3. Test button for indicating lights. 4. Reset switch, or reset means for locked -in alarm indicators. J. Panel Light: Adequate to illuminate the exterior face of the enclosure. K. Heater: sized for anti - condensation inside panel. 2.05 OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKER A. Breaker: 3 -pole, rated 400 A. in accordance with generator rated output and service factor. Enclosure: NEMA 3R, shock mounted on the unit. B. 2.06 STARTING BATTERIES 2.07. STARTING BATTERY CHARGER C. Enclosure: A. Storage Battery Set: 24 -V (may be 12 -V) lead -acid, heavy -duty diesel starting type, with sufficient capacity to provide for 1 -1/2 minutes total cranking time without recharging and rated as recommended by the engine generator set manufacturer for 0 °F ambient temperature starting duty. B. Battery racks: rated for seismic Zone 3. C. Complete set of cables and clamps. D. Furnish battery sets with heating blankets installed underneath them. Blankets: with cord and plug to connect them to 120 -V power receptacles. A. General: 1. Constant potential type with an output regulation of +1% from zero to full rated capacity, and with a maximum input voltage variation of +10 %. 2. Capable of operating at the rated output current continuously, in an ambient temperature of 40 °C. 3. Input: 120 V, single -phase ac, 60 hz. 4. Output: 24 Vdc (may be 12 -V), 10 A maximum. 5. Increase the rating of the charger to meet the extra loading, if the constant load of the engine monitoring system exceeds 5 A. B. Equip the charger with the following: 1. Ac input and dc output protection. 2. Ac ON and FAIL indicating lamps; CHARGER FAIL and LOW VOLTAGE indicating lamps and form C contacts; HIGH VOLTAGE indicating lamp. 3. DC ammeter and voltmeter: within accuracy of 2% and a minimum scale length of 2 -3/8 in. 4. Dry contact for remote charger trouble alarm. 5. Provide continuous float voltage adjustment from nominal battery voltage to 20% above. 6. Adjustable equalizing voltage control with 24 -hour timer and automatic current limiting from 50% to 110% of rated output. 7. Automatic surge suppressors. 1. Convection cooled, ventilated, drip - proof, 14 -gauge steel. 2. Suitable for wall mounting. 16605 -7 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements �vRFS.ti4... 3. Finish: Protect and paint as specified in Section 16010. D. Manufacturers: Ratelco Model No. VE, Sens Series FCA, or Charles Industries C- Charger Series AE. 2.08 FUEL TANK A. Double walls and monitoring device to detect fuel leakage. Fabricate from 12 -gage sheet steel with butt - welded seams. Size for tank. Continuous 30 hour backup at full Toad. B. Include the following accessories: F- F' 1. Fuel level sight gage. w 2. Low fuel level alarm contacts. 6 D 3. Fuel filter /water separator. Manufacturers: Racor, or equal. v v 0 4. Manual shutoff valve on the fuel line to the engine. , to 0 5. Drain valve. ' w = JI— N IL W O A. Provide support hangers, anchor bolts, and mounting hardware designed to meet the 1 n requirements of the equipment manufacturer. CO • D = w H = Z F ; A. General: z f 1. Assemble and mount the complete engine generator set on a subbase and 2 w vibrations isolators. v o 2. Design so as to ensure alignment of the equipment under conditions of load and O - . load application. 3. Mount in such a manner as to assure convenient and rapid access to the oil pan ..., i c .�. and drain. i= 4. Meeting requirements of seismic Zone 3. AI . O B. Subbase: Ili c 1. Heavy, rigid, fabricated steel. 1 7: _ 2. Adequately cross -brace to maintain unit alignment. ,.tea Z 1- C. Vibration Isolation Mounts: 1. Designed to limit vibration transmissibility to 5% or Tess, in the range 10% above to 10% below normal operating speed. 2. Install mounts between engine generator unit and subbase. 3. Spring -type, similar to Korfund Series L or S, or neoprene mounts with captive steel inserts as manufactured by Manson Industries. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE 2.10 MOUNTING OF SET 2.11 OUTDOOR WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE C13159C A. Provide an enclosure, designed to allow full load operation of the engine generator system and all of its accessories and sized for the unit being installed. Minimum dimensions: 34 in. wide, 90 in. long, and 53 in. high. Manufacturer: DTS, Inc., or approved equal, and including the following: 4. Enclosure: of the welded and bolted design and all base tank structural steel conforming to ASTM A 36. No external fasteners requiring gasketing, or allowing corrosion to form will be allowed. All parts are to be individually prepped and primed prior to assembly. 5. Roof: of the 6- to 8 -in. tapered design for moisture runoff, with 0.125 aluminum roof members and 0.100 aluminum roof panels. Supply lifting eyes. Supply exhaust outlet with a 0.100 aluminum ring, 1 in. above the roofline to prevent moisture from entering the enclosure. 6. Walls: 1 -1/2 in. deep, minimum, of fabricated design, and of 0.125 aluminum. King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 16605 -8 trof • B. Base of the enclosure: designed for a drop -over installation, including a means for astening to the concrete slab, and a structural steel channel perimeter. C. Air inlet and exhaust louvers: motorized, sized to allow proper air flow when the unit operates. Frames: manufactured of 0.125 aluminum. Blades: of 0.125 aluminum. Fronts: covered with expanded aluminum screen. Louvers are to include stainless steel pivots, and Honeywell power open /spring close, 120 -V motors. Exhaust Louver: removable type and with the opening large enough to remove the generator set through it when required. D. Doors: adequate to provide sufficient room to access the generator set and all accessories. Door material: 0.125 aluminum. Single door: 30 in. wide and 72 in. high. As standard, door shall include aluminum hinges with brass pins, rainrail mouldings above all door openings, recessed, keyed, chrome - plated handles with positive rod - locking assemblies, and fully weatherstripped. Door shall be removable. Door handles: with key -lock design and 2 sets of keys. E. Caulk seams with body and seam sealer. Metal parts: treated with zinc phosphate, bonderized, or otherwise given a rust preventive treatment suitable for exposure to a corrosive ** *marine * ** environment, then primed and painted with a durable enamel finish of not less than 5 mils total thickness. Color: manufacturer's standard. F. Provide a 3 -kW wall- mounted electric heater unit with built -in thermostat. Install it in a suitable location inside the enclosure. G. The engine generator unit supplier will provide the silencer and flex to the enclosure manufacturer for mounting inside the enclosure. H. Insulation: fiberglass 2 -in. minimum, complete with 26 -gauge galvanized liner installed with pop rivet construction. Line the walls, roof, and doors with insulation. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION C13159C A. Battery Charger: 1 Mount the enclosure as specified by vendor. 2. Make connections to the bolted terminal lugs at the battery, with conductors rated for the full load current of the charger. B. Silencer: 1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Mounting: as directed by the Engineer and mounted so that its weight is not supported by the engine. C. Install supports, hangers, anchor bolts, and mounting hardware, as required by the equipment manufacturer. D. Coordinate installation of unit with ductwork and louvers as specified in Division 15 — Mechanical. These items include the stationary intake and exhaust louvers, louver operators, ductwork, and flexible duct connection. E. Grounding: 1. Install 3 / ", 10' copper ground rod in generator foundation pad and connect to existing ground system. 2. Connect generator frame to ground rod with bare #4/0 cu ground wire. 3.02 OUTDOOR INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installation of unit and enclosure or housing with the installation of the structural pad or foundation. B. Shock mount the batter charger in a vertical position on the unit. C. Provided as follows, in numbers shown on the Drawings: 16605 -9 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements 3.03 FIELD TESTING C13159C A. General: 1. Conduct tests prior to the starting and operation of the system. 2. Conduct engine - generator system running tests in the presence of the Engineer. 3. Testing is to be performed by authorized representatives of the engine - generator manufacturer. B. Include the following tests at a minimum: 1. Proof test level and temperature switches and gages by simulating emergency conditions or by comparison against calibrated test instruments. 2. Adjust switches to the normal operating limits established by the engine manufacturer. 3. Check -out and adjust as required the engine and generator- mounted mechanical devices, including thermostatic shutters, thermostats, and pressure bypass valves. Employ methods for the check -out procedures that simulate operating conditions. 4. Provide a continuity test of engine and generator- mounted electrical circuits upon completion of the field wiring systems. Connect field wiring systems upon completion of testing, to their proper terminal and conduct functional testing of the connected circuit in conjunction with the proof testing of level and temperature switches and gages. 5. Upon completion of the static test, start the set and adjust the voltage regulator in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation for 480 V. Adjust the generator frequency to 60 Hz +1 % and check the total unit for excessive vibration and proper operation of support and ancillary systems. Provide a portable Toad bank, connect the engine generator to it, and operate the set at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full Toad for 2 hours. Submit test results in writing to the Engineer. D. Start the set automatically by means of a simulated power outage to test remote - automatic starting, and automatic transfer of the load of the essential bus to the set. E. Supply the station ** *essential * ** bus load for 2 hours. F. Retransfer to normal power and initiate automatic engine shutdown. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Deliver 3 complete sets of the operating and maintenance instruction manuals at the same time as the set is delivered. B. Provide not Tess than 4 hours training in operating and maintenance procedures to the Owner's personnel, at a time convenient to the Owner. END OF SECTION 16605 16605 -10 King County Solid Waste Division Bowlake Transfer Station Safety Improvements June 3, 2002 Richard Abe 753 9th Avenue North Seattle, WA 98109 Dear Permit Holder: Cizy of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director RE: Permit Application No. D01 -377 18700 Orillia Road South In reviewing our current records the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the Uniform Building Code and /or Uniform Mechanical Code, every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: • Call the City Of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670 to schedule a progress / final inspection A progress inspection is intended to determine if substantial work has been accomplished since issuance of the permit or last inspection; or if the project should be considered abandoned. If such determination is made, the Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve a one -time extension up to 180 days. Extension requests must be in writing and provide satisfactory reasons why circumstances beyond the applicants control have prevented action from being taken. In the event you do not call for the above inspection or request and receive an extension prior to July 21, 2002, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Stefania Spencer Permit Technician Xc: Permit File No. D01 -377 Bob Benedicto, Acting Building Official Steven M. Mullet, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 - 3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 - 3665 010011143x - DR/cam Inforrition e J. .To Build On Engineering • Consulting • Testing JUN 2 5 Z002 fl REPORT OF INSPECTION ACTIVITIES CLIENT: King County Dept. of Natural Resources PROJECT: Bowlake transfer station 207 So. Jackson St. Scalehouse foundation Suite 701 Seattle, WA 98104 PERMIT NO.: BO I CO204 DATE: June 4, 2002 JOB NO.: 712 INSPECTOR: D. Rierson REPORT NO.: FR17757 REMARKS: A representative of PSI arrived at the above referenced project for resteel and epoxy dowel inspection, and inspection of the scalehouse footing stem walls. The epoxy used was Hilti HIT-Hy150, dual tube system, Batch #222513L2. Expiration Date was November, 2002. 12 Holes from #5 Rebar dowels 1'3" long, 3 /4" diameter, Rotohammer drill bit, depth of holes 4 Y2", minimum depth 4". Length of dowel after placement was 10 'A" to 11" He witnessed the clean out of holes, also verified the depths of the holes, as indicated above. He also witnessed the application procedure, which was in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. He inspected the stem wall resteel prior to any enclosure of wall resteel. The Wall resteel was per plan. Epoxy/Dowel and resteel were in compliance with approved plan and job specifications, to the best of the inspector's knowledge. WORK.CONFORMgTO;A:FPROVED.PLANS'i . Respectfully submitted, PRQV SS1ONAL SERVICE INDUSTRIES, INC. Sam Yaghmaie, P.E. Manager, Seattle Construction Services cc: SM Stemper; PSM; City of Renton; Lumpkin Inc.; SSA Consulting REPORTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED. EXCEPT IN FULL, WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE INDUSTRIES, INC. YES NO Professional Service Industries, Inc. • 3257 16th Avenue, West • Seattle, WA 98119-1706 • Phone 206/282-0666 • Fax 206/282-0710 CLIENT: Engineering • Consulting • Testing DATE: June 3, 2002 INSPECTOR: D. Rierson REMARKS: Inforn. ,ton .To Build On REPORT OF INSPECTION ACTIVITIES King County Dept. of Natural Resources PROJECT: Bowlake transfer station 207 So. Jackson St. Suite 701 Seattle, WA 98104 PERMIT NO.: BO 1 CO204 JOB NO.: 712 - 20069 -1 REPORT NO.: FR17755 A representative of PSI arrived at the above referenced project for inspections of the scalehouse foundation footings. Resteel was per plan. Resteel was in compliance with approved plan, and job specifications to the best of the inspector's knowledge. WORK CONrORHS TOAPPROVED PLANS YES ' NO Respectful) submitted, PRO SI 1 AL SERVICE INDUSTRIES, INC. Sam Yaghmaie, P.E. Manager, Seattle Construction Services cc: SM Stemper; PSM; City of Renton; Lumpkin Inc.; SSA Consulting REPORTS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, EXCEPT IN FULL, WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE INDUSTRIES, INC. JUN 2 5 2002 Scalehouse foundation Professional Service Industries, Inc. • 3257 16th Avenue, West • Seattle, WA 98119-1706 • Phone 206/282 -0666 • Fax 206/282 -0710 Revision No. 1 Date Received . Staff 1 Initials 1 1 Date ; . - Staff Issued ! Initials / i '7 - z Y-oz, ' i ser 1 1 Summary of Revision: _.... ..._.......,_.„ ..... - - .. .../ -' . x ., ,e-or a-ot ei_-•e - -, .. . ,... - - ..,-... Received By: . ................ mal. Pi a. rI Revision No. Date ! Received 1 Staff Initials Date Staff Issued Initials 1 1 Staff Initials Summary of Revision: 1 Received By: . , Summary of Revision: • Received By: - Revision No. . Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued 1 1 Staff Initials v 1 1 Received By: . , Summary of Revision: Summary of Revision: . • Received By: Revision No. Date Received Staff Initials Date Issued Staff Initials 1 . . .._. Summary of Revision: Received By: . , Revision No. Date Received Staff 1 Initials Date - Issued 1 i Staff Initials 1 i ' Summary of Revision: . PROJECT NAME: v dek2A" PERM' 2)0 Site Address: //700 Originz , Issue Date: REVISION LOG Received By: (please pri ) (please print) (please print) p e se p (please print) i4.44-44,4 4*.ek , ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -377 SITE ADDRESS: 18700 Orillia Rd S Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 11-27-01 PROJECT NAME: Bowlake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements SUITE # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division LL X - �� L IYIA IZ '1 --v i [ Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (4 weeks) Approved REVIEWER'S INITIALS: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved 1PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Incomplete Structural Review Required Approved with Conditions Approved with Conditions Fire ra ntion j2 -1.6( Structural REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Plariif�g'Division N I- Itr ? Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 12 -04-01 Not Applicable No further Review Required DUE DATE 12 -27 -01 Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: DUE DATE 1 1 DATE: z JU 00 wIll CO W. W LL.Q • 1- z Z O Ili La 0 N, O 1-' W W — O. W Z 0= z • Complete APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip,doc z -28-02 ERMIT COORS COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -377 PROJECT NAME: BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SITE ADDRESS: 18700 ORILLIA ROAD SOUTH Original Plan Submittal DATE: 07 -24 -02 Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 After. Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Buildir [7!visio Fire Prevention ❑ Public Works ❑ Structural ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete REVIEWER'S INITIALS: PERMIT COORD COPY Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 7 -25 -02 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center. Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route [vf Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 08 -22-02 Approved L} Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -377 DATE: 11 -27 -01 PROJECT NAME: Bowlake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements SITE ADDRESS: 18700 Orillia Rd S SUITE # Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete 5e1 Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (4 weeks) Approved REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved \PRROUTE,DOC 5/99 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required Approved with Conditions CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved with Conditions 11 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 12-04-01 Not Applicable No further Review Required DATE: I2 Q r Dl DUE DATE 12 -27 -01 Not Approved (attach c om ents) DATE: l�j/ 26 b l DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: ,.. umy' � • ; �v. �.. nitiA�s� •et''c"�.Y;i.s'di3'iwi:.lt ,itar°'.��2:. PERMIT NO.: BUILDING PERMITS INSPECTIONS ❑ 1 Progress Inspection Status ❑ 2 Pre - construction ❑ 3 investigation ❑ 4 OK to Occupy ❑ 5 Remove Stop Work Order ❑ 6 Follow -up ❑ 7 Pre -Move Inspection ❑ 50 . WSEC Residential ❑ 60 WA Ventilation/Indoor AQC ❑ 70 NLEA Inspection/Modular Struct ❑ 71 Mobile Horne Tie Down Insp ❑ 72 Marriage Lines ❑ 90 Resteel ❑ 95 Footing Drains ❑ 100 Foundation Footings ❑ 200 Foundation Walls ❑ 250 Foundation Insulation ❑ 300 Concrete Slab /Slab Insulation ❑ 350 Crawl Space ❑ 400 Shear Wall Nailing ❑ 450 Plywood Wall Sheathing ❑ 500 Roof Sheathing Nailing ❑ 525 Plywood Deck Nailing ❑ 550 Exterior Wall Sheathing ❑ 600 Masonry Chimney ❑ 610 Chimney Installation/All Types 700 Framing ❑ 750 Root %Ceiling Insulation ❑ 800 Floor Insulation 01 Wall Insulation ❑ 802 Exterior Roof Insulation ❑ 803 Glazing Inspection ❑ 815 Lighting and Controls 900 Suspended Ceiling 1000 Interior Wallboard Fastening ❑ 1001 Exterior Wallboard Fastening ❑ 1 110 Pre -Move Inspection ❑ 1115 Motor Inspection ❑ 1120 Pre -Demo ❑ 1140 Pre - reroof ❑ 1400 Final -Fire 1700 Final- Building ❑ 1900 Final - Reroof ❑ 3100 Site Visit ❑ 4000 Special- Concrete ❑ 4001 Special -Bolts in Concrete ❑ 4001 Special- Mom/Resist Conc Frame ❑ 4003 Special -Reinf Steel Prestress ❑ 4004 Special - Welding ❑ 4005 Special- High - Strength Bolting ❑ 4006 Special - Structural Masonry ❑ 4007 Special -Reinf Gypsum Concrete ❑ 4008 Special - Insulating Conc Fill ❑ 4009 Special -Spray Fireproofing ❑ 4010 Special - Piling, Piers, Caissons ❑ 4011 Special - Shotcrete ❑ 401 Special- Grading, Excav /Fill ❑ 4013 Special - Retaining Wall ❑ 4014 Special - Panels ❑ 4015 Special -Smoke Control System TENANT NAME: Y;iiv a44e�rato er - ✓! p n CONDITIONS 1000I No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division ❑ 10002 Plumbing permits shall be obtained through King Co 10003 Electrical permits obtained through L & I 10004 All mechanical work shall be under separate permit 10005 All permits, insp records & approved plans available ❑ 10006 All structural concrete shall be special inspected ❑ 10007 All structural welding shall be done by WABO certified inspector ❑ 10008 All high- strength bolting shall be special inspected ❑ 10009 Bolts installed in concrete shall be special inspected ❑ 10010 When special inspection is required...notify Tukwila Building Division ❑ 10011 The special inspector shall submit a final signed report ❑ 10012 Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation ❑ 10013 Partition walls attached to ceiling grid ❑ 10014 Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment ❑ 10015 Engineered truss drawings & calcs shall be on site X 10016 Any exposed insulation backing material shall have ❑ 10017 Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation ❑ 10018 A statement from the rooting contractor verifying tire retardant class of roof 10019 All construction to be done in conformance w /approved plans ❑ 10020 Structural observation shall be provided for this project ❑ 10021 All food preparation establishments must have King Co ❑ 10022 Fire retardant treated wood shall have flame spread of ❑ 10023 Notify Building Division prior to placing any concrete ❑ 10024 All spray applied fireproofing shall be special inspected ❑ 10025 All wood to remain in placed concrete shall be treated ❑ 10026 All structural masonry shall be special inspected 10027 Validity of Permit ❑ 10028 Rack storage requires separate permit ❑ 10030 No occupancy of building until final insp by Bldg Div ❑ 10031 Comply with requirements ofTMC 16.04 ❑ 10032 Remove all weeds, concrete, stone foundations, flat concrete ❑ 10034 Removal of septic tanks require approval and compliance with King Co Health Dept. ❑ 10035 Contact PW Div to obtain insp for water /sewer connect ❑ 10036 Manufacturers installation instructions required on site ❑ 10038 A C of 0 will be required for this permit ❑ 10039 Final approval for all TI w /in the limits of the SC Mall ❑ 10040 All construction noise to be in compliance with 8.2 TMC ❑ 10041 Ventilation is required for all new rooms & spaces ❑ 1004 Fuel burning appliances ❑ 10043 Appliances, which generate ❑ 10044 Water heater shall be anchored ❑ 10045 Reroof ❑ "Anchoring — All new construct and substantial improvement shall be anchored to prevent flotation" Plan Reviewer: Permit Tech: n Date: Date: • ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -377 Revision # DATE: 11-27-01 PROJECT NAME: Bowlake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements SITE ADDRESS: 18700 Orillia Rd S SUITE # Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Please Route Approved \PRROU'rE.DOC 5/99 TUES /THURS ROUTING: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (4 weeks) A roved with Conditions C- 53 Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 12-04-01 No further Review Required DUE DATE 12 -27 -01 Not Approved (attach ) comments) DATE: 1 n Not Applicable n Comments: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE Approved Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: yy 1S n.urS�' ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -377 DATE: 11-27-01 PROJECT NAME: Bowlake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements SITE ADDRESS: 18700 Orillia Rd S SUITE # Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Approved n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved \PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (4 weeks) Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 12-04-01 Not Applicable No further Review Required DATE: ‘Z "� - Of DUE DATE 12 -27 -01 Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: DUE DATE DATE: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -377 DATE: 11-27-01 PROJECT NAME: Bowlake Transfer Station — Safety Improvements SITE ADDRESS: 18700 Orillia Rd S SUITE # ___ ,Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Complete TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Approved Approved \PRROUTE.DOC 5/99 CORRECTION DETERMINATION: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete Comments: Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (4 weeks) Approved with Conditions Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 12-04-01 Not Applicable No further Review Required DATE: / DUE DATE 12 -27 -01 Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -377 DATE: 07 -24 -02 PROJECT NAME: BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SITE ADDRESS: 18700 ORILLIA ROAD SOUTH Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # 1 After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Complete Comments: • Approved Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2.28-02 �9YEIY1�liUINr�..` APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Fire Prevention ❑ Planning Division ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ Incomplete ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: .--,-P-Aease-Reute--E--Stfwtural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ifil REVIEWER'S INITIALS: r Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 7-25 -02 Not Applicable ❑ 74.4 DATE: I � 18`7 DUE DATE: 08-22 -02 ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ . Fire ❑ Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: s ,da z Z ` n um 2 6 —J C.) U O N o w =. J �. • u. WO } J u.. Q N � = a f.. Z = H O Z 1-- W Lu U O N 0 H WW • U r�� — O .. Z w U ( O 1- z City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 7/24i (6Z Plan Check/Permit Number: ')Q t ^ - 37 - 7 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # 1 after Permit is Issued Project Name: j'th L K:er t (?, ,V.g rj, STAfrinN V Project Address: t4 02.1 L , t T20 .S Contact Person: �ICJet-A\-t2.1, ? f - Phone NumbeiC2t4b ) Summary of Revision: ;'"b celrvAPi \r-r.44 Rot c nib c !*L'1 $13=tcsz s 7 RECEIVED Cry OF TUKWILA JUL 2 4 2012 Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in Sierra on �? K;4J,1'1 t, .511oIER% 08/30/00 w ....+..,,.. w w...- ... .MMr . rw W rt � MUr ____ J,�SCSM.K'R_ P STATE OF WASHINGTON COUNTY OF KING CITY OF i UKWILA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 H -4 AFFIDAVIT IN LIEU OF CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION S S. , i M01 , states as follows: 1. I have made application for a building permit from the City of Tukwila, Washington. 2. I understand that state law requires that all building construction contractors be registered with the State of Washington. The exceptions to this requirement are stated under Section- 18.27.090 of the Revised Code Washington, a copy of which is printed on the reverse side of this Affidavit. I have read or am familiar with RCW 18.27.090. 3. I understand that prior to issuance of a building permit for work which is to be done by any contractor, the City of Tukwila must verify either that the contractor is registered by the State of Washington, or that one of the exemptions stated under RCW 18.27.090 applies. 4. In order to provide verification to the City of Tukwila of my compliance with this requirement, I hereby attest that after reading the exemptions from the registration requirement of RCW 18.27.090, I consider the work authorized under this building permit to be exempt under No. I , and will therefore not be performed by a registered contractor. I understand that I may be waiving certain rights that I might otherwise have under state law in any decision to engage an unregistered contractor to perform construction work. AFFCONT 1/13/00 APPLICANT Signed and sworn to before me this 2 2nci day of January , 20 0 2 . C1,l„, CZ NOTARY PUBLIC in and or the State of Washington, residing at ki n Name as commissioned: My commission expires: aMr «NV V��+f�x lar.+tcrt»r ,niT'M?M ?gry,?,;±" Sf''s �'e atiu.? we ;m County. Alice A. Deacy • z ~ re 6 00 N ° J H N LL W O g � u.a w _ = cJ LO z� I- o Z I- LL! uj U 0 O N O I-- W r `-`O w z O H . z 18.27.090 Exemptions. This chapter' all not apply to: 1. An authorized representative of the United States Government, the State of Washington, or any incorporated city, town, county, township, irrigation district, reclamation district, or other municipal or political corporation or subdivision of this state; 2. Officers of a court when they are acting within the scope of their office; 3. Public utilities operating under the regulations of the utilities and transportation commission in construction, maintenance, or development work incidental to their own business; 4. Any construction, repair, or operation incidental to the discovering or producing of petroleum or gas, or the drilling, testing, abandoning, or other operation of any petroleum or gas well or any surface or underground mine or mineral deposit when performed by an owner or lessee; 5. The sale or installation of any finished products, materials, or articles of merchandise which are not actually fabricated into and do not become a permanent fixed part of a structure; 6. Any construction, alteration, improvement, or repair of personal property, except this chapter shall apply, to all mobile /manufactured housing. A mobile /manufactured home may be installed, set up, or repaired by the registered or legal owner, by a contractor licensed under this chapter, or by a mobile /manufactured home retail dealer or manufacturer licensed under chapter 46.70 RCW; 7. Any construction, alteration, improvement, or repair carried on within the limits and boundaries of any site or reservation under the legal jurisdiction of the federal government; 8. Any person who only furnished materials, supplies, or equipment without fabricating them into, or consuming them in the performance of, the work of the contractor; 9. Any work or operation on one undertaking or project by one or more contracts, the aggregate contract price of which for labor and materials and all other items is less than $500, such work, or operations being considered as of a casual, minor, or inconsequential nature. The exemption prescribed in this subsection does not apply in any instance wherein the work or construction is only a part of a larger or major operation, whether undertaken by the same or a different contractor, or in which a division AFFCONT 1/13/00 of the operation is made into contracts of amounts less than $500 for the purpose of evasion of this chapter or otherwise. The exemption prescribed in this subsection does not apply to a person who advertises or puts out any sign or card or other device which might indicate to the public that he is a contractor, or that he is qualified to engage in the business of contractor; 10. Any construction or operation incidental to the construction and repair of irrigation and drainage ditches of regularly constituted irrigation districts or reclamation districts; or to farming, dairying, agriculture, viticulture, horticulture, or stock or poultry raising; or to clearing or other work upon land in rural districts for fire prevention purposes; except when any of the above work is performed by a registered contractor; 11. An owner who contracts for a project with a registered contractor; 12. Any person working on his own property, whether occupied by him or not, and any person working on his residence, whether owned by him or not but this exemption shall not apply to any person otherwise covered by this chapter who constructs an improvement on his own property with the intention and for the purpose of selling the improved property; 13. Owners of commercial properties who use their own employees to do maintenance, repair, and alteration work in or upon their own properties; 14. A licensed architect or civil or professional engineer acting solely in his professional capacity, an electrician licensed under the laws of the state of Washington, or a plumber licensed under the laws of the state of Washington while operating within the boundaries of such political subdivision. The exemption provided in this subsection is applicable only when the licensee is operating within the scope of his license; 15. Any person who engages in the activities herein regulated as an employee of a registered contractor with wages as his sole compensation; 16. Contractors on highway projects who have been prequalified as required by chapter 13 of the Laws of 1961, RCW 47.28.070 with the department of transportation to perform highway construction, reconstruction, or maintenance work. 4: s .,,.�,,r�v,.:av:, >,. ,.. ;aq'= s us s. 59951 : ID 4 'WI' CWN3RY nlle S 115 \ ST "' s \ �" on � ' ST t 1 S12 s 15 g WA TT �� } TT SI1JTT q a IS £� w 5116 m ° j y mE; 5 f11 - I S'1 � S » \ � SHEET INDEX SHT. DESCRIPTION Ti SHEET INDEX, VICINITY MAP, BUILDING CODE SUMMARY AND LEGAL DESCRIPTION - -- I J / I NII I c IfII�� WI \ \ VII CITY \ \ \U / /�� 1 _ IJ ` / v � (S ;,NILA SEPARATE P RMIT 1 la rL ccTrrAL� �gLUOMING CAS F !r ilti0 CITY OF TUKWILA ISUtLDId. +G DIVISION C1 FACILITY SITE PLAN C2 TYPICAL SECTION, NOTES AND DETAILS C3 TEMPORARY SCALE FACILITY C4 GRADING, DRAINAGE AND PAVING PLAN ) / - WLC 2 8 2581 , I psrultu {C / J FVLE C _ I un t`= P Checpprovals are 5U01e t0 arro „ cnd o an approval of pans OD nit a l.:;nOriZE 111 VlDi c ^tlOn of an adop Code O r O�::II;i:I' R��cEld Of dO ( tractor's copy of app; oved plans acknowledged. I . 1 y Z' NATURAL p �+ B /"L E P T. OF C5 UTILITY PLAN— WATER AND SEWER IMPROVEMENTS C6 UTILITY NOTES AND DETAILS `'7 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN Al EXIST. /DEMO PLAN & NOTES, FLOOR BELOW S 124SST - 5TT . ' r s - >Y 519115. s�z5� S124 ST s \n .`AI,, 5 ''',, S• © .F”` 1511 e � m N �'" ? B w s s A2 DEMO SECTION, REF. CLG. PLAN, EXT. ELEVS. RESOURCES Date r/ . A3 NEW PLAN, INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE, GENERAL NOTES y L / � � C Permit No. �/",� 7 WASTE DIVISION.---, -- - - l �, slnTT s mm >.; � >° I _ � -- - VO�'® -- ) J ti.J ...".... r f .~ 3 '. L �$� T � �fi� Or 1 — P J a "ti i0 L�V�L o� TUKWILA WITHOUT PI�I ®R r o 31l a C' ..S WA, LA BUILDING DIVI 1, 0. J p,�AV R_rU1gE A NEW P A - .; uN suRM ' . f,,i4Al PiAN RE67EbY FEES. A4 NEW SECTIONS & EXT. ELEVS. il ml S ITT TT J q w � ,, s 7' 4. � + ' A5 INT. ELEVS. & NEW REF. CLG. PLAN �� ,� kit WR A6 WALL SECTIONS & DETAILS 5,35TT m _ ' 5 1.15 TT� _ ,JBTTiA�maTTc `° SI � A7 CABINET DETAILS S 142 M « \ ( - 5 �I �.\ S142ft '. r5 _ 74ZSf ' 5139 I J9 sr s COURSE 51\ A8 WINDOW DETAILS 51. 5144TT r 5155 � m 51N Si N5155 5145TT y— sr N a y�q S14JS n FORT � F --- yyy L \ 1i GENT 9119 5 51 TT PARK ' \ 51SY A9 DOOR DETAILS „T_ SIPS S1 �- � — 's' _ - • 5 1505 :!fn a TT s + :—' m l 5150 n -- �m� 5 S ISITT m — O �S 150 ST 5 „ 515251 ' tile.; I S 149 N A10 TEMPORARY STRUCTURE BUILDING SUMMARY: 51eTT . j_ : rI a ; S- SI62 B! "t �` v y - - - s; 15f - . e m s 0 ��w 9,5u<.Ay � aer j STRAWS 5nO E COME "° 5 ,� s a Ar5"-5, B s ' — 33 5T JURISDICTION: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING CODE: 1997 UNIFORM BUILDING CODE OCCUPANCY: B, S -1 ALLOWABLE AREA: 24,000 SQ. FT. PROPOSED AREA: 18,870 SQ. FT. (EXISTING, NO CHANGE) TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: TYPE 2 — NON —RATED ADDRESS: MP0.1 LEGEND, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS T / f S IWTT G� I r s — 5180 • £ S1fi SST 1 5_I — N M1.0 HVAC MODIFICATIONS P1.0 EMPLOYEE FACILITY PLUMBING MODIFICATIONS 5,5 S ' 5, 188 P2.0 SITE PLUMBING MODIFICATIONS 18700 ORILLIA ROAD S TUKWILA, WASHINGTON LEGAL DESCRIPTION: 5 © PROJECT LOCATION ti UPLAW, 5R 1 eeaa e, 4 15 �I 1 / - � , - 7 . " B / R, :" /- ' ' 1® :.3=7 a I " m El ELECTRICAL SITE MASTER PLAN E2 OVERALL ELETRICAL SINGLE LINE, PANEL SCHEDULES, LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES BEG W 1/4 COR 1H 1 S 87 -56 -00 E 960 FT S 53 -24-59 W 727.57 FT TH S 38 -42 -02 E 1144/63 FT TJ S 04 -00 W 490 FT TJ M 87 -57 -00 W 1235.31 FT TH N 05 -44 -13 E 1815.11 FT TO BEG TGW THAT POR OF N 490 FT OF SE 1/4 SEC 34 -23 -4 LY E OF OLD MILITARY RD & ORILLIA RD EXTN LESS RDS LESS ST HWY E3 FACILITY BUILDING ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLANS t ill c h s ` / {{ S2mn s 2 / VICINITY MAP i RECENEp CI I X OF TUKWIIA NOV302001 PERMIT CENTER .0.1_ CALL 2 DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 1 -800 -424 -5555 NO SCALE DATE REVISION ev BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL licipom Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture 6554 APPROVED DATE O KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES ® SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS TITLE SHEET, VICINITY MAP, NOTES & SHEET INDEX REGISTERED A ` % STATE OF WASNINGT �1-J o, RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN SCALE: NO SCALE SHT. T -1 OF 25 1 1 12/01 PROJECT NO SURVEY NO BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL DATE REVISION BY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS FACILITY SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 60' SHT. C1 OF ZS CALL 2 DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 1- 800 - 424 -5555 44,750 o � C<iq R WS D\R /G o OPRTY'LINES E 1,645,000 0 30 60 120 SCALE: 1" = 60' 180 a c3Aa A A E 1,645,250 E 1,645,500 \ NEW SCALEHOUSEIMPROVEMENTS N KING COUNTY LIMITS TUKWILA CITY OMITS A PORTION OF THE SW 1/4 SECTION 35, T 23, R4, W.M. KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON E 1,645,750 NTERSTATEA Ins U U TEMPORARY SCALE FACIUTY E TEMPORARY TE EMPLOYEE FACIUTY WATER IMPROVEMENTS PROPERTY LINES SCALE BYPASS LANE 2 ERQUTE TEMPORARY-RA ENT—STRIPING SIGNAGE 480' PROP TY LINES FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS V \ -377 RECEIVED CRY OFTUKWILA NOV 3 2001 PERMIT CENTER DATE 3 —INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS ASPHALT TREATED BASE 1 —INCH THICK STEEL PLATE AS NECESSARY TO PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES COMPACTED SUBGRADE 3" CSTC TYPICAL PAVING SECTION - TEMPORARY BYPASS LANE NTS 3 —INCH MIN THICKNESS CLASS B ASPHALT CALL 2 DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG?; 1 -500- 424 -5555 I EXPIRES. 08/07/02 COMPACTED SUBGRADE 4" CSTC 95% COMPACTED TYPICAL PAVING SECTION - ASPHALT PATCHING NTS REVISION BY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL STANDARD 3 /e" FULL THICKNESS EXPANSION JOINT (TYP) 1 "x1" GRATE IMPRINTS 1/8" DEEP (TYP) ASPHALT PAVING NEW SCALE HOUSE PLAN COMPACTED SUBGRADE SECTION NOTES: 1. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED AND EDGED. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE P.C.C. CLASS 3000. 3. FOR PLACEMENT OF WHEELCHAIR CURB RAMP SEE CURB BULB DETAIL AND PLANS. ADA RAMP NTS 4' 4" CEMENT 4" CSTC CONCRETE A PORTION OF THE SW 1/4 SECTION 35, T 23, R4, W.M. KING COUNTY. WASHINGTON SCALE LOAD CELL VARIES MPG. Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO. SCALE FOOTING CSTC TO LEVEL SCALE FOOTINGS SCALEHOUSE CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING NOTES 1. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY BYPASS LANES AND SET TEMPORARY OUTBOUND SCALE (WEIGHING OPERATIONS CONDUCTED AT EXISTING SCALEHOUSE). — INSTALL TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES. — REMOVE PORTIONS OF EXISTING CURB AND LANDSCAPING FROM PLANTER ISLAND. — LOCATE EXISTING BURIED UTILITY LINES. INSTALL ELECTRIC CONDUIT. SET STEEL PLATE PROTECTION AS NEEDED. — SET ECOLOGY BLOCKS AROUND LIGHT POLE TO PROTECT FROM BYPASS TRAFFIC. — INSTALL 3 —INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS ASPHALT TREATED BASE (ATB) TO COMPLETE BYPASS LANE. — SET TEMPORARY OUTBOUND SCALE (AFTER HOURS). — INSTALL TRANSITION RAMPS AT 4% SLOPE (AFTER HOURS). — INSTALL TEMPORARY CURBING. — PROVIDE POWER AND TELEPHONE CONNECTIONS FOR TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE. 2. KING COUNTY SET TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE (AFTER HOURS). — KING COUNTY CONNECT SCALE WIRING FROM TEMPORARY SCALE TO TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE AND TO EXISTING SCALEHOUSE. 3. SET TEMPORARY INBOUND SCALE (WEIGHING OPERATIONS OUTBOUND AT TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE AND INBOUND AT EXISTING SCALEHOUSE). — SET TEMPORARY INBOUND SCALE PLATFORM (AFTER HOURS). — INSTALL TRANSITION RAMPS AT 4% SLOPE (AFTER HOURS). — INSTALL TEMPORARY CURBING. 4. KING COUNTY WILL CONNECT SCALE WIRING AND COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT TO COMPLETE TEMPORARY SCALE FACILITY. 5. INSTALL TEMPORARY 6 —FT HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCING TO PROVIDE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION AROUND EXISTING SCALEHOUSE. COMPLETE SCALEHOUSE FOUNDATION IMPROVEMENTS (ALL WEIGHING OPERATIONS AT TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE FACILITY). 6. KING COUNTY WILL PROVIDE AND SET NEW SCALEHOUSE BUILDING ON FOUNDATION. 7. COMPLETE ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND WORK ON NEW SCALEBUILDING. 8. KING COUNTY COMPLETE NEW SCALE EQUIPMENT WIRING. 9. REMOVE TEMPORARY OUTBOUND SCALE AND RESTORE ACCESS TO NEW SCALEHOUSE FACILITY (AFTER HOURS). — REMOVE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS. — REMOVE TEMPORARY OUTBOUND SCALE, RAMPS AND CURBING (AFTER HOURS). 10. KING COUNTY REMOVE TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE. 11. RESTORE SITE AND PROVIDE FINAL CLEANUP. — RESTORE ALL ASPHALT PAVING IMPACTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. — REMOVE STEEL PLATES AND LIGHT POLE PROTECTION BARRIERS. — RESTORE CURBING AND LANDSCAPE ISLAND. — RESTORE ALL STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKINGS, CURB PAINTING, AND SIGNAGE. — REMOVE TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES. MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT EXISTING PAVEMENT COMPACTED SUBGRADE FOOTING DETAIL NOTE: COORDINATE SCALE FOOTINGS, AND INSTALLATION WITH SCALE MANUFACTURER SCALE FOOTINGS ELEVATION 268.6 (TYP) 35' SEE DETAIL, THIS SHEET iT • s �I�� /s,PtS` EXISTING ASPHALT SURFACE TEMPORARY RAMP ACP CLASS B TEMPORARY SCALE SECTION NTS KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES ® SOLD WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS 4% TYPICAL SECTIONS NOTES AND DETAILS SCALE: NTS REOEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV , 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER SHT. C2 OF 25 ■IF°117 o CALL 2 DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 1-800-424-5555 LANE rb SCALE FOOTING ELEV. = 268.6' (TYP) pROVIDE WIDTH ACCESS AND �^ RETAIN E)S NT�G GATE FACILITIES \, 6, 1 -11d Chain Link Fz N F ORAP.Y IG GE: U °CAUTION FLAGGER AHEAD" P'NS� C0RUCTION ACTIVITY,ON c irEFPROCEED WITH CAUTION" i ., ✓ oc✓ • - gEA 2 TA - CItYtiM� I JR LINE �A INSTALL TEMPORARY 6 -FT CHAIN LINK FENCE TO INDICATE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION FOR SCALEHOUSE IMPROVEMENTS. Aspha ' NT� "1F li D .umhill S EXPIRES: 08/07/02 NTERS ATE- ROUTE -S EXTEND TEMPORARY CURBING TO WITHIN O;FT OF`QOTTOM OF RAMP (TYP) o r � PROVIDE 15 -FT MIN WIDTH TEMPORARY FIRE LANE WITH TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY MARKINGS UPON COMPLETION OF SCALEHOUSE IMROVEMENTS. 0 5 10 20 40 SCALE: 1" = 20' 60 TUKWTLA CITY LIMITS o A PORTION OF THE SW 114 SECTION 35, T 23, R4, W.M. K!NG COUNTY, WASHINGTON \ 4 \ . PROVIDE TEMPORARY STRIPING, STOP BA', .ND SIG I GE. (ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS, STRIPING, CURB PAINT SIGN GE TO BE�� RESTORED UPON COMPLETION OF SCALEHOUSE IMPROVEMENTS). TEARY SCALEHOUSE FACILITY INCLUDES: 1- TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE AND ELECTRONICS (PROVIDED BY KING COUNTY) 2 -EA 35' PLATFORM SCALES-AND�FOOTINGS (PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR) 4 -EA TRANSITION RAMPS @ 4% M XIMUM GRADE WITH TEMPORARY CURBING. (SEE CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING NOTES, SHEET -C2). c \\ PROVIDE ECO •GY BLOCKS TO PR TEO CT - LIGHT O�LE. DR UNE PRO VIDE - REMOVE EXISTING CURBING- AND LA I 'AP TERIAL AS NECESSARY. - LOCATE EXISTING UTILITIES AND PSI OVIDEJ C11 TES. - PROIDE TEMPORARY PAVEMENT (3" MI . `/A. (CURBI,NG AND LANDSCAPE ARE TO BE R S BRED UPON COMPLETION - OF SCAL €L SE IMPROVEMENTS). CO) /r. TEMPORARY SIGNA "CAUTION F1,AGGER A ERSTATE ROUTE 6 12 -FT MIN OUTBOUND BYPASS LANE. Hi CITY NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT f:FMFR Ch DATE REVISION BY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL Q Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED PROJECT NO DRAWN SURVEY NO O KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS SCALE: 1" = 20' TEMPORARY SCALE FACILITY PLAN SHT. C3 OF ZS 3 cc RECYCLE AREA 3 ACP CL B 4" CSTC NATIVE BACKFILL 95% COMPACTION PIPE BEDDING k Cj cR V ITIIT _� it 6lh N� I 'N Exit - ea U SEA - TAC CIIFT7 PAVED AREAS UNPAVED AREAS MATCH GRADE 8c FINISH PER PLANS TYPICAL STORM DRAIN PIPE TRENCH DETAIL NTS / ^v PAVEMENT RES ITORA ON, SEE ASPHALT PATCHING ETAIL, SHEET C2. ck 6' Hlah Chain Link Feo ce Ditch JR LINE - A PORTION OF THE SW 1/4 SECTION 35, T 23, R4, W.M. KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON I•l / Pastpa — 0 Aspho N I CALL 2 DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 1- 800 - 424 -5555 N TERS - T/{TE — ROUT ADA RAMP. SEE DETAIL, SHEET C2. a. �w��i.� i i ii �a.�►.w o' - r`���i�° ° Downhill Slope �o �a ��,� 13 -LF 6" PVC STORM DRAIN @ 5% CONNECT TO EXISTING CB, I.E. =263.0 SEE SCALEHOUSE FOUNDATION RETAINING WALL PLANS & DETAILS 0 5 10 20 40 60 SCALE: 1" = 20' I EXPIRES: 08/07/02 e V1 trancf PAVEMENT RESTORATION, SEE ASPHALT PATCHING DETAIL SHEET C2. B ar WI e RESTORE LANDSCAPE ISLAND. MATCH EXISTING CURBING, LANDSCAPED (GS AREA, AND GRADE. RESTORE ANY ASPHALT DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION / ACTIVITY PER ASPHALT PATCHING DETAIL, SHEET C2. STORM DRAIN NOTES RES ORE PAVEMEN T-A IEMPORA- SCALE FOOTINGS (TYP). SEE ASPHALT PATCHING DETAIL SHE C2. REMOVE TEMPORARY STRIPING AND SIGNAGE. RESTORE ALL ORIGINAL LAME STRIPING, PAVEMENT MARKINGS, CU Q PAINT AND SIGNAGE AS DIRECTED BY KING CO UNTY. DR LANE 8. COMPACTION OF ALL FILL AREAS SHALL BE PER CURRENT APWA SPECIFICATIONS. FILL SHALL BE PROVIDED IN 6 MAXIMUM LIFTS AND SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% OF ITS MAXIMUM RELATIVE DENSITY. 7. ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE SEEDED AND MULCHED OR SIMILARLY STABILIZED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE JURISDICTION. ALL EROSION CONTROL AND STORMWATER FACILITIES SHALL BE REGULARLY INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE OF THE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT. 1. PVC PIPE MUST BE SDR35 OR THICKER AND MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D3034. PVC PIPE MUST BE INSTALLED FOLLOWING THE PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN ASTM D2321; JOINTS MUST CONFORM TO ASTM D3212; AND GASKETS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM F477. 2. ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH KING COUNTY STANDARDS AND THE MOST CURRENT COPY OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION (WSDOT /APWA). 3. PROPONENT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL OTHER PERMITS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITY OR AGENCY. RECENED CITY OFTUKWILA 4. A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING SHALL BE HELD PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION OR STAKING OF THE SITE. NOV g 0 2001 5. CALL UNDERGROUND LOCATE LINE 1- 800 - 424 -5555 MINIMUM 48 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATIONS. PERMIT CENTER 6. ALL SURVEYING AND STAKING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN ENGINEERING OR SURVEYING FIRM CAPABLE OF PERFORMING SUCH WORK. THE ENGINEER OR SURVEYOR DIRECTING SUCH WORK SHALL BE LICENSED BY THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. DATE REVISION BY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS GRADING, DRAINAGE AND PAVING PLAN SCALE: 1 = 20' SHT. C4 OF 2$ 377 DATE 3 Ac;2C3 6 I_ RECYCLE AREA i SAWCUT EXISTING PAVEMENT, RESTORE PER'SPHALT PATCHING DETAIL, SHEET`C2. RESTORE EXISTING CUR PRESERVE EXI t1G,CHAINLI. K FCE ED (TYP). EXISTING TREE CONNECT :� a G, S :E MECHANIC © RESTORE LANDS A WITH HYD "OSEED. 153 —LF 1 -1/2" WATER LINE CONNECT TO B LDING,�S MECH'k INST 7 VE BO .s TAIL, SF RESTORE LA DSCAPE R A TH H YARD HYDRANT SSUOLY, e COORDINATE EXACT LOTION f}i' 35 —LF 1 -1/2" WATER LINE, RESTORE ASPHALT PATCHING DETAIL, SHEET C TRANSFER TRAILER YARD SAWCUT EXISTING PAVEMENT, RESTORE! PER ASPHALT PATCHING DETAIL, SHEET C2. RESTORE EXISTING CURBING OWL i E 1,645,250 CALL 2 DAYS =: 1 BEFORE YOU DIG 1 -500- 424 -5555: !' c3 LOCA POIN LQF CON VECTION FOR EXISTING WATER,- <3 AND SANITARY SEWER" PII'ES',GU.Y AND— RE'CONNEGI NEN/ SCALEHOUSE FAC'LITIES TO EXISTING LINES. _ ,_-/ "--'�,� ---- N.._ 9} o,cin u"k Es+ca . Extr J8 P g A _AFOIY REVISION \� \\ EXPIRES: 08/07/02 0 10 20 40 80 120 SCALE: 1" = 40' BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL INSTALL 4" SSCO AT SEWER CONNE OINT PER DETAIL, SHEEP C6. Hiah g Iola 07Y 1.11175 INSTALL 3/4" GATE VALVE A CONNECTION POINT PER DETAIL, SHE A PORTION OF THE SW 1/4 SECTION 35, T 23, H4, W.M. KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON Q Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture 183 —IF 1 COP "ER,WATER L RESTORE SURFACE WITH-11, YDROS PR SE 1 `g CVA, SEE DETAIL, SHEET APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. n Th m �J ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS SCALE: 1" = 40' !CAL. EET C6. SEED. HEET C6 CO. NG PER UTILITY PLAN - WATER AND SEWER IMPROVEMENTS ic \77 RECENED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER SHT. C5 OF 25 DATE c ar WRENCH 4 1/2" 12" 0 CONCRETE AROUND POST EXISTING GROUND SURFACE 4" 0 SCH 20 STEEL POST 24" 24" LOCKING VALVE BOX FOR USE WITH HIGHLINE WATER DISTRICT STANDARD DETAILS 15, 16, 17 & 17A. 1 - TYLER /UNION 7116 SERIES VALVE BOX KIT WI DIRT FLANGE OR EQUIVALENT. 1 - 5 1/4" LOCKING LID SOIL PIPE TO BE USED FOR VALVE BOX EXTENSION ONLY / V REVISION FASTEN TO POST W/ RIGID BRACKET HOSE RACK 0 O O D 0 0 O 6 �� 0 O O o TYPICAL YARD HYDRANT NTS ED LOCKING LID (PLAN) X 5/16" 0 Vz 1" BRASS SCREW FROST PROOF YARD HYDRANT PART NO. 4802 OR EQUAL 3" 6" LOCKING LID (PROFILE) TOP SECTION BOTTOM SECTION 30" MIN EXISTING VERTICAL CURB 30" 0 CONC CULVERT FILL WITH DRAIN ROCK 48" STANDARD VALVE BOX - SCALEHOUSE CONNECTION NTS -- HWD DETAIL NO. HWD -33 TRAILER TRANSF. YARD ASPHALT PAVING 1 -1/2" PVC WATER PIPE. 36" MINIMUM BURY DEPTH BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL CARSON INDUSTRIES 1730 HDPE METER BOX, OR EQUAL EDGE OF CONCRETE PIPE INSULATION FREEZE PROTECTION 30" MIN COVER 12" MIN 12" MIN 4" CSTC OVER SUITABLE NATIVE FILL COMPACTED 95% FINISH GRADE 120V ELECTRICAL OUTLET FOR HEAT TAPE. INSTALL HEAT TAPE FOR FREEZE PROTECTION 1" TYPE K COPPER 30" MIN. COVER 1" CC SERVICE SADDLE W/ STAINLESS STEEL STRAP EQUAL TO ROMAC OR SMITH BAR. 1" CC CORPORATION STOP W/ COMPRESSION ADAPTOR FOR TYPE K COPPER SERVICE EQUAL TO MUELLER, FORD OR HAYS. INSTALLED DIRECTLY INTO DUCTILE IRON PIPE AT 30' TO 45' ANGLE. DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY NTS VALVE BOX - TRAILER YARD CONNECTION NTS CALL 2 DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG 1- 800 - 424 - 5555 Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture 1 1/2" PVC SHUTOFF VALVE 1 -1/2" WATER LINE TO TRAILER YARD HYDRANTS BRICK OR CONC BLOCK SUPPORTS, TYPICAL EACH CORNER 4" MIN PEA GRAVEL EXPIRES: 08/07/02 HOT BOX MODEL NO. HB1OFE OR EQUAL 1" DOUBLE CHECK VALVE FEBCO MODEL NO. 850 OR EQUAL DRAIN PORT 1 (TYP) • 4" (MIN) CONCRETE SLAB WELDED WIRE MESH A PORTION OF THE SW 1/4 SECTION 35, T 23, R4, N.M. KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON FINISHED GRADE TO OWNERS ELECTRICAL PANEL DIRECT BURIAL OR IN RIGID CONDUIT PER ELECTRICAL PERMIT REQUIREMENTS SEE - ELECTRICAL APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. WATER NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITIES IN THE FIELD. 2. CONSTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY DISTRICT A MINIMUM OF 72 HUBS (3 WORKING DAYS IN ADVANCE OF ALL REQUESTS FOR STAKING, TESTING OR INSPECTIONS. 3. DEVELOPER'S REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR SHALL PROVIDE STAKING OF WATER SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION FOR DISTRICT INSPECTION A MINIMUM OF 72 HRS. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL WHERE REQUIRED BY THE DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS AND FOR VARIATION FROM THE APPROVED DRAWING. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND HIGHLINE WATER DISTRICT SPECIFICATIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH ALL MATERIALS. 7. ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL BE CLASS 52, NO EQUAL 8. ALL GATE VALVES SHALL BE MUELLER OR EQUIVALENT. 9. HYDRANTS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED. 10. CUT -INS SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPERVISED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF HIGHLNE WATER DISTRICT OR PERFORMED BY THE DISTRICT. 11. ALL LIVE TAPS SHALL BE DIRECTLY SUPERVISED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF HIGHLINE WATER DISTRICT. 12. ALL CHARGES FOR CUT -INS AND UVE TAPS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE DEVELOPER /CONTRACTOR 13. ALL COUPLINGS SHALL BE ROMAC 501, OR EQUIVALENT. 14. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL EXISTING PIPE TYPES AND SIZES FOR COUPLINGS, CONNECTIONS AND UVE TAPS. 15. ALL MAINLINE PIPE SHALL HAVE A 42" MINIMUM COVER AND 60" MAXIMUM COVER UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLANS. 16. DEVELOPER SHALL PAY FOR ALL STATE, CITY AND COUNTY INSPECTION AND PERMIT FEES. 17. COORDINATE METER LOCATIONS WITH HIGHLINE WATER DISTRICT AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. 18. FIRE HYDRANTS AND MAINS TO BE OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 19. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO HAVE A SET OF THESE APPROVED PLANS ON THE JOB SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE DISTRICT. 20. SUBGRADE SHALL BE ESTABLISHED FOR AREAS OF SITE INVOLVING WATER SYSTEM FACILITIES. 21. PARTS MUST BE ON -SITE AND INSPECTED BY HIGHLINE WATER DISTRICT PRIOR TO SCHEDULING CUT -INS OR CONNECTIONS. 22. REFER TO HIGHLINE WATER DISTRICT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR ALL REMAINING NOTES AND DETAILS. 23. WATER USES OTHER THAN THOSE SHOWN WILL BE EVALUATED BY HIGHLINE WATER DISTRICT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS. 24. COMPACTION TESTING IS REQUIRED FOR ALL OPEN CUTS AND /OR CROSSINGS WITHIN PAVED OR TRAVELED AREAS OF PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAYS. 25. THE APPROVAL OF THESE PLANS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CUSTOMER OF THE RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER AGENCIES AND, TO INSTALL ADDITIONAL BACKFLOW ASSEMBLIES RESULTING FROM THE DISTRICT'S FINAL SURVEY OF THE FACILITIES OR AT A FUTURE DATE SHOULD THE CUSTOMER HAVE A CHANGE IN USE OF THEIR WATER SYSTEM. 4 "0 PVC CAP 4 "0 PVC - EXISTING 4 "0 PVC WYE 4 SS PIPE CAST IRON, LOCKING RING & COVER 45' BEND ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS 24" 6 ° 12 "0 III PAC JOINT PACKING SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT DETAIL NTS SCALE: NTS CLASS 3000 CONCRETE COLLAR 4" SS FROM NEW SCALEHOUSE RECEIVED CRY OFTUKWILA NOV 3 0 2111 PERMIT CENTER UTILITY NOTES AND DETAILS 1:)61‘0 SHT. C6 OF ZS 131 St uN lg� y3y s. eG� • I I DRA_ , IlIT PROTEC�1?L�IP) Aii■aam 245.0 290.7 \ 24\ mss IN IN � \ � � "TON Q 1 (TYPE DRAI' 0 S !� e—TCE A. ,TA IN PROTECTION R : o' AINS TO SS DRAIN INLE "ROTEC11 �I� EP ACLE TANK). 24REE . PTACLE TANK). 1 (� Y t x REttORE LANDSCAPE WITH 243. E t'Ir MINIMUM 4" THICK TOPSOIL \1111 AND UVI P( r l t1 TRA1l'SER TRAILER YARD I 'Cry" Ix PROTECTION (TYP). 243 SS RECEPTACLE TANK). 4 3.1 I I I I I 742./1 DRAIN INLEI TECTION (TYP); SEE DETAIL, THIS SHEET. (D INS TO SS RECEPTACLE TANK)/ tar NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS ONLY SCHEMATIC. ANY INSERT IS ALLOWED THAT HAS A MINIMUM 0.5 —CF OF STORAGE, THE MEANS TO DEWATER THE STORED SEDIMENT, AN OVERFLOW, AND CAN BE EASILY MAINTAINED. 6' MAXIMUM *1 :CALL 2 DAYS-21" BEFORE YOU DIG -- ;1- 800 - 424 -5555 DATE 272.9 ` 274.9 275.4 J '► eRATF�INLE3 PRMEaTION -4TYP SEE DDTAILJIHIS SLiEET- REVISION ?UM MY MS N - CATCH BASIN — GRATE SOLID WALLS FILTER MEDIA FOR DEWATERING DRAIN INLET PROTECTION NTS JOINTS IN FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE SPLICED AT POSTS. USE STAPLES, WIRE RINGS, OR EQUIVALENT TO ATTACH FABRIC TO POSTS. U * POST SPACING MAY BE INCREASED TO 8 —FT IF WIRE BACKING IS USED NOTE: FILTER FABRIC FENCES SHALL BE INSTALLED ALONG CONTOURS WHENEVER POSSIBLE POROUS BOTTOM FILTER FABRIC FENCING NTS 2" X 2" BY 14 GA WIRE OR EQUIVALENT, IF STANDARD STRENGTH FABRIC USED N FILTER FABRIC AND CONSTRUCTION FENCING MINIMUM 4" X 4" TRENCH BACKFILL TRENCH WITH NATIVE SOIL OR 3/4" -1.5" WASHED GRAVEL 2" X 4" WOOD POSTS, STEEL FENCE POSTS, REBAR, OR EQUIVALENT BY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL A PORTION OF THE SW 1/4 SECTION 35, T 23, R4, W.M. KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON N I EXPIRES: 08/07/02 r8TATE Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture '281.7 — 280 x 231.5 V 280.8 APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO D I 40 80 120 x279.5 SCALER 1 = 40' V 278.4 u EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES APPROVAL OF THIS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) PLAN DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF PERMANENT ROAD OR DRAINAGE DESIGN (E.G., SIZE AND LOCATION OF ROADS, PIPES, RESTRICTORS, CHANNEL, RETENTION FACILITIES, UTILITIES, ETC.). 2. THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THESE ESC PLANS AND THE CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE , REPLACEMENT, AND UPGRADING OF THESE ESC FACILITIES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPLICANT /ESC SUPERVISOR UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS APPROVED. 4. ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS 3. THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CLEARING LIMITS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHALL BE CLEARLY FLAGGED BY A CONTINUOUS LENGTH OF SURVEY TAPE (OR FENCING, IF REQUIRED) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, NO DISTURBANCE BEYOND THE CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE PERMITTED. THE CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE THE APPLICANT /ESC SUPERVISOR FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. THE ESC FACILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN MUST BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL CLEARING AND GRADING SO AS TO ENSURE THAT THE TRANSPORT OF SEDIMENT TO SURFACE WATERS, DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES IS MINIMIZED. THE ESC FACILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ANTICIPATED SITE CONDITIONS. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE ESC FACILITIES SHALL BE UPGRADED AS NEEDED FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND MODIFIED TO ACCOUNT FOR CHANGING SITE CONDITIONS. ADDITIONAL SUMP PUMPS, RELOCATION OF DITCHES AND SILT FENCES, ETC.). THE ESC FACIUTIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BY THE APPLICANT /ESC SUPERVISOR AND MAINTAINED TO ENSURE CONTINUED PROPER FUNCTIONING. WRITTEN RECORDS SHALL BE KEPT OF WEEKLY REVIEWS OF THE ESC FACIUTIES DURING THE WET SEASON (OCT. 1 TO APRIL 30) AND THE MONTHLY REVIEWS DURING THE DRY SEASON (MAY 1 TO SEPT. 1). ANY AREAS OF EXPOSED SOILS, INCLUDING ROADWAY EMBANKMENTS, THAT WILL NOT BE DISTURBED FOR TWO DAYS DURING THE WET SEASON OR SEVEN DAYS DURING THE DRY SEASON SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY STABILIZED WITH THE APPROVED ESC METHODS (E.G. SEEDING, MULCHING PLASTIC COVERING, ETC.). ANY AREA NEEDING ESC MEASURES NOT REQUIRING IMMEDIATE ATTENTION SHALL BE ADDRESSED WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) DAYS. THE ESC FACILITIES ON INACTIVE SITES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED A MINIMUM OF ONCE A MONTH OR WITHIN FORTY —EIGHT (48) HOURS FOLLOWING A STORM EVENT. AT NO TIME SHALL MORE THAN ONE (1) FOOT OF SEDIMENT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE WITHIN A CATCH BASIN. ALL CATCH BASINS AND CONVEYANCE UNES SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO PAVING. THE CLEANING OPERATION SHALL NOT FLUSH SEDIMENT —LADEN WATER INTO DOWNSTREAM SYSTEM. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES AND ROADS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAINED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. ADDITIONAL MEASURES, SUCH AS WASH PADS, MAY BE REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT ALL PAVED AREAS ARE KEPT CLEAN FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. ANY PERMANENT FLOW CONTROL FACIUTY USED AS A TEMPORARY SETTLING BASIN SHALL BE MODIFIED WITH THE NECESSARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE STORAGE CAPACITY. IF THE FACIUTY IS TO FUNCTION ULTIMATELY AS AN INFILTRATION SYSTEM, THE TEMPORARY FACILITY MUST BE GRADED SO THAT THE BOTTOM AND SIDES ARE AT LEAST THREE (3) FEET ABOVE THE FINAL GRADE OF THE PERMANENT FACILITY. WHERE STRAW MULCH FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED AT A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 2 TO 3 INCHES. PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF THE WET SEASON (OCT. 1), ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE REVIEWED TO IDENTIFY WHICH ONES CAN BE SEEDED IN PREPARATION FOR THE WINTER RAINS. DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE SEEDED WITHIN ONE WEEK OF THE BEGINNING OF THE WET SEASON. A SKETCH MAP OF THOSE AREAS TO BE SEEDED AND THOSE AREAS TO REMAIN UNCOVERED SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE DDES INSPECTOR. THE DDES INSPECTOR CAN REQUIRE SEEDING OF ADDITIONAL AREAS IN ORDER TO PROTECT SURFACE WATERS, ADJACENT PROPERTIR4A FACILITIES. cm OFTUKWILA 50 3 0 2001 TEMPORARY ERAND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN SCALE: 1" = 40' SHT. C7 OF Zyr 1)0 VABF'77 DEMOLITION NOTES: SYMBOL REMARKS O I REMOVE CABINET AND SINK O REMOVE UPPER AND LOWER WINDOW UNITS 0 REMOVE PARTITION 4O REMOVE SLIDING ALUMINUM DOOR UNITS 0 REMOVE QUARRY TILE FLOORING AND PATCH PLYWOOD FLOORING O REMOVE AND SALVAGE REFRIGERATOR FOR REUSE 0 REMOVE STORAGE CABINET 0 S REMOVE AND SALVAGE LOCKER UNITS FOR RELOCATION IN TEMPORARY STRUCTURE, THEN REINSTALL AS INDICATED ON NEW PLAN D REMOVE EXISTING A/C UNIT DATE 1" PERMIT SUBMITTAL REVISION GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: I. REFER TO NEW FLOOR PLANS AND DETAILS FOR THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION 4 REMOVAL, TYPICAL. 2. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWING5 FOR ADDITIONAL REMOVAL WORK 3. PATCH OPENINGS IN DRYWALL WHERE PORTIONS OF WALL HAVE BEEN REMOVED, PROVIDE STUDS, BLOCKING, NAILERS, ECT. AS REQUIRED TO SEAL OPENINGS. FINISH AND COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, DEMOLITION LEGEND HATCH INDICATES AREAS WHERE WALL, WINDOW UNITS OR CASEWORK 15 TO BE REMOVED. REFER TO NEW FLOOR PLAN, SECTION AND DETAILS FOR EXTENT OF REMOVAL WORK. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL WORK. BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture i SCALE: 'A" = I' -0" TIPPING LEVEL FLOOR TOILET EXISTING STAIRS LOCKER FLR FLR. T ROOM REMAIN TO i2E1D EXIST. RPE.C. BE 54' -4 "*- 35 -0 "t TAKE EXTREME CARE NOT TO DAMAGE EXIST. QUARRY TILE a WALKWAY '6 % 7/ WALKWAY EXISTING EMPLOYEE FACILITY 4 DEMOLITION PLAN i GD T-8 "± GD BUILDING LINE ABOVE EXISTING TIPPING LEVEL FLOOR PLAN SCALE: l'A" = 1' -0" APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. 54' -4 "t STORAGE PIT FLOOR BUILDING LINE ABOVE --\ EXISTING STAIRS ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS ' ' -5"± i TIPPING LEVEL FLOOR ED cm oFTUICwItA NOV ? 0 2051 PERMIT RECEN CENTER EXISTING EMPLOYEE FACILITY 4 DEMOLITION, TIPPING LEVEL PLANS, 4 DEMOLITION NOTES AND LEGEND SCALE: AS NOTED EaDvb\i:17 SHT. Al OF 25 FLOOR LEVEL TIPPING FLOOR REMOVE EXIST. METAL CEILING 4 GYPSUM ED. SEE DEMO REFLECTED CLG PLAN DATE EXISTING TRANSFER STATION ROOF STRUCTURE REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW UNITS EMPLOYEE FACILITY LEVEL STORAGE FLOOR SCALE: l/4 = I' -m" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL REVISION REM YE EXISTING CEILING LEVEL EXISTING BUILDING PARTIAL CROSS SECTION BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL METAL spa Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture Pi ICI *an 1 2.1.11� REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW UNITS EXIST. TRANSFER STATION ROOF STRUCT. ABV.— EMPLOYEE FACILITY SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE: li = 1' -0" 1111111.1111111111.11 ‘44.11111111 W REMOVE EXIST. SLIDING DOOR UNITS F'! EXIST. TRANSFER STATION ROOF STRUCT. ABV. EMPLOYEE FACILITY NORTH ELEVATION SCALE: I %" = I - 0 " EXISTING MTL CEILING TO REMAIN IN TOILET 4 SHOWER ROOM EXISTING EMPLOYEE FACILITY REFLECTIVE CEILING 4 DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: ''A = I' -B" REMOVE EXISTING O.N. WINDOW UNITS APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. REMOVE EXIST. GWB SOFFIT AND FRAMING REMOVE EXIST. FIXTURES (ALL) SEE ELECTRICAL DUES. REMOVE EXISTING METAL CEILING SYSTEM REMOVE EXISTING O.N. AND LOWER WINDOW UNITS KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES ® SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS EXISTING EMPLOYEE FACILITY REFLECTED CEILILNG 4 DEMOLITION PLANS & EXISTING ELEVATIONS SCALE: AS NOTED RECEIVED CITY OF TUICMLA NOV 30'20111 PERMIT CENTER SHT. A2 OF 25 INTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE LEGEND FLooR 5E WALL CEILING DOOR 4 FRAME REMARKS I QUARRY TILE NO NoRN EAST SOUTH WEST FINISH HEIGHT DOOR FRAME •• ALL PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES TO BE REPAINTED QUARRY TILE NaennN 31IU .lNNrn0 W.R GYPSUM BOARD GYPSUM BOARD GzlVOfl "dU )J -SIX3 OdVOG wlsdU aeidofl wnsdU CrdIVOGI wtls.u,s •J'm GYPSUM BOARD EXIST. GYP. BOARD W.R. GYPSUM BOARD HOLLOW METAL 1 1-IOLLOW METAL B PAINT WALKWAY • I 2 2 2 LOCKER ROOM I I • 2 2 2 2 • T -I0 "± WORK/LUNCH ROOM I I 2 2 2 2 • 1' -I0' t 2 2 SHOWER ROOM 2 2 2 2 2 VARIES 2 2 TOILET 2 2 2 2 2 VARIES 2 2 DATE 11/12701 REVISION BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL 1 - 8 " * - i 4 A E (,31.1 TIL A5 f EQ'D 4 ADf QUARRY E Tb MATCH E) ISTH E EST. I PANEL I- I I 1 iUINISH i _ it-.- I wORK#LUNIGI - 1 1 I I II NEW WATER HEATER jr-ir 1 RELOcATEb I IN ATTIC SP4GE SEE I REF. 1 F1EGN DUDS I � - I-- L 14171 -&E D -,5 . �i iiiCONTe25Ill/5TOAAG'L I- ! I I !BELOW -4 _ i 1- • I i I I � _ ' RELOCA ?Ed LQCKERS ITpCK f r- I n _ l I BOA i -I--- - -1 -- I NEW EMPLO''EE FAOIL 1T1' FLOOR PLAN SCALE: I1 = I' -0" BY W-I ABOVE W-2 ABOVE BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture W -4 W-3 ABOVE GENERAL NOTES I. BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS WITH CITY OF TUKWILA PLANNING, ZONING AND BUILDING REGULATIONS, BUILDING CODE, 1991 EDITION AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATION5 AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY REAL OR SUSPECTED ERRORS, OMI5SION5 OR DISCREPANCIES IN OR BETWEEN NE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND /OR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. THE ENGINEER SHALL PREPARE WRITTEN CLARIFICATIONS IF REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR CONTINUANCE OF WORK IN ERROR 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SAFETY DEVICES, TEMPORARY BARRICADES, SCAFFOLDING, LIGHTING, COVERINGS, FIRE PREVENTION AND OTHER EQUIPMENT TO PROTECT THE SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS ON THE PROPERTY THROUGHOUT NE ENTIRE PERIOD OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND PROPERLY MAINTAIN NECESSARY TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SANITARY FACILITIES AS SHOWN ON NE DRAWINGS. 5. ALL WORK TO BE CAREFULLY EXECUTED BY MECHANICS SKILLED IN THE TRADE(5) INVOLVED, AND SHALL BE PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL, AND PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. S. PROVIDE ALL BACKING, BLOCKING, FURRING, STRIPPING, CONNECTIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS WORK REQUIRED TO RENDER THE BUILDING, FIXTURES AND ALL EQUIPMENT OPERABLE. 1. IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF NE CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN APPROVAL BY THE BUILDING INSPECTOR FOR ALL CONCEALED WORK BEFORE CLOSING UP. S. WORK NOT PARTICULARLY SHOWN OR SPECIFIED SI -IALL BE SAME AS SIMILAR PARTS THAT ARE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. WHERE ANY DRAWINGS A PORTION OF THE WORK IS DRAWN OUT AND THE REMAINDER IS INDICATED IN OUTLINE, THE WORK DRAW OUT PARTS SHALL APPLY ALSO TO ALL LIKE PORTIONS OF THE WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 9. PROVIDE GALVANIC INSULATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 39' -0 "± 9' -4 " *- C KEY TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO 4' -6" 8' -2" W-3 ABOVE BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES ® SOLID WASTE DIVISION SCALE: AS NOTED RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA NOV 3 U 2001 PERMIT CENTER NEW EMPLOYEE FACILITY FLOOR PLAN SHT. A3 OF 25 41 1)0 Vriw717 DATE FRESH AIR INTAKE SEE MECH. DRAWINGS EXISTING CONCRETE ROOF STRUCTURE NEW SUSP. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING SYSTEM NEW OPAQUE SPANDREL GLASS Aft EMPLOYEE FACILITY FLOOR LEVEL TIPPING FLOOR LEVEL STORAGE FLOOR LEVEL SECTION SCALE: I' = l ' -O II 11 12 G1 BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL ROOF MOUNTED Li f CONDEN5OR UNI SEE MECH. DR4 ING5 EXIST. CONC. FLR STRUCTURE REVISION /— EXIST. STORAGE FLOOR SLAB BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL EXISTING TRANSFER STATION ROOF STRUCTURE NEW 1 /2" EXTERIOR GYP. CEILING BOARD Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture 6554 tl ."2.4 •0 I EXIST. STAIR BEYOND Il APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO NEW WINDOW UNITS EXIST. GYP. BOARD, PAINT D II EMPLOYEE F4CILITY SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE: 'v4" = I' -m" NEW GYP. BOARD, PAINT II EMPLOYEE FAG ILIT ( NOIRTI=4 ELEVATION SCALE: 1 4:" = 1 -m" NEW DOOR r EXIST. EXHAUST WOOD, M TO REMAIN (3) If NEW WINDOW UNIT BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS NEW WINDOW UNITS OPEN, ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4 PARTIAL BUILDING SECTION SCALE: AS NOTED RECEIVED CRY OF TUKWILA Nov 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER tvw 77 EXIST. STAIR BEYOND SHT. A4 OF 25 ,1d� L A NEW RECESSED FIXTURE, AIR VENT INC..5V202 11 /2" EXTERIOR SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS O CONT. SOFFIT VENT GYP. CEILING BOARD I • • ATE RS - KNEE SPACE -.v .. .. • ) �r METAL BASE TO MATCH I nr•I -cca ADJ. SHELVES KNEE .SPACE.- - KNEE . SPACE. - -.: r•W: 2" ." R5 2' -10" i NEW RECESSED FIXTURE, AIR VENT INC..5V202 11 /2" EXTERIOR SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS O CONT. SOFFIT VENT GYP. CEILING BOARD I • • ATE RS - KNEE SPACE -.v ° o DATE WORK / BREAK ROOM ELEV. SCALE: 1 4," = I' -0n A) SHOWER RM SCALE: 1 4" = I' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL NEW WINDOW UNIT ,d>j SCALE: I/2" = I' -0" RELOCATED EXISTING LOCKER "PROVIDE IS GA. SOLID SWEET STEEL FILLER IN VOID AREAS COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING LOCKER NEW 6" CLOSED BASE 14 GA. COLD ROLLED SHEET STEEL COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING LOCKER LOCKER DETAIL REVISION NEW DOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF CONC. ROOF STRUCT. NOTE: DeBOURGH PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL RELOCATE LOCKERS EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT EXIST. BASE CLOSET ROD 0 EXIST. SHELVES cri AT BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL ADJUSTABLE /- RELOCATED SHELVES BEYOND -/ _LOCKERS METAL EASE TO MATCH LOCKERS NEW WINDOW UNIT Ink GYP. DETAIL SCALE: 3" " I' -0" PATCH EXIST. GWB AS REQ_ TYPICAL' I tl II II L t - 3 G.I. JOIST USG "093 ZINC CONTROL JOINT )" EXTERIOR GYP. CEILING BOARD Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture Al Al ADJ. SHELVES I I I -P I I t ICROWAVE!n� TOILET SCALE: I 44" I' -0" EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT EXIST. CEREMIC TILE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: I 4," = I' -0" APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO PATCH EXIST. GLIB AS REQ. TYPICAL TILE BASE TYPICAL EXIST. ELECT. PANEL C A5 EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT 0 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA ?!U1 3 O taut PERMIT CENTER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4 INTERIOR ELEvATONS SCALE: AS NOTED SHT. AS OF 25 NEW RECESSED FIXTURE, AIR VENT INC..5V202 11 /2" EXTERIOR SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS O CONT. SOFFIT VENT GYP. CEILING BOARD • • ATE RS !U KNEE SPACE -.v ° o METAL BASE TO MATCH I nr•I -cca ADJ. SHELVES 5' 0 " +- r•W: 2" ." R5 2' -10" DATE WORK / BREAK ROOM ELEV. SCALE: 1 4," = I' -0n A) SHOWER RM SCALE: 1 4" = I' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL NEW WINDOW UNIT ,d>j SCALE: I/2" = I' -0" RELOCATED EXISTING LOCKER "PROVIDE IS GA. SOLID SWEET STEEL FILLER IN VOID AREAS COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING LOCKER NEW 6" CLOSED BASE 14 GA. COLD ROLLED SHEET STEEL COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING LOCKER LOCKER DETAIL REVISION NEW DOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF CONC. ROOF STRUCT. NOTE: DeBOURGH PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL RELOCATE LOCKERS EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT EXIST. BASE CLOSET ROD 0 EXIST. SHELVES cri AT BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL ADJUSTABLE /- RELOCATED SHELVES BEYOND -/ _LOCKERS METAL EASE TO MATCH LOCKERS NEW WINDOW UNIT Ink GYP. DETAIL SCALE: 3" " I' -0" PATCH EXIST. GWB AS REQ_ TYPICAL' I tl II II L t - 3 G.I. JOIST USG "093 ZINC CONTROL JOINT )" EXTERIOR GYP. CEILING BOARD Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture Al Al ADJ. SHELVES I I I -P I I t ICROWAVE!n� TOILET SCALE: I 44" I' -0" EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT EXIST. CEREMIC TILE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: I 4," = I' -0" APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO PATCH EXIST. GLIB AS REQ. TYPICAL TILE BASE TYPICAL EXIST. ELECT. PANEL C A5 EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT 0 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA ?!U1 3 O taut PERMIT CENTER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4 INTERIOR ELEvATONS SCALE: AS NOTED SHT. AS OF 25 NEW RECESSED FIXTURE, AIR VENT INC..5V202 11 /2" EXTERIOR SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS O CONT. SOFFIT VENT GYP. CEILING BOARD I I NEW FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS - r2" UR. G.WB. PAINT - NEW FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, NEW SUSP. CEILING SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS TILE SYSTEM DATE WORK / BREAK ROOM ELEV. SCALE: 1 4," = I' -0n A) SHOWER RM SCALE: 1 4" = I' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL NEW WINDOW UNIT ,d>j SCALE: I/2" = I' -0" RELOCATED EXISTING LOCKER "PROVIDE IS GA. SOLID SWEET STEEL FILLER IN VOID AREAS COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING LOCKER NEW 6" CLOSED BASE 14 GA. COLD ROLLED SHEET STEEL COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING LOCKER LOCKER DETAIL REVISION NEW DOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF CONC. ROOF STRUCT. NOTE: DeBOURGH PRODUCTS OR APPROVED EQUAL RELOCATE LOCKERS EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT EXIST. BASE CLOSET ROD 0 EXIST. SHELVES cri AT BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL ADJUSTABLE /- RELOCATED SHELVES BEYOND -/ _LOCKERS METAL EASE TO MATCH LOCKERS NEW WINDOW UNIT Ink GYP. DETAIL SCALE: 3" " I' -0" PATCH EXIST. GWB AS REQ_ TYPICAL' I tl II II L t - 3 G.I. JOIST USG "093 ZINC CONTROL JOINT )" EXTERIOR GYP. CEILING BOARD Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture Al Al ADJ. SHELVES I I I -P I I t ICROWAVE!n� TOILET SCALE: I 44" I' -0" EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT EXIST. CEREMIC TILE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: I 4," = I' -0" APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO PATCH EXIST. GLIB AS REQ. TYPICAL TILE BASE TYPICAL EXIST. ELECT. PANEL C A5 EXIST. G.W.B., PAINT 0 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA ?!U1 3 O taut PERMIT CENTER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4 INTERIOR ELEvATONS SCALE: AS NOTED SHT. AS OF 25 CONT. CLG. ANGLE TRIM CONT. G.I. MTL. RUNNER QUARRY BASE QUARRY TILE DATE W'71 o1 EXIST. SLOPE CONC. ROOF STRUCT. CONT. G.I. MTL. RUNNER QUARRY BASE QUARRY TILE 5UEP. ACOUSTICAL CLG. TILE SYSTEM WALL SECTION SCALE: 3 4" = 1' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL REVISION EXIST. 2 -2X8 HEADER TO REMAIN CONT. MTL. RUNNER 31/2' METAL JOIST 16" O.C. AIR VENT INC. •SV202 CONT. 2" SOFFIT VENT LU EXTERIOR GYP. CEILING BOARD 3 "2" METAL STUDS 16 " O.C. W/ R -II FOIL FACED BATT INSUL. VAPOR BARRIER EXIST. CONC. RAILING EXIST. 2 X 10 JOIST 9 16" O.G. EXIST. INSULATION ON CONC. FLOOR STRUCT. d) BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL QUARRY BASE - \ QUARRY TILE WALL SECTION SCALE: 3 4" = 1' -0" - EXIST. 2 X 10 JOIST g 16" N O.C. - EXIST. INSULATION ON CONC. FLOOR STRUCT. Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture EXIST. SLOPE CONC. ROOF STRUCT. CONT. G.I. MTL. RUNNER 5U5P. ACOUSTICAL CLG. TILE SYSTEM CONT. CLG. ANGLE TRIM '/2 GWB ON 21/2" G.I. MIL. STUDS 9 16 " O.G. BA CONT. G.I. MTL. RUNNER EXIST. 3 4" PLYWD. PATCH AS REQUIRED 6554 (ET.CONC.O OF EXIST. I RIGID INSUL. TO REMAIN, MECHANICALLY FASTEN AS REQUIRED TO SECURE IN PLACE WI FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUF. NEW SPANDREL GLASS, TYP. IN ATTIC SPACE APPLY GREY FRIT ON "4 SURFACE UJ,4LL SECTION SCALE: 3 4" = 1' -0" — 5 - 1.1SP. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING SYSTEM CONT. CEILING ANGLE TRIM EXIST. CONC. BEAM NEW WINDOW UNIT EXIST. 1/2" GWB ON 2 X 2 FURRING W/ RIGID INSULATION NEW QUARRY TILE FLOOR 4 BASE EXIST. 3 4" PLYWD. PATCH A5 REQUIRED EXIST. 2 X 10 JOIST fl 16" O.C. EXIST. INSULATION ON CONC. FLOOR STRUCT. APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO. T \ WALL SECTION ION Ado / SCALE: 3 4" = I' -0" EXIST. CONC. ROOF STRUCT. NEW AWNING WINDOW UNIT EXIST. Iiz" GWB, PAINT EXIST. RIGID INSULATION EXIST 2 X 2 FURRING EXIST. FLOOR FINISH 4 BASE EXIST. 2 X 10 JOIST fl 16" O.C. EXIST. INSULATION ON CONC. FLOOR STRUCT. ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS EXIST. I1/2" RIGID INSUL. TO REMAIN, NEW W.R. CEILING BOARD SECURE TO EXIST. MTL. CEILING SECTIONS 4 DETAILS SCALE: AS NOTED V377 RECEVED CRY OFTUKWILA NOV 3 p 2LU1 PERMIT CENTER SHT. AS OF 25 2 X 6 W/ EASED EDGES BASE CABINET BEOND RUBBER BASE DATE 11/12/01 LAM. PLAS. COUNTER T EDGES, BACK d END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: I' =1' -0" LAM. PLAS. COUNTER I EDGES, BACK 4 END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: 1'=1' -0" LAM. PLAS. COUNTER TOP EDGES, BACK d END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: I' =1' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL 2' -0" REVISION A7 LAM. PLAS. COUNTER TOP EDGES, BACK 4 END SPLASHES 2'-0" WIRE PULLS, TIP. DRAWERS, TYP. L 2" CABINET SECTION SCALE: V=V-0" 2' -0" LAM. PLAS. COUNTER TOP, EDGES, SACK d END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: I' =1' -0" LAM. PLAS. ON 3 /4" PLYWOOD MICROUJAVE SHELF DETAIL SCALE: I/z" = I' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL SHELF SECTION SCALE: 11/2" = I' -0" NOTE: COUNTER TOPS, EDGES, DRAWER FACES, CASINET FRONTS AND SIDES FINISHED WITH LAMINATED PLASTIC. IELAQ Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture EXIST. viz" GWB ON 2 X FURRING SUSP. CLG. 134" X 1/2" BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES 1 X NAILER TO SUIT VINYL COVERED TACK BOARD I X NAILER TO SUIT IV X p is" BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES QUARRY TILE DETAIL APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" EXIST. /s" GLIB ON 2 X FURRING 1 "X1/2"BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES 1 X NAILER TO SUIT VINYL COVERED TACK BOARD I X NAILER TO SUIT 1 X /2" BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 3" = I' -0" O KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS - a) CASEWORK SECTIONS AND !MSG. DETAILS SCALE: AS NOTED iY17 aeoenueo CRYOFTUKW1LA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER SHT. Al OF 25 nm - i£ 11/2" m DP. SHELF POLES BEYOND — j W/ /s" X 3 /4" EDGE SANDING 3 44" SIC VENEER PLYWD. SH5. 1 ON Kay 6' -0" STANDARDS d SUPPORTS - -- 3 /4" BIRCH VENEER PLYWOOD BOMS W/ /s" X 3 /4" EDGE BANDING BLOCKING EQUALLY SPACED a 24" MAX. 2X4 RUBBER BASE i 2" I' -4 2 X 6 W/ EASED EDGES BASE CABINET BEOND RUBBER BASE DATE 11/12/01 LAM. PLAS. COUNTER T EDGES, BACK d END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: I' =1' -0" LAM. PLAS. COUNTER I EDGES, BACK 4 END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: 1'=1' -0" LAM. PLAS. COUNTER TOP EDGES, BACK d END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: I' =1' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL 2' -0" REVISION A7 LAM. PLAS. COUNTER TOP EDGES, BACK 4 END SPLASHES 2'-0" WIRE PULLS, TIP. DRAWERS, TYP. L 2" CABINET SECTION SCALE: V=V-0" 2' -0" LAM. PLAS. COUNTER TOP, EDGES, SACK d END SPLASHES CABINET SECTION SCALE: I' =1' -0" LAM. PLAS. ON 3 /4" PLYWOOD MICROUJAVE SHELF DETAIL SCALE: I/z" = I' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL SHELF SECTION SCALE: 11/2" = I' -0" NOTE: COUNTER TOPS, EDGES, DRAWER FACES, CASINET FRONTS AND SIDES FINISHED WITH LAMINATED PLASTIC. IELAQ Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture EXIST. viz" GWB ON 2 X FURRING SUSP. CLG. 134" X 1/2" BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES 1 X NAILER TO SUIT VINYL COVERED TACK BOARD I X NAILER TO SUIT IV X p is" BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES QUARRY TILE DETAIL APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" EXIST. /s" GLIB ON 2 X FURRING 1 "X1/2"BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES 1 X NAILER TO SUIT VINYL COVERED TACK BOARD I X NAILER TO SUIT 1 X /2" BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 3" = I' -0" O KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS - a) CASEWORK SECTIONS AND !MSG. DETAILS SCALE: AS NOTED iY17 aeoenueo CRYOFTUKW1LA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER SHT. Al OF 25 EXIST. GONG WALL CONT SEALANT TYP 48 / SCALE: 3" = l'-0" CONT. ALUM. FLASHING BY WINDOW UNIT MANUFACTURER CONT. SEALANT 48 SCALE: 3" = I' -0" CONT. SEALTANT TYP. As SCALE: 3" = I' -0" SCALE: 3" = I' -0" DATE WINDOW HEAD SECTION 2 WINDOW SILL SECTION 3 WINDOW J4M3 SECTION BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL REVISION 7 7 UJINDOLJ MULLION SECTION A S SHIM AS REQUIRED CONT. CORNER BEAD CONT SEALANT TIP PATCH GLIB AS D REQUIRED ALUM WIND UNIT ALUM. WIND UNIT CONT. BIRCH I X TO SUIT EASED EDGES I X 2 BIRCH WI EASED EDGES 1/4" ALUM WIND UNIT CONT. CORNER BEAD PATCH GWB AS D REQUIRED SHIM AS REQUIRED ALUM WIND UNIT CONT. SEALANT CONT SEALANT r Ifr ' UJINDOUJ HEAD SECT SCALE: 3" = I' -0" CONT. ALUM. FLASHING BY WINDOW UNIT MANUFACTURER UJINDOLJ SILL SECT SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" SCALE: 3" = I' -0" 8 WIND HEAD SECTION AS SCALE: 3" = I' -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL REPLACE MTL. END BEAD AS REQUIRED ALUM. WIND UNIT CONT. BIRCH IX TO SUIT EASED EDGES .1 X 2 BIRCH W/ EASED EDGES V4" SHIM AS REQUIRED CONT. SEALANT WINDOW UNIT ALUM WIND UNIT SILL BELOW WINDOW MULLION SECTION SHIM AS REQUIRED REPLACE MTL, CORNER BEAD AS REQUIRED CONT. ALUM. FLASHING BY WINDOW UNIT MANUFACTURER CONT SEALANT TIP SILL BELOW reEPC4 Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture 6554 WINDOW SCHEDULE SCALE: 2'- 2" AS / SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" REGISTERED A:. ARE •RY . HAR' TA OF WASHINGTON U• 7.1.61 I' -0" ,, ,ALL WINDOWS FLEETWOOD BRAND WI THERMAL BREAK 0 FRAME: HM, CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH WINDOW: AWNING WI 1" GLAZING, ANON FILLED, LOW-E 5' -2" (EQ. SPACIN ) WINDOW SILL SECT UJINDOUJ MULLION SECT SCALE: 3" = I' -0" 0 FRAME: HM., CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH WINDOW: AWNING W/ I" GLAZING, ARGON FILLED, LOW -E ALUM. WIND UNIT CONT. BIRCH 1 X TO SUIT EASED EDGES I 2< 2 BIRCH WI EASED EDGES 1/4" ALUM WIND UNIT APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO W-10" (EQ. SPACING) SURVEY NO SIM. 0 FRAME: HM., CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH WINDOW: FIXED WI" GLAZING ARGON FILLED, LOW -E, SPANDREL GLASSILY GREY FRIT r o a a IXI 1 M , Vat, SIM. II -10" (EQ. SPACI G) 0 FRAME: NM., CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH WINDOW: SLIDER WI" GLAZING ARGON FILLED, LOW -E ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS B SIM. v SCALE: AS NOTED WINDOW SCHEDULES 4 DETAILS W -5 FRAME: NM., CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH WINDOW SLIDER W/ I" GLAZING ARGON FILLED, LOW -E SHT. AS OF 25 - DO vow 377 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV s 0 111)1 PERMIT CENTER NEW QUARRY TILE INTERIOR SCALE: 3" = l'-0" SCALE: 3" = l'-0" PARTITION 0 FRAM . E: N.M D0012: 1 1-111. INSULATED DOOR W/ I" INSULATED TEMPERED GLASS GLAZING DOOR SCHEDULE SCALE: 1 4" = U-0" <1- Hi FRAME 1-1.11. DOOR DOOR 1-4EAD DET4IL (JAMB SIMILAR) DATE 11/12/01 REVISION BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL BY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL 1611r MNP Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture REGISTERED AR BR ARR S TE OF WASHINGTON APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAW. PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. O KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS DOOR SCHEDULES 4 DETAILS SCALE: AS NOTED SHT. 40 OF 25 DOOR SILL DETAIL PEMKO THRESHOLD .2 EXIST. QUARRY TILE INFILL QUARRY TILE AS REQUIRED MATCH EXISTING RESIN/ED an OF TUKWILA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER TOVag377 ELECTRICAL /I -1VAC SYMBOLS \'1 ; o K I _ — 4' FLUORESCENT 2 TUBE STRIP LIGHT (12W) EXTERIOR HARRIS 300 LIGHT FIXTURE W/PHOTOCELL (40W) LEVITON SWITCH, SINGLE POLE WITH COVER PLATE LEVITON 3 -WAY SWITCH, SINGLE POLE WITH COVER PLATE (LETTER INDICATES SWITCH LEG) STANDARD WALL DUPLEX RECEP. +V ARE. (+44" AT ALL OVER COUNTER LOCATIONS) DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEP. +18" A.F.E. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANEL SEE COVER SHEET FOR SIZE WALL MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN NEMA 3R EXTERIOR DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR HVAC UNIT J -BOX FOR FUTURE SIGN LIGHT CENTERED OVER EACH DOOR 12 "x12" CEILING DIFFUSER W/ MANUAL DAMPERS TYPICAL 24 GA. METAL DUCT WI CR055 BREAKS t R -8 DUCT WRAP (4) SIDES 28 "x 8" IDx 10', 20 "x 8" IDx 25', 16 "x S" ID. x I8' HEAT PUMP SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR TYPE 4 SPECS THERMOSTAT MOUNT AT 54" AFF °-, 3 X 6' -8" (ACTIVE) METAL INSUL. W/ METAL FRAME 4 IS" X 35" WINDOW, MFR STD. KEYED LEVER ENTRY DEFAULT U =60 GLAZING U =1.45, (SAFETY GLAZE) _ OFFICE /BEAK - ® 1 � AIL T /7,.,\ 46" X 39" DUAL GLAZE, VINYL SLIDER 05 AIRSPACE, LOUJ-E COATING, SOLAR GREY U =36 MAX. 514GC =AT MAX. WIN LOCKS 4 SCREENS SILL HEIGHT: 36" PLUMP INCa EQUIP. SCHEDULE RI KILGORE "131 -16 HANDICAP WATER CLOSET WITH STANDARD SEAT, ASI 0110 TOILET PAPER HOLDER STD. 36" X 48" HC GRAB BARS € 36" AFF rz .2.... - - m m Am ! i N HS NIA ra RELOCATED MICROWAVE L'J��L>■I LOWER 4 O.H. CABINETS � o -" LOCKER/ SHEE SHOWER 1 - VINYL ELECTRICAL /I -1VAC SYMBOLS DOOR SCHEDULE — 4' FLUORESCENT 2 TUBE STRIP LIGHT (12W) EXTERIOR HARRIS 300 LIGHT FIXTURE W/PHOTOCELL (40W) LEVITON SWITCH, SINGLE POLE WITH COVER PLATE LEVITON 3 -WAY SWITCH, SINGLE POLE WITH COVER PLATE (LETTER INDICATES SWITCH LEG) STANDARD WALL DUPLEX RECEP. +V ARE. (+44" AT ALL OVER COUNTER LOCATIONS) DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEP. +18" A.F.E. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PANEL SEE COVER SHEET FOR SIZE WALL MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN NEMA 3R EXTERIOR DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR HVAC UNIT J -BOX FOR FUTURE SIGN LIGHT CENTERED OVER EACH DOOR 12 "x12" CEILING DIFFUSER W/ MANUAL DAMPERS TYPICAL 24 GA. METAL DUCT WI CR055 BREAKS t R -8 DUCT WRAP (4) SIDES 28 "x 8" IDx 10', 20 "x 8" IDx 25', 16 "x S" ID. x I8' HEAT PUMP SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR TYPE 4 SPECS THERMOSTAT MOUNT AT 54" AFF °-, 3 X 6' -8" (ACTIVE) METAL INSUL. W/ METAL FRAME 4 IS" X 35" WINDOW, MFR STD. KEYED LEVER ENTRY DEFAULT U =60 GLAZING U =1.45, (SAFETY GLAZE) °I s � ' to +n Q 9Q `o e H I - e 3-� " X 6' -8" WOOD DOOR W/ WD. FRAME LEVER LATCH 9 Am 3' -0" X 6' -8" WOOD DOOR UV WD. FRAME -LEVER PRIVACY LATCH U/ OCCUPIED INDICATOR WINDOW 4 I p-� W INDOUJ SCt EDULE /7,.,\ 46" X 39" DUAL GLAZE, VINYL SLIDER 05 AIRSPACE, LOUJ-E COATING, SOLAR GREY U =36 MAX. 514GC =AT MAX. WIN LOCKS 4 SCREENS SILL HEIGHT: 36" PLUMP INCa EQUIP. SCHEDULE RI KILGORE "131 -16 HANDICAP WATER CLOSET WITH STANDARD SEAT, ASI 0110 TOILET PAPER HOLDER STD. 36" X 48" HC GRAB BARS € 36" AFF rz BRIGGS "3002 LAVATORY WITH MOWN 4W% FAUCET ASSEMBLY MOUNT AT 34" AFF, STD. 18" X 36" MIRROR MOUNT AT 40" AFF CENTERED OVER LAY. rs MOEN E1515 55 WINK WI MOEN 1531 FAUCET ASSY. (LEVER HANDLES) , INSINKERATOR kU -152, 2 GAL. UNDER COUNTER WATER HEATER W/ STD. T4P RELIEF VALVE 4 EXPANSION TEE ra INSINKERATOR'X -XXX, 15 GAL. WATER HEATER WI STD. T4P RELIEF VALVE 4 EXPANSION TEE CO CU DATE 11 12 01 BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL REVISION INSINKERATOR "W -152, 21/2 GAL. UNDER COUNTER WATER HEATER ""OR APPROVED EQUAL ITEMS O.H. CABINETS W/ ADJUST. SHELVES MOEN 'EI515 S.S. SINK WI MOEN "1531 FAUCET ASSY (LEVER HANDLES) DRAWERS W/ CABINETS BELOW OFFICE /BREAK COUNTER UNIT ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = ( -0" BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL Architecture Engineers. Landscape Architecture d z 18 "X36" MIRROR WI S.S. CHANNEL FRAME MODEL 'S -165 BRIGGS "3002 LAVATORY WI MOEN "4696 FAUCET COVER EXPOSED HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES WITH I ns" ELASTOMERIC INSULATION 6554 ROISTERED ARC HITECA 9 . FTARR TE OF WASHINGTON U TEMPORARILY - RELOCATED REFRIDGERATOR TEMPORARY EMPLOYEE FACILITY TRAILER FLOOR, ELECTRICAL 4 MECH. PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" 3'_0" BASE BBER S" z TOILET RM ELEVATIONS SCALE: 3/5" = 1' -0" 42' -0" NOMINAL JOB SHACK HOLDING TANK 250 GALLON TUB, VERIFY LOCATION IN THE FIELD WITH KCSW TRANSFER STATION STAFF SHEET VINYL FLOORING w+ CARPET J PAPER TOWEL OISPENSOR MODEL 'B -359 TOILET SEAT PAPER COVER MODEL 16 -301 TOP OF GRAB BAR x s APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. AQUA GLASS MODEL "5:3692 ADA COMPLIANT PRE -FAB FIBERGLASS SHOWER UNIT NOTE I. TEMPORARY TRAILER DESIGN BASED ON EVERGREEN MOBILE COMPANY MODEL " 12 X 42 MASTER DESIGN PLAN MOBILE OFFICE, WITH MODIFICATIONS COMPLIANT WITH WASHINGTON STATE DISABILITIES CODE. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SERVICE THE WASTE HOLDING TANK AS REQUIRED, SCHEDULE PUMPING AND REMOVAL OF WASTE ON A DAILY BASES, COORDINATE WITH THE TRANSFER STATION STAFF. PUMPING SCHEDULE SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER STATION STAFF. 3. THE TRAILER SHALL BE REMOVE FROM THE SITE UPON FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PERMANENT EMPLOYEES FACILITY. lS ��t7 L oe_ NOTE: TOILET FIXTURES AS NOTED AND TOILET ACCESSORIES FROM BOBRICK ARE SOLEY SHOWN TO ESTABLISH QUALITY OF DESIGN, OTHERS OF APPROVED EQUAL MAY BE USED. 0 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS TEMP. RELOCATED LOCKERS FROM EMPLOYEE FACILITY (AFTER RENOVATION, RETURN LOCKERS TO THE EMPLOYEE FACILITY AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS) BARD 'WH241 -A08 2 TON WALL MOUNTED HEAT PUMP W/ Skin HEAT STRIP W/ PROGRAMMABLE T'STAT. 4 EXTERIOR DISCONNECT. 23,600 BTUH COOLING 105 SEER 23100 BTUH HEATING 6.6 HSPF 500 CFM o 2 E.S.P. WET COIL, 120/240 V DETACHABLE TONGUE REMOVE ALL RUNNING GEAR ON -SITE AND STORE UNDER TRAILER OR IN A LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER SHEET VINYL FLOORING UNCONTROLLED TOILET PAPER DISPENSER MODEL "B -SST KILGORE 131 -16 HANDICAP WATER CLOSET WITH STANDARD SEAT TEMPORARY TRAILER UJ/ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 4 SCHEDULES SCALE: AS NOTED - 1:10 \- 377 RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER SHT. A -I0 OF 25 MECHA OCAL ABBREVIAToONS ABBREV. DESCRIPTION 8 tkk £§� h P)8§§ L2 gH a2§ § t §a /$$k ■e ! e ;|S§i§ 22 /g i 88 REURR . § |& @§ h §> 29 »» § k § \ ( k E & [3 \ M ! !s ) ( 2 § ® � § cd )! E b § ( 7�7 §� j jj« � [ � \ ! § m ] � )| g � § §] 2 � §!&) \ § -»E ■@; G § E §! X 99 ® . 2 ,� p &( § §(� § §) 7 » ■ �E� �-!` $,, 2 2 ;§£§ k \©g � 1-010,1 §k Nk &« 4 !ek¥ !I� h i §ke §Ka k�S ))§ ! b ok) §\\ ¥m( § 1 2 TSB /Q§ § §�zz} E( )k §)2§) §)§) §§ §§ 2/ § § §( MECHANICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION W COLD WATER — - - -- HOT WATER (1101 V WASTE 2" 1 -1/2" VENT 1/2" —III— UNION N CHECK VALVE — 1/2" BALL VALVE --K�H REUEF OR SAFETY VALVE r 10/4L 0 DUCT (WIDTH, HEIGHT), L IN DICATES LINED DUCT (DIMENSIONS CLEAR INSIDE) ® DUCT SECTION (SUPPLY) DUCT SECTION (EXHAUST, RETURN, OR OUTSIDE AIR) # THERMOSTAT, # INDICATES EQUIPMENT SERVED. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION W V CW HW REMARKS P -1 SINK 2" 1 -1/2" 1/2" 1/2" EXISTING SINK AND FIXTURE TO BE RELOCATED 1 WH -1 HOT WATER TANK — — 1/2" 1/2" 2 AIR TERMINAL SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CD -1 CEILING DIFFUSER TiTUS MODEL MCD W/ T —BAR CEIUNG FRAME. SIZE AS NOTED RG -1 RETURN GRILLE TINS MODEL 5OR W/ T —BAR CEIUNG FRAME. SIZE AS NOTED SWSR -1 SIDE WALL SUPPLY REGISTER TINS MODEL 1700L SURFACE MOUNT W/ REAR DIRECTIONAL BLADES. SIZE AS NOTED EL -1 EXHAUST LOUVER SENO SXL 12 VENT LOUVER CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE TAG MAKE /MODEL COOLING CAPACITY ELECTRICAL DATA SEER EQUIPMENT WEIGHT REMARKS VOLTS PHASE AMPS MCA CU -1 LENNOX HP29 -018 18 MBH 208/230 1 9 11 10.7 160 LBS 1 HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE TAG MAKE/MODEL CFM COOUNG CAPACITY HEATING CAPCNY ELECTRICAL DATA EQUIPMENT WEIGHT REMARKS VOLTS PHASE WATTS HP -1 LENNOX CB29M 500 18 MBH 16.6 MBH 208/230 1 200 121 LBS 1, 2, 3, 4 EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE CM ESP RPM VOLTS PHASE WATTS CONTROL MANE. & MODEL NO. REMARKS EF -1 RESTROOM /SHOWER 150 0.125 1365 115 1 77 SCR COOK GEMINI GC 320 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER SCHEDULE TAG MANUFACTURER & MODEL NUMBER CAPACITY ELECTRICAL REMARKS HP VOLTS PHASE DH -1 ENVIRO —TEC 10 KW — 240 1 I REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE NEW HOT WATER DISPENSER, 775 WATTS, 120V /1PH. 2. A.O. SMITH DEL -20 W/ SIMULTANEOUS, 5000 WATT, 230V, 1— PHASE, DUAL ELEMENTS. NOTES 1. INTERLOCK WITH CU -1 AND DH -1. SEE SECTION 15900 — CONTROLS FOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. 2. PROVIDE WITH PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT CAPABLE OF NIGHT SETBACK, 7 DIFFERENT DAY TYPES AND MINIMUM 5 ° F DEADBAND CONTROL 3. PROVIDE PRE —FILTER SECTION WITH HOUSING FOR ONE 24" X 24" X 4" PARTICULATE FILTER. 4. PROVIDE FARR MODEL 3CF 1 X 1/2 CARBON FILTER GUDE /PACK ASSEMBLY. NOTES 1. INTERLOCK WOO HP -1 TO OPERATE DURING OCCUPIED MODE. NOTFS 1. INTERLOCK WITH HP -1 AND DH -1. SEE SECTION 15900 — CONTROLS FOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. NOTES 1. PROVIDE WITH SCR CONTROL AND DUCT THERMOSTAT SET TO MAINTAIN 65 ° F (ADJUSTABLE) DURING HEATING AND DEADBAND MODE OF OPERATION. INTERLOCK W/ HP -1. SEE SECTION 15900 — CONTROLS FOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 26H - CONCRETE ROOF SET AT 110 ° F STRUCTURE SEISMIC RESTRAINT STRAP PER UPC UNION (TYP) SHUTOFF VALVE (T(P) R -10 INSULATION 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD TOP ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE EXHAUST FAN DETAIL NOT TO SCALE ROUTE PIPING BEHIND WALL WHEN BELOW LAY —IN CEIUNG. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTINUATION DRAIN PAN CONCRETE ROOF STRUCTURE 2" ANGLE, WELDED STEEL PLATFORM SUSPENDED FROM CONCRETE ROOF STRUCTURE WON FOUR 5/8 "0 HILTI CONCRETE ANCHORS. PROVIDE 2 ANGLE BRACING BETWEEN FRAME AND WALL AS.M.E. APPROVED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE PIPE — FULL SIZE OPENING AIR VENT M PAN �SUSP. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING SYSTEM RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA NOV 3 0 2001 p 1 -377 PERMIT CENTER DATE 11 - 12 - 01 REVISION BY ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL LNS BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITAL Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture LNS L.N. STORSET & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS P.O. BOX 2598 PH: 253.851.5175 GIG HARBOR, WA 98335 FAX: 253.851.7366 ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS OATh 11 -12 -01 JOB NUMBER: 99417.0 DRAWN: MAS \ML CHECKED: LNS LEGEND, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS SCALE: AS NOTED SHr. MP0.1 OF 25 I EXPIRES: 1 -7 -02 DATE 11 -12 -01 4 SCALE OF FEET 0 4 SCALE OF FEET TOILET / LOCKER — ROOM = =yr__ —f 4 8 , a r - - � I II LLA REVISION ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL B PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN WALKWAY PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" BY LNS BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITAL I PQ Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture LNS L.N. STORSET & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS - =- P.O. BOX 2598 PH: 253.851.5175 GIG HARBOR, WA 98335 FAX: 253.851.7366 CONSTRUCTION NOTES O REMOVE SINK, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES. SAVE SINK FOR REUSE AT NEW LOCATION AS SHOWN IN PLUMBING PLAN. CAP WASTE, VENT AND WATER PIPING WITHIN WALL. O REMOVE UNDER COUNTER HOT WATER TANK, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES. CAP PIPING WITHIN WALL O REMOVE WALL COVERING TO EXPOSE WALL CAVITY FOR ROUTING OF NEW PIPING. O INSTALL NEW HOT WATER TANK ABOVE LAY —IN CEILING ON A WELDED STEEL PLATFORM SUSPENDED FROM ROOF AND BRACED AGAINST PARTITION WALL SEE DRAWING 1/MP0.1 FOR DETAILS. O TIE NEW COLD WATER, HOT WATER, WASTE AND VENT PIPING TO EXISTING PIPING WITHIN WALL CAVITY TO SERVE NEW WATER HEATER AND RELOCATED SINK. CONNECT VENT FROM SINK TO EXISTING VENT THROUGH ROOF. LOCATE WALL INSULATION ON OUTSIDE OF WATER PIPING. ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS RECEIVED CITY OPTUKWILA ?IOU 3 p 2001 PERMIT CENTER DATE: 11 -12 -01 JOB NUMBER: 99417.0 DRAWR: MAS \ML CHECKED: LNS WALE AS NOTED I EMPIRES: 1 -7 -02 EMPLOYEE FACILITY PLUMBING MODIFICATIONS sHT. P1.0 OF 25 1 7 7 WALKWAY TOILET. I I I I I I t I I ' al. PANEL 14Ck, PIA. _ Iri LOCKER RM. WORK /LUNCH RM. SHOWER RM. r ■ C _ 5—ar— -- DATE 11 -12 -01 4 SCALE OF FEET 0 4 SCALE OF FEET TOILET / LOCKER — ROOM = =yr__ —f 4 8 , a r - - � I II LLA REVISION ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL B PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN WALKWAY PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" BY LNS BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITAL I PQ Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture LNS L.N. STORSET & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS - =- P.O. BOX 2598 PH: 253.851.5175 GIG HARBOR, WA 98335 FAX: 253.851.7366 CONSTRUCTION NOTES O REMOVE SINK, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES. SAVE SINK FOR REUSE AT NEW LOCATION AS SHOWN IN PLUMBING PLAN. CAP WASTE, VENT AND WATER PIPING WITHIN WALL. O REMOVE UNDER COUNTER HOT WATER TANK, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES. CAP PIPING WITHIN WALL O REMOVE WALL COVERING TO EXPOSE WALL CAVITY FOR ROUTING OF NEW PIPING. O INSTALL NEW HOT WATER TANK ABOVE LAY —IN CEILING ON A WELDED STEEL PLATFORM SUSPENDED FROM ROOF AND BRACED AGAINST PARTITION WALL SEE DRAWING 1/MP0.1 FOR DETAILS. O TIE NEW COLD WATER, HOT WATER, WASTE AND VENT PIPING TO EXISTING PIPING WITHIN WALL CAVITY TO SERVE NEW WATER HEATER AND RELOCATED SINK. CONNECT VENT FROM SINK TO EXISTING VENT THROUGH ROOF. LOCATE WALL INSULATION ON OUTSIDE OF WATER PIPING. ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS RECEIVED CITY OPTUKWILA ?IOU 3 p 2001 PERMIT CENTER DATE: 11 -12 -01 JOB NUMBER: 99417.0 DRAWR: MAS \ML CHECKED: LNS WALE AS NOTED I EMPIRES: 1 -7 -02 EMPLOYEE FACILITY PLUMBING MODIFICATIONS sHT. P1.0 OF 25 1 7 7 EXISTING I° .• REMOVE UNUSED I" FROf1 NEW BAG: F OW F EVENTER (- CIVIL DRAWINGS) DRILL FOIINDA ON AS NECESSA O %• LINE INTO •TAIRWELL. G TE GORE ARE - BAGffILL AND ANDSCAPING A • FOUNDATION. EMPLOYEE FACILITY PLUMBING SITE PLAN o „� SCALE: 1/8' = 1' -0" 8 HOLDING TANK / g Le,E T /pT ER COLD WATER TRAILER DlEca8 EcT AND RELOCA E WITH I" INSULATION SHUTOFF VALVE AND HO AT -TRACE TAPE. CONNETION FOR INSTAL EXISTING IIOV CUtLET OF NEW SHUTOFF VALVE AT -TRADE FITTINGS. ROUTE PIPE O G PAVED SURFACE NOTE: REMOVE 'G" POINT OF CONNECTION TRAILER EXISTING HOSE EXISTIN TRAILER /IS ° WATER STORE VALVE AND ON TO MATCH EMENT WHEN • D. RECEIVED CRY OF TUKWILA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER 0 SCALE OF FEET 16 TEMPORARY TRAILER & NEW SITE PLUMBING. SCALE: 1/8"= 1' -0" EXPIRES: 1 -7 -02 DATE 11 -12 -01 REVISION ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL BY LNS BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITAL MPG. Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture LNS L.N. STORSET & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS P.O. BOX 2598 PH: 253.851.5175 GIG HARBOR, WA 98335 FAX: 253.851.7366 O KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS DATE: 11 -12 -01 JOB NUMBER: 99417.0 DRAYN: MAS \ML CHECKED: LNS SCALE: AS NOTED SITE PLUMBING MODIFICATIONS S11t P2.0 OF 25 7 7 DATE 11 -12 -01 0- COMMENTS 4 0 4 8 4 SCALE OF FEET SCALE OF FEET TCI ET LOCKER ROOM _J 4 8 REVISION ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/4* = 1 -0" BY LNS WALKWAY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITAL REMOVE EXISTING A/C UNIT — REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST FANS (TYP. OF 3) IPQ Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture C 15/24L SUPPLY DUCT GAS PHASE FILTER LNS li L.N. STORSET & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS - - -- - -- P.O. BOX 2598 PH: 253.851.5175 GIG HARBOR, WA 98335 FAX: 253.851.7366 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 1 L J 8 "0 CONDENSATE DRAIN SCALE: 1/2" = 1 -0" v 8 "0 HVAC SECTION 10 KW DUCT HEATER PARTICULATE FILTER v HVAC SECTION DETAIL OUTSIDE AIR INLET 7 10 "0 12/12L RETURN DUCT — 19/ 5L - - - --I I I I L ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS 12/12L SAWCUT OPENING FOR NEW DUCTWORK THROUGH CONCRETE ROOF. PROVIDE FLASHING COLLAR AROUND OPENING. CAULK FOR WEATHER TIGHT SEAL (TV. OF 2 LOCATIONS). ROOF LINE DATE: 11 -12 -01 JOB NUMBER: 99417.0 DRAWN: MAS \ML CHECKED: LNS SCALE AS NOTED RECEIVED CITYOFTUKWILA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER I EXPIRES: 1 -7 -02 HVAC MODIFICATIONS $HT. M1.0 OP 25 - 1) 1 - n� L -1 WALKWAY ABOVE. m ABOVE. • 8 "0 di v ON ROOF v Q ON ROOF • ' ` PL E 111■.'1II' LOCKS EI --- I1 II � ' LOCKER B "0 il�l�� EL ET_, 8x10 SWSR -1 �4�� �I`�� III I II �r� ��E�IDI III -'IL . .JL---- __ J C I �J 100CFM -- — .�I, I � I I IL ii L WEM. 15 L 1350 CF 1111111111 . DATE 11 -12 -01 0- COMMENTS 4 0 4 8 4 SCALE OF FEET SCALE OF FEET TCI ET LOCKER ROOM _J 4 8 REVISION ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/4* = 1 -0" BY LNS WALKWAY BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITAL REMOVE EXISTING A/C UNIT — REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST FANS (TYP. OF 3) IPQ Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture C 15/24L SUPPLY DUCT GAS PHASE FILTER LNS li L.N. STORSET & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS - - -- - -- P.O. BOX 2598 PH: 253.851.5175 GIG HARBOR, WA 98335 FAX: 253.851.7366 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 1 L J 8 "0 CONDENSATE DRAIN SCALE: 1/2" = 1 -0" v 8 "0 HVAC SECTION 10 KW DUCT HEATER PARTICULATE FILTER v HVAC SECTION DETAIL OUTSIDE AIR INLET 7 10 "0 12/12L RETURN DUCT — 19/ 5L - - - --I I I I L ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS 12/12L SAWCUT OPENING FOR NEW DUCTWORK THROUGH CONCRETE ROOF. PROVIDE FLASHING COLLAR AROUND OPENING. CAULK FOR WEATHER TIGHT SEAL (TV. OF 2 LOCATIONS). ROOF LINE DATE: 11 -12 -01 JOB NUMBER: 99417.0 DRAWN: MAS \ML CHECKED: LNS SCALE AS NOTED RECEIVED CITYOFTUKWILA NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER I EXPIRES: 1 -7 -02 HVAC MODIFICATIONS $HT. M1.0 OP 25 - 1) 1 - DATE 11/12/01 9/5/01 sc34.3 s q3. SCALEHOUSE PANEL " CITY OF EATAC WP RECEPTACLE LIGHT FIXTURE CRAWL #2 CU SPACE MIN 24" BELOW GRADE SECTION SCALE: NONE EXIST TRAILER YARD EXISTING UG UTILITY GENERATOR (NOTE 1) GROUND ROD (TYP OF 2) CONCRETE PAD TO SCALEHOUSE 18 "Wx48 "Hx13 "D 26 "Wx16 "Hx10 "D 4 " 4 -1C #500 I I TO C TRANSFORMER II j l ORICLIq ROAD DETAIL 0 SCALE: NONE U 4 "C. 4 -1C #500 TO GENERATOR DISCONNECT - FORMER DS -3 LOADS 3/4 "x10' GROUND ROD ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT ISSUED FOR CLIENT REVIEW 30 "Wx60 "Hx11 "D TO FORMER DS -2 LOADS J L REVISION #2 CU BOND TO ROD XFMR (E) U U� DUCTBANK RECYCLE AREA / >cZieo 400A CKT BKR NOTE 2 SCALE: NONE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED 2 1/2" SPARE (NOTE 9) 2 1/2"C, 4-1C#2/0 TO SCALEHOUSE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ELEVATION SECTION �A1 SCALE BY KTO KTO TO PANEL A (E) 24" MIN TO PANEL B (N) BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL TEMPORA -c" SEE NOTE 8 EXISTING UG ELECTRICAL / - 7 — / T - / KING COUNTY TT T T, II / T / TT CITY OF IUKNILA I #4/O BARE CU SCALEHOUSE CRAWL SPACE ELECTRICAL SECTION (1 SCALE: NONE EXISTING LEGEND; 01 UTILITY METER 0 400A FUSED DISCONNECT SO D #H365NAWK OR APPROVED EQUAL 03 400A AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH. ASCO #A300- 34041XC3R OR APPROVED EQUAL ® 600A PANELBOARD W/ 400A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER. SEE ONE LINE FOR BRANCH BREAKER SIZES. ® EXISTING COMMUNICATIONS ENCLOSURE, MAY NEED REPLACING. SCALE 3/4 "x10' GROUND ROD (TYP OF 4) SEE NOTE 11 IEPQ Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture 0 • 0 O L U EXPIRE;: 03 -14-02— 2 -1/2 "C 4- 1C #2/0 SCALE HOUSE PLAN SCALE: 1".-.50' EMPL� SEE DWG TEMPORARY I - 1 EMPLOYEE 1I � FACWTY;. ELECTRICAL PANEL APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED DATE DESIGNED DRAWN - PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. 2 -1/2" C SPARE NOTE 9 • I I a: . 2 -1/2 C, 4 #2 TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE SEE NOTE 5 8. ® KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS NOTES; 1. INSTALL 90 "Lx34 "Wx53 "H, (APPROX SIZE) DIESEL GENERATOR ON CONCRETE PAD. INSTALL GROUND RODS IN PAD BONDING TO EXISTING GROUND SYSTEM AND GENERATOR FRAME. GENERATOR SHALL BE RATED 100KW, 208/120V, 3P WITH 0.8 POWER FACTOR. KATOLIGHT #D100F -Z4 OR APPROVED EQUAL IN ENCLOSED WEATHERPROOF HOUSING. 2. INSTALL 400A DISCONNECT SWITCH ON SKID AS GENERATOR MAIN DISCONNECT. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL SURFACE LOCATE EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO TRENCHING. REFERENCE CIVIL DRAWINGS C1 THRU C4. 4. ANCHOR SUPPORTS IN WALL AND SURFACE MOUNT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL. EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE APPROXIMATE. 5. STUB UP ONE OF THREE CONDUITS FOR TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE POWER. VERIFY 3P4W PANEL PRIOR TO PULLING CONDUCTOR. CONTINUE ROUTING OTHER 2 CONDUIT DUCTBANK TO SCALEHOUSE. STUB UP AND CAP CONDUITS OUTSIDE NORTH WALL OF SCALEHOUSE. STUB UP AND CAP SCALEHOUSE CONDUIT FOR PANEL "MN" PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF SCALEHOUSE. ONCE SCALEHOUSE HAS BEEN SECURED IN PLACE, COMPLETE CONDUIT ROUTING AND CABLE TERMINATIONS AT PANEL "MN ". REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEQUENCING OF SCALEHOUSE ELECTRICAL WORK. 6. EXISTING SUPPORTING ELECTRICAL LOADS SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO NEW SCALEHOUSE LOADS INCLUDE GATE OPENERS, CAMERAS, AND AREA LIGHTS. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD ROUTE CONDUIT FOR TEMPORARY EMPLOYEE BUILDING. ROUTING OF CONDUIT SHALL NOT IMPEDE VEHICLE TRAFFIC OR FACILITY OPERATION. REMOVE CONDUIT/WIRE AT COMPLETION OF CONTRACT. ROUTE TEMPORARY COMMUNICATION CONDUIT BETWEEN EXISTING AND TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE. CONDUIT SHALL BE 2" RGS AND ROUTED ABOVE GRADE. COVER FOR VEHICLE AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AS NEEDED. REMOVE UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 9. CONTRACTOR TO CAP SPARE CONDUIT 6" ABOVE GRADE AT BOTH DISTRIBUTION PANEL AND SCALEHOUSE. 10. NEW LIGHT POLE SHALL HAVE ADJUSTABLE FIXTURES (2). INSTALL DURING FIRST PHASE WITH FIXTURES SUPPLYING AREA LIGHTING TO TEMPORARY SCALEHOUSE FINAL FIXTURE ADJUSTMENT SHALL GIVE AREA LIGHTING FOR PERMANENT SCALEHOUSE CONNECT TO EXISTING CONTROLS. 11. INSTALL GROUNDING GRID IN NEW SCALEHOUSE FOUNDATION CONSISTING OF (4) CORNER GROUND RODS AND A #4/0 BARE COPPER PERIMETER GROUND WIRE BONDED TO EACH OF THE FOUR RODS. EXOTHERMIC WELD A #2 BARE COPPER GROUND WIRE TO #4/0 AND PIGTAIL PRIOR TO FOUNDATION POUR FOR LATER CONECTIONS. REFERENCE DWGS; 1. E -2 2. E -3 3. CIVIL DWGS C1 -C4 (FOR EXISTING UTILITIES) 4. EMCON /OWT SCALEHOUSE DWGS GRAPHIC SCALE: 50 0 50 III:1,1:1,1 1 " = 50' NOTE: THIS DRAWING PREPARED USING ELECTRONIC SCANNING TECHNOLOGY FROM EXISTING FACILITY DRAWINGS AND ARIAL PHOTOGRAPHY SURVEY INFORMATION IN KING COUNTY ARCHIVES. SCALE: RECEIVED CITYOFTUKWILA NOV 3 11 2001 PERMIT CENTER 100 ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SITE MASTER PLAN SHT. 51 OF 25 FIXTURE LAMP NO QTY FIXTURE DEXCRIPTION MANU CAT # WATT / LAMP QTY / FIXTURE TYPE 1 7 FLOURESCENT, 120 —VOLT, 4'x2', 3 —LAMP, RAPID START PARABOLIC TROFFER, W/ 18 CELLS LITHONIA 2PM3 340 SERIES 32 3 T8 2 4 FLUORESCENT, ROUND RECESSED LITHONIA AF 2 /26DTT SERIES 26 2 3 2 FLUORESCENT, 41', SURFACE MOUNT FOR WET LOCATIONS LITHONIA DMW 232 SERIES 32 2 T8 MINI MUM NEM =IN MEI MIN MIMI 11 1111111111. [ ■, ■■,,,,,■ ■■■,,, ■■ ■ „■, ■ „■�nours■„■„■,■„■■ a L�E3M1� lERUN1 i Iii. URPAi�P'/Pi_r''//a / %'Q�. "'/,/4'/�rera l i//i 'r '%'//_ ''J���"'//t'� �' /�i, � iii �� h um �1 ®t !,,, +4�i4y �i�a�iei*ef4.% a�i— ;` !f) GFI ■r 111 ■ ■� IG 10� b I !1) I !�� 1 I 1 /l!■■ ■■UuIli1■■ „IIIII,,,I� mom lii - 'Mini , !11 , IG ii► i■° o■ � .■■,■■I I ' I ,■t:r':.!J „ It IECr,■■■■■■, ■■ ■N VIVA li 11 ■ ■■..,.,44 SHOO ROOM �%I•m .�tllnoeLl�Iallal:Z, ��� ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■� ■■ ■� ■■■ ■C�,� ■`� � i9�®�i��■�C�C�i i��C. ■,C.�mm minimmul s■C O�,.■� _ PANEL B I itimm ♦ Il iiiii ill i iil..i.1■..1 1 8 1 1....11 ■ 1 ■rr ■ ■■ ■ ■■ ■1 :i, 11.51 I _J■i,i,l,a0 F IIUIGFI DPI`'DPI : .7f ■I■...I� , 11112311111 1�1 !�1 IU IG 1!1 (14 8 !1I f11 IG CIu CO=I.. .I. �i.I. . i'� I . ce _... .T., .,. REVISION SECTION SCALE: NONE 11/12/01 9/5/01 ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT ISSUED FOR CLIENT REVIEW TO DISTRIBUTION PANEL (SEE DWG El) C B -11 LIGHTING SCHEDULE KTO KTO B -9 -11 ' B -1.1 • BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL '”- B -2,4 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE: 3/8 " =1' -0” PANEL B PANEL A B -'7 1 Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture B -7 B -9. B -7O B -7O B -9 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 3/8 " =1' -0” NOTE EXPIRE. 03 -14 -02. O B -7 B--7 B -9 B -7O APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED - DATE DESIGNED DRAWN PROJECT NO. SURVEY NO. GATE CONTROLS RELOCATED cr --- GATE CONDUIT ® EXISTING GATE CONDUIT 0 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS 6 db. 6 . SCALE: GENERAL NOTES: REFERENCE SINGLE LINE AND PANEL SCHEDULE (DWG E -2). KEYED NOTES: 0 INSTALL FIXTURES AS DESCRIBED ON !LIGHTING SCHEDULE (THIS DWG) OR APPROVED EQUAL. 0 CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT AND REMOVE CKTS. FOR DEMOLISHED AND /OR REPLACED LOADS. SEE ATTACHMENT 1 OF SPECIFICATION 16400. 0 RELOCATE DAMAGED GATE CONTROL CONDUIT FROM UNDERNEATH EMPLOYEE FLOOR ALONG OUTSIDE OF STRUCTURE. SEE SECTION "A" THIS DRAWING. 0 DISCONNECT AND SALVAGE ANNUNCIATORS AND FIRE ALARMS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF BUILDING. RECONNECT TO FIRE PANEL UPON COMPLETION OF REMODEL. OS RELOCATE EXISTING GATE OPENERS AND FIRE BEACON. LEGEND; ELECTRICAL PANEL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED LIGHT SWITCH DISCONNECT SWITCH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHER PROOF DENOTES HOME RUN 2 #12 (PHASE), 1 #12 (NEUTRAL) AND 1 #12 GROUND CONDUCTORS FIREALARM BEACON 0 SMOKE DETECTOR, CEILING MOUNTED V PHONE /DATA 0 FIXTURE TYPE — SEE SCHEDULE THIS DWG RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA NOV 3 0 20D PERMIT CENTER GRAPHIC SCALE: 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I:I I 1 I I 1 I I 1 3/8" = 1' -0 " 1 0 5 10 I:1,1 I I I I I I I i I I 1/4" = 1' -0" FACILITY BUILDING ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLANS SHT. E.2 OF 2; 71)0 i —'aS77 FEEDER: 4 #1 /0 VOLTS: 208 /120 ENTRY: BOTTOM PHASE: 3 LOCATION: FACILITY BUILDING MOUNTING:; FLUSH WIRE: 4 ENCLOSURE. NEMA 1 LOCATION VOLT - AMPS LOAD TYPE a >Ia 1No SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 1N0 WIG LOAD TYPE VOLT - AMPS LOCATION A B C A B C ROOF 3000 2774 DUCT HEATER 40 1 6.125 RECEPTACLES x 180VA / EA 4500 RECEPTACLE LOAD DEMAND - 100% (SEE NEC TABLE 220 -13) 2 30 HOT WATER HEATER - 2000 C.1 392.5 SO FT x 5 WATTS / SQ FOOT WORK / LUNCH ROOM • 1963 D WATER HEATER 2000 3 4 3000 �� • 5 6 20 HEAT PUMP. 970 1000 ROOF E.4 CAMERAS (4 x 20W) 3000 DEMAND - 100% 2387 1000 INTERIOR 448 F.2 HVAC UNIT, 16.6A, 208V, 3 -PHASE UGHTING (7) 20 7 • DEMAND - 100% 8 EXTERIOR 208 UGHTING (4) 20 9 - 10 20 CONDENSER . 1000 ROOF 1000 BATHROOM 128 LIGHTING (2) 20 11 12 20 FACILITY BUILDING ' 720 RECEPTACLES 20 13 •- �--, 14 20 EXHAUST FAN 80 BATHROOM FACILITY BUILDING 720 RECEPTACLES 20 15 � 16 20 FIRE PANEL 200 FACILITY BUILDING 720 RECEPTACLES 20 17 �--'-' �� 18 20 SECURITY PANEL 400 - - FACILITY BUILDING - 720 - RECEPTACLES 20 19 • . � 20 20 FACILITY BUILDING - 720 RECEPTACLES 20 21 --------- 22 20 FACILITY BUILDING 720 RECEPTACLES 20 23 � ---------. - 24 20 20 25 -�� • �� 26 20 20 27 �� 28 20 20 29 �� 30 20 A B C NOTES: - 1. DEMOLISH EXISTING INDOOR LIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 2. SALVAGE EXISTING PANEL FOR REUSE. 3. RECONNECT EXISTING LOADS NOT SHOWN ON. THIS SCHEDULE AS NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AS -BUILT OF PANEL UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE PHASES WITH NEW AND EXISTING CONNECTED LOADS. TOTAL WATTS AMPS TOTAL KVA 7968 7848 6968 66.40 65.40 51.07 22.78 A LIGHTING LOADS VOLT - AMPS CONNECT DEMAND A.1 INTERIOR LIGHTS 392.5 SQ FT x 3.5 WATTS / SQ FOOT (PER NEC T220 -3(a)) 1374 A.2 EXTERIOR LIGHTS 4 AREA LIGHTS x 250 WATTS / FIXTURE 1000 4 AREA LIGHTS x 100 WATTS / FIXTURE 400 LIGHTING LOAD DEMAND - 100% (SEE NEC TABLE 220 -11) 2774 B RECEPTACLE LOADS 6.125 RECEPTACLES x 180VA / EA 4500 RECEPTACLE LOAD DEMAND - 100% (SEE NEC TABLE 220 -13) 4500 C ELECTRIC HEATING C.1 392.5 SO FT x 5 WATTS / SQ FOOT 1963 DEMAND - 100% 1963 D WATER HEATER D.1 3000 WATTS 3000 DEMAND - 100% 3000 E MISCELLANEOUS LOADS E.1 UPS SYSTEM (4.14A x 120V) 497 E.2 MICROWAVE OVEN (0.97KW) 970 E3 REFRIGERATOR (7A x 120V) 840 E.4 CAMERAS (4 x 20W) 80 DEMAND - 100% 2387 F MOTOR LOADS F.1 4 GATE OPERATORS ® 1 /2HP, 120V, 1 PHASE OR 4 x 9.8A, 120V 4704 F.2 HVAC UNIT, 16.6A, 208V, 3 -PHASE 5973 F.3 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR (5A x 1.73 x 208V) 1799 DEMAND - 100% 12477 TOTAL MAXIMUM DEMAND = 27100VA ESTIMATED SCALE HOUSE LOADS MAX LINE CURRENT = 27100VA / (208V*sgrt(3)) = 75 AMPS ADDED FUTURE GROWTH (50%) = 38 AMPS SERVICE DESIRED FOR SCALEHOUSE = 113 AMPS NEW. SERVICE REQUEST = 200A, 208V, 3P4W r r DISTRIBUTION PANEL (N) 1P L T SPARE 4 #2. 1 #8 �O 20A IP 1 100AF 3P ) 70A 3P AT NOTE TEMP SCALE HOUSE 20A 1P SCALE HOUSE PANEL 2 UTILITY I . 0-. . XFMR (E) RECEPTACLES RECEPTACLES RECEPTACLES HOT WATER KITCHEN HEATER 4KW 200A D/S 100A FUSE FORMER FORMER DS3 DS2 �-® LOAD LOAD 208/120V, 3P, 4W 20A 2P) 30A 4" C, 8 #250, 1 #2 400A FUSED I I DISCONNECT I I SWITCH I • I L _ J 4 C, 8 #250, 1 #2 r. S __ --, 400A AUTOMATIC I TRANSFER I SWITCH I L_ 400A �- 4 #ND 1 1 � 200AF T 3P) N 5 3 T ) NOTE F OTE JJ 120AT � ® MAIN 100KW ® 60HZ DIESEL GENERATOR 208/120V 4" C, 8 #250, 1 #2 T T T 208/120V, 600A 2 "C, 4 #1/0, 1 #6 GND FORMER DS1 LOAD 1P) 20A 3P) 40A 2P) 20A N O SW / D D /S EXHAUST FAN 80W DUCT HEATER CONDENSER DH -1 C1 9KW 2KW EXISTING NEW SINGLE LINE 1� T 200AF ) _AT NOTE 2P ) 20A t ' HEAT PUMP HP -1 2KW T T v." 3P J 100A TEMP EMP FAC 1P) 20A 1P) 20A SW BATHROOM UGHTS ( 1 4 #2, 1 #3 v." FACILITY UGHTS ( SW 1P ) 20A N N SECURITY PANEL 1P) 20A OUTSIDE RECESSED LIGHTS ( FACILITY PANELBOARD B 1P ) 20A FIRE PANEL 'S. 0' O ABBREVIATIONS: 3P4W 3- PHASE, 4 WIRE A AMPERES AF AMP FRAME AT AMP TRIP CB CIRCUIT BREAKER D/S DISCONNECT SWITCH HH HANDHOLE HZ HERTZ KVA - KILO VOLT- AMPERES KW KILOWATT P POLE SW SWITCH XFMR TRANSFORMER V VOLTS J FACILITY PANELBOARD B (SEE SCHEDULE THIS DRAWING) UTILITY PULLBOX I I L_ _J METERING I CABINET I I I L_ _J 112.5KVA XFMR _V 208/120V r`'1 i - - 1 r -- I DS1 • . I . L I ___J I I 052 200A DISCONNECT 200A DISCONNECT SWITCH I I BUS ENCLOSURE I I SWITCH L� J L J TO FACILITY HYDRAULIC PANEL A UG MOTORS NOTE ® NOTE 0 EXISTING SINGLE LINE r gl I /I DS3 I d { 13OA DISCONNECT I I SWITCH L_J UG TO PUMPS NOTE 0 GENERAL NOTES; 1. EXISTING TRANSFORMER AND TRANSFORMER PRIMARY CABLE BELONG TO UTILITY AND IS NOT IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK. 2. DRAWING REFLECTS EXISTING AND KNOWN CONDITIONS. IF CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM DRAWINGS /SPECIFICATIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY PROJECT MANAGER. 3. BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS WITH CITY OF TUKWILA PLANNING, ZONING AND BUILDING REGULATIONS, BUILDING CODE, 1997 EDITION AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY REAL OR SUSPECTED ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR DISCREPANCIES IN OR BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. THE ENGINEER SHALL PREPARE WRITTEN CLARIFICATIONS IF REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE REIMBURSED FOR CONTINUANCE OF WORK IN ERROR. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SAFETY DEVICES. TEMPORARY BARRICADES, SCAFFOLDING, UGHTING, COVERINGS, FIRE PREVENTION AND OTHER EQUIPMENT TO PROTECT THE SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS ON THE PROPERTY THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE PERIOD. OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. 6. ALL WORK TO BE CAREFULLY EXECUTED BY ELECTRICIANS SKILLED IN THE TRADE(S) INVOLVED, AND SHALL BE PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL, AND PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES TO SECURE COMPUANCE OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL PORTIONS OF THIS WORK. INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT AND MATERIALS CONSTITUTES INSTALLER'S ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE SURFACES AS BEING COMPLETE AND PROPERLY INSTALLED. KEYED NOTES: a VERIFY 112.5KVA TRANSFORMER IS SUFFICIENT FOR ALL SITE LOADS INCLUDING THE SCALEHOUSE WHICH IS CURRENTLY SUPPLIED BY SEPARATE SERVICE AND HAS INDEPENDENT METER. TRANSFORMER SHOULD HAVE CAPACITY FOR 25% SPARE CAPACITY FOR FUTURE LOADS. ® SCALEHOUSE MANUFACTURER SHALL SUPPLY PANELBOARD SUFFICIENTLY SIZED FOR ESTIMATED LOADS (SEE TABLE, THIS DWG). ® CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LOADS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. SUBMIT MAJOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION TO ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL ® CONTRACTOR SHALL SALVAGE EXISTING FEEDERS FOR RECONNECT TO NEW DISTRIBUTION PANEL NO SPLICES SHALL BE ALLOWED. ® CONTRACTOR TO SET TRIPS FOR EXISTING LOADS TO PROTECT EXISTING CABLES PER NEC. CONFIRM THAT LOAD IS AS SPECIFIED ON SINGLE UNE AND NEW EQUIPMENT MEETS OR EXCEEDS ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS. LEGEND; Q ) CIRCUIT BREAKER CURRENT TRANSFORMER DISCONNECT SWITCH ELECTRIC HEATER GENERATOR RECEIVED GROUND CITY OF TUKWILA MOTOR NOV 3 0 2001 PERMIT CENTER POWER TRANSFORMER UTILITY METER - - - - -- WIRE /CONDUIT CONCEALED WIRE /CONDUIT EXPOSED DATE 11/12/01 9/5/01 REVISION ISSUED FOR BUILDING PERMIT ISSUED FOR CLIENT REVIEW BY 1 KTO BUILDING PERMIT SUBMITTAL Architecture Engineers Landscape Architecture EXPIRES: 03- 14-02 APPROVED DATE RECOMMENDED - DATE DESIGNED - DRAWN PROJECT NO SURVEY NO. C) KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES SOLID 'WASTE DIVISION BOWLAKE TRANSFER STATION SAFETY IMPROVEMENTS OVERALL ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE PANEL SCHEDULES, LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES SCALE: SHT. E.3 OF 26 0 - S7 7 -12-2001 0 13:40 File: Do I --- 3 35mm Drawing# 4 Nominal Board Thickness inches; 1/2 1 1 (mm) (12.7) (15.9) R-value 1.2 a Nominal Thickness inches; • 5/8 3/4 1 1 - • 2 (nun) (15.9) (19.1) (25.4) (38.1) (50.8) Stabilized R value • 3.5 4.2 5.6 8.4 11.2 • •Nominal Board Thickness in; • . (mm) 2 (50.8) 2 (57.2) 2 (63.5) , 25/8 (66.7) 3 (76.2) 31/4 (82.6) 3 (88:9) 33/4 (95.2) • 4 (101.6) Stabilized.,R:Value 14.4 16.0 18.0 19.0 21.6 24.0 25.6 28.0 30.0 Nominal. BoardThickness in; 1/2 3/4 7/8 1 1 /s (mm) (12.7) (19.1) (22.2) (25.4) (28.6) Stabiliied.R -value 3.0 4.0 5.0 5.6 6.0 v +NJ ct) Omm4 O FO ft • PIItIt1'IAt. RESISTANCE PRODUCT & DESCRIPTION RECOMMENDED USES THICKNESSES /R- VALUES* COMPLIANCES AVAILABILITY A polyisoq anurate foam `re with .unique glass fiber reinforcement and slid aluminuim'fotl facers on both sides This reinfo o cement, along with chemical modifications, cntributes to unproved fire :performance' and enhanced dimensional stability Available in standard widths of iy 48" Lengths from 4' to 40' (8', 9' & 10' standard) r a �,. , . ti *L +?S�kl T � . ern" ®:Iiisu /Finis Boar for :Exposed I n terior Ap plications The sane core as Thermax Sheathing with .the exce_ tion that one side 'is faced with foil and the other side faced with White Acrylic Coated Embossed Aluminum for a :decorative :effect in a choice of thick . nesses for strength and durability: Heavy Duty Plus (16.5 mil•facer),Heavy Duty (4 mil facer), Light Duty (1.25 mil facer), Ag Therm primarilyfor agricultural •buildings (125,niil facer), Available in standard sizes of 4' x 8' and 4' x'10' Custom lengths available •to. 40'. Co n lc ealed. use u l residen or .co m ercia l C o n struction havin an; interior t finush of a m ini m um , 1 g b t �. or `equivalent thermal barrier `C oiner racing req uired in'new'tframe tru ct>, . on Destgn a rest' • en tial or c omme r ci a l exterio sheat - i g insulatson wi m a ny ts ec ondary u When choosiifg'ansulation fo iff 1 +' t . l :U e . ,6 } ll l lr5 T . ' r p lease • consider l the us f orr ul y s u perio r p erforma n c e ryh F (up, to l is a ° th m o del c for us n guile ends and, cm I. 4r .. s t y t s p ace s • t h ou t a " barter ,t ; �,�; hl1 \.r .1 uN - R MUST NO ` B „LEFT O. SE ose wall ana/or ceiling insulation gncultural, commercial, and Indus -, buildings, such, as factories, ware ses; ,farm buildings, retai rients, cold storage structiii -R® Insulating Sl A patented high performance polyisocyariurate • foam core with these options • Tuff 4t Radiant;barrier• quality. aluminum foil fac'; ers both sides ,One side reinf A vailable;;' °. from 7/16" to •1' iri thickness: Tuff R. Non Reflective'Two three-ply .facers ar laminated to the °core. Each facer consists of virtu_ ally pin hole free aluminum Moil laminated to t:a urable bla cF_ with, reversed out pant (Non-Reflective) '.The o facer is radiant barrier. quality reflective foil Available from 7,/16" to 1" rut thickness 1, i t l tl i !4 , y 5 T uff R "C" Commercial Both sides n ave u. ;aluininuin foil f fib ckn`es .. ,...,..1. rdy -i Insula Shea Consists of Celoteic manufactured proprietary fiber glass . facers which are fused with space age resins with poly • isocyanurate insulation core: to form boards . of excep- tional strength 'Available ui 4' x 8' and 4' x 9' .. .. •. t. I till j"'1 i l..• S t - 'lt . «. Value -RT Insulation Board • Patented polyisocyanurate' foam ` core with radiant barrier quality reinforced aluminum foil facers on both sides.: Available .in 4' x 8' and 4' x 9' ; sizes. ' Quik -Ir Wall Insulation for :Exterior Insulation Finish . Systems (EIFS) This product consists of a rigid polyisocyanurate foam core insulation faced with special coated glass fiber facers. Available in 4' width.in standard lengths of 8', 9',10'and 12'. Custom lengths available. Regular Insulation Sheathing Produced from cellulosic interlaced fiber bond with natural binders. Manufactured from Sugar cane by- product called bagasse, recovered wood chips and consumer newsprint.Available in 4' width in stan- dard h nstths of R' and 9' • esidential; conurierciat orroof construe' .tion having. an interior. finish of a mini- mum 1/2 ". gypsum board or equivalent . thermal barrier Corner bracing required in new frame coristrtiction.:WALUE -R• .. MUST NOT. BE LEFT EXPOSED Recommended for use in wood frame, masonry, or steel stud construction as a substrate for EIFS. It must be installed with 1/2" gypsum board or its equiva- lent thermal barrier interior finish. QUIK -R MUST NOT BE LEFT EXPOSED. Designed for use as an insulating sheathing for frame walls under exteri- or finishes such as lap and panel sid- ings, stucco, masonry verneer and shake shingle products. • • - Stabilized R valuer • S ystem .R vali 6.4 7/16 1 /2 5 /8 3 /4 25 /32 1 5/16 1 1 1 (11.1) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) (19.8) (23.8) (25.4) (31.8) . (38.1) 3.6 • 4.0 6.8 5.0 7.8 5.6 8.4 6.0 8.8 7.2 10.0 8.0 12:8 10.0 12.8 12.0 14.8 16.0 18.8 omtnal Board, ' • Thickness ' in; ,'Stabilized R values' @,75 ° F (24 °C) mean temperature determined in accordance withASTM C 236/C518. Consult Celotex for R values at othet temperatures. System,Rvalue is the total R-value achieved when the bright aluminum foil surface is installed next to 3/4" air space in a wall: =T &'e product R value is then added to the air space R-value of 2.77 (rounded 2.8) to provide the system R-value, per ASHRAE andbook Fundame Stabilize R values system ItYalues K : 1/2 12.7) 3.6 3/4 (19.1) 5.4 1 (25.4) 7.2 11/4 (31.8) 9.0 1 (38.1) 10.8 2 (50.8) 14.4 21/2 (63.5) 18.0 25/8 (66.7) 19.0 2 3 (69.8) (76.2) 19.8 21.6 3 (88.9) 25.2 4 (101.6) 28,8 2 (50.8) 41/4 (108) 30.0 System . 1 6.4 8.2 10.0 11.8 13.6 , 17.2 20.8 21.8 22.6 24.4 28.0 31.6 32.8 'Stabilized R- values @ 75° (24 °C) mean temperature determined in accordance withASTM C.236/C518. Consult Celotex for R-values at other temperatures. 'System Rvalue.is the total R -value achieved when the bright aluminum foil surface is installed next to 3/4" air space in a wall:The product R , value is then added to the air space R-value of 2.77 (rounded 2.8) to provide the system R-value, perASHRAE Handbook Fundamentals. Stabilized:. R value 1 /2 (12.7) .3.6 3 /4 (19.1) 5.4 1 (25.4) 7.2 1 (31.8) 9.0 1 (38.1) 10.8 13/4 (44.5) 12.6 2. (50.8) 14.4 21/4 (57.2) 16.2 21 /2 (63.5) 18.0 23/4 (69.8) 19.8 3 . (76.2) 21.6 Stabilized @ 75° F (24° C) mean temperature determined in accordance withASTM C236/C518. Consult Celotex for R - values. at. other temperatures and for system R-values. 75 F (24°C) mean temperature determined in accordance with ASTM C236/ C518. Consult Celotex for Stabilized R- values @� 75°F (24°C) mean temperature determined in accordance withASTM C236/C518. Consult Celotex for sys- ' tern R- values. '; , . Stabilized R-values @75°F (24 °C) mean temperature determined iri accordance withASTM C236/C518. Consult Celotex for sys- tem R-values based on ASTM C518 testing @ 75 °F (24° C) mean temperature. Consult Celotex for system R-values. i i (1 i 1 i i Ii i i I 0INCH 1 - z .. CHINA 4, 5 6 S l . VI. CI. Zi. � . ` t r., Q 1• . �:. • 8 �../ ; 8 ; , ; ��L a 9, �� �t . 5 ti E Z • 12 Fib 0 Tuff -R ®, Ther. nnax ®, ik -. and Sturdy-R7' Carry a. 15 Year Limited Warranty For Thermal Resistance. Consult Celotec for details, Complies with CABO, BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI, HUD/FHA and Federal Specification HH -I- 1972/1, Class• 1 or Class 2. ASTM C 1289,Type I, Class 1 or Class 2. Certified thermal prop- erties by NAHB Research Center. Complies with CABO, ICBO, BOCA, SBCCI, HUD/FHA and Federal Specification HH -I- 1972/1, Class 2.ASTM C 1289,Type I, Class 2. UL Classified, Factory Mutual Approved, certified ther- mal properties by NAHB Research Center. • Complies with CABO, ICBO, BOCA, SBCCI. HUD/FHA and Federal Specification HH-I- 1972/1, Class 2. ASTM C 1289,Type I, Class 2. UL Classified, Factory Mutual Approved, certi- fied thermal properties by NAHB Research Complies with CABO, ICBO, BOCA, SBCCI, HUD/FHA and Federal Specification HH I- 1972/2ASTM C 1289, Type II. Complies with CABO, BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI, HUD/FHA and Federal Specification HH-I-1972/1, Class 1.ASTM C 128 Type I, Class 1. UL Classified. FMApproved. Complies with CABO, BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI, and Federal Specification HH -I- 1972 /2.ASTM C 1289,Type II. UL Classified. Complies with CABO, BOCA, ICBOand SBBCCI. Manufactured to meet the following: ASTM C 208, Type IV, Grade 1,ANSI /AHA A 194.1,Type IV Class 1. Tuff- -R° is available at these Celotex plants: Charleston, . Pennsauken, Texarkana and Tracy. Therinax° is available at these Celotex plants: C �{� y Pennsau3�h harlesto hj t , Texarkana aria Tracy. Thermax°„ --, ..,, Insulatn ` . io iis1 Board is available at these Celotex plants: Charleston, Pennsauken, Texarkana and Tracy. Center. # Q st z" : ' Z •y . ' f c , ' . Sturdy -R'' is available at these Celotex plants: Charleston, Pennsauken, Texarkana and Tracy. Value -R'" is available at these Celotex plants: Elizabethtown and Tracy. Quik=RT is available at these Celotex plants: Charleston, Pennsauken, Texarkana and Tracy. Regular Insulation Sheathing is avail- able at these • Celotex plants: Charleston, Marrero and Sunbury Plants. 1 - 2 tit3 I �` 1•